Dam Thoai Tieng Anh Toan Tap PDF

Hi thoi ting
Anh
2012
Lesson 01: Hello
Lesson 01: Hello!

Bi 01: Xin cho !
I.HI THOI (CONVERSATIONS)
1. Gp g trn ng (Meeting people in the street)
a. Hi ng gp c gio (Hai Dang meets his woman-lecturer)
H Cho c !
Good afternoon, madam!
W Cho anh!
Good afternoon!
H C c khe khng ?
How are you?
W Cm n anh. Ti bnh thng.
I am fine. Thank you.
Cn anh, anh c khe khng?
And you, how are you?
H Cm n c. Em vn khe.
I am well. Thank you.
b) Hp gp thy gio (Hop meets his man-teacher)
H Cho thy !
Good morning, sir!
M Cho anh!
Good morning!
H Thy c khe khng ?
How are you?
M Cm n anh. Ti vn khe.
Cn anh, anh c khe khng?
H Cm n thy. Em cng khe.
I am well, too. Thank you.
c) B Nhung gp ng Dng (Mrs. Nhung meets Mr. Dung)
N Cho ng !
Good afternoon, sir!
D Cho b!
N ng c khe khng?
How are you?
D Cm n b. Ti bnh thng.
Cn b, b c khe khng?
N Cm n ng. Ti cng bnh thng .
I am fine, too. Thank you.
d) Hng gp b Trung (Miss Huong meets Mrs. Trung)
H Cho b !
Good morning, madam!
T Cho c!
Good morning, young lady!
H B c khe khng ?
How are you?
T Cm n c. Ti bnh thng.
Cn c, c c khe khng?
H Cm n b. Chu vn khe.
e) Vit Anh gp Vit Hi (Viet Anh meets Viet Hai)
H Cho Vit Anh! Cu khe khng?
Hello Viet Anh! How are you?
A Cho Vit Hi! Cm n, tm tm vy.
Hello Viet Hai! So so, thanks.
Cn cu, khe khng?
H My hm nay t hi mt.
For some recent days, I am rather tired.
Tm bit nh!
Bye!
A Tm bit!
Bye!
2. Gp g ti bui tic mng nh mi
(Meeting people at a new house party)
Hoa , cho Mai!
Oh, good evening, Mai!
Mai Cho Hoa!
Good evening, Hoa!
Mnh xin gii thiu: y l anh Hi.
May I introduce Mr. Hai to you?
Anh y l kin trc s.
He is an architect.
Hi
Cho ch!
How do you do?
Hoa
Cho anh!
How do you do?
Rt vui c gp anh.
Very nice to meet you.
Ti l Hoa. Ti l ging vin.
I am Hoa. I am a lecturer.
&NBSP;&NBSP;&NBSP;&NBSP;&NBSP;&NBSP;&NBSP;&NBSP;&NBSP; , Mai. Cu c bit ng Phan Vn
khng?
Mai. Do you know Mr.Phan Van?
MAI&NBSP;&NBSP; , khng. ng y lm ngh g?
Oh, no. What's his job?
Hoa ng y l nh bo.
He is a journalist.
Kia, ng y ang n y.
There, he is coming.
3. Gp g c quan (Meeting people at the office)

Minh cho nhng ngi (c nam ln n) trong phng
(Minh greets men and women in the room)
M Cho cc anh, cc ch!
Good morning!
N Cho anh!
Good morning!
M Cc anh, cc ch c khe khng?
How are you?
N Cm n anh. Chng ti bnh thng.
We are fine. Thank you.
Cn anh, gia nh th no?
And you, how is your family?
M Cm n cc anh, cc ch. Gia nh ti vn khe.
Everybody is fine. Thank you.
II. NG PHP (GRAMMAR)
1. Usage of some personal pronouns
(Cch dng mt s i t nhn xng)
* ng (you, sir, Mr.) and ng y (he, that old man) used to call old men (about or over 50 years
old)[ng, ng y c dng gi nhng ngi n ng khong t 50 tui tr ln].
* B (you, Madam, Mrs.) and B y (she, that old woman) used for old women (about or over 45
years old) [B, B y c dng gi nhng ph n khong trn 45 tui].
* Anh (you, sir) and Anh y (he, that young man) used for young men [Anh, Anh y dng gi nhng
nam gii tr].
* Ch (you, Mrs., Miss) and Ch y (she, that young woman) used for young women [Ch, Ch y c
dng gi nhng ph n tr].
* C (you, Miss) and C y (she, that young girl) used for very young women, young girl [C, C y
dng gi nhng c gi tr].
* Cu (you)- T (I): Cordinal addressing between two young person of the same age. (Cu - T: Cch
xng h thn mt gia hai ngi tr cng tui).
* C (you, sir, Mr.) used to call very old people (C - T dng gi cc c gi).
* Chu (I) used when a young person speak to an old person (Chu- c ngi tr dng xng
vi ngi gi).
* Em (I) used when a student speak to a lecturer (Em- c dng khi sinh vin xng vi gio vin).
2. When you want to greet somebody, you use the word Cho and one personal pronoun which is
suitable for the context such as ng, b, anh, ch, c, thy,... (Khi bn mun cho mt ngi no ,
bn dng t Cho v mt i t nhn xng thch hp vi hon cnh). Examples:
Cho ng!
Good morning, sir!
Cho b! Good morning, madam!
Cho c! Good afternoon, young lady!
Cho can be used at any time (morning, afternoon, evening, night) [T Cho c th dng bt k lc
no (sng, chiu, ti, m)].
Some sentences is often used when greeting sombody (Mt s cu thng c s dng khi cho hi)
ng (b, anh, ch...)
Cc c th no?
Cng vic th no?
Cc chu th no?
Cuc sng ra sao?
Mi vic th no?
c khe khng? How are you?

How about your parent?
How are you getting on?
How about your children?
How's life?
How are things?
Some the answers (Mt s cu tr li)

Mi ngi u khe.
Ti bnh thng
Khng n ni ti.
Khng c vn g.
Everybody is well.
I am fine.
Not so badly.
No problem.
3. Cc - The word which expresses the plural number

(Cc - T biu th s nhiu). Examples:
Singular number (S t) Plural number (S nhiu)
ng (you, sir)
Cc ng (you, sirs)
Anh y (he, that young man)

Sinh vin (student)
indicate respect.
Cc anh y (they, those young men)

Cc sinh vin (students) A- the word used at the end of sentence to
4. A- The word used at the end of a sentence to indicate respect.

( - t t cui cu biu th s knh trng).
5. To ask about one's career, you use the pattern ( hi v ngh nghip ca mt ngi no , bn
dng cng thc):
Subject + lm ngh g?
ng lm ngh g?
Ti l bc s.
What's your job?

I am a doctor.
6. Way of saying good-bye (Cch cho tm bit)

Tm bit ng (b..) or
Cho ng (b...)
Good-bye, sir (madam...).
Hn gp li.
See again.
Hn gp li ng (b..) See you again.
III. THC HNH (PRACTICE)

1. Complete the following conversations
(Hon thnh cc on hi thoi sau)
a)
A
B
A
B
Cho ng!
.............
.............
Cm n b.
...............
Cm n ng
A
b)
C
D
C
D
C
Good morning, sir!

Good morning, madam!
How are you?
Ti khe. I am well. Thank you.
..............
Cho anh!
Good afternoon!
Cho ch!
Good afternoon!
...............
How are you?
Cm n ch. Ti khe... I am fine. Thank you.
..............................How is your family?
Cm n anh...........Everyone is fine. Thank you.
2. Model (Mu):
Cho ng! ng c khe khng?
Good morning, sir! How are you?
* Replace the word ng by the words b, anh, ch, c, thy.
(Thay t ng bng cc t b , anh, ch, c, thy)
3. Model (Mu):
B lm ngh g?
What's your job?
* Replace the word B by the following words to make new questions.

(Thay t B bng cc t sau to ra nhng cu hi mi).
ng
you (for old man)
Anh
you (for young man)
Ch
you (for young woman)
ng y
he, that old man
B y
she, that old woman
ng Mai Mr. Mai
B Trm Mrs. Tram
C Thanh Miss Thanh
4. Model (Mu):
Anh lm ngh g? What's your job?
Ti l ging vin. I am a lecturer.
* Make sentences with the following words.
(Hy to cu vi cc t sau)
gio s
gio vin
lut s
gim c
phi cng
th k
nh vn
cng nhn
professor
teacher
lawyer
director
pilot
secretary
writer
worker
ca s
ha s
nhc s
nha s
bc s
qun c
cng an
y t
singer
painter
musician
dentist
doctor
manager
policeman
nurse
IV. C HIU (READING comprehension)

Ngh nghip (Occupations)
Ti l sinh vin. y l anh Hng. Anh y cng l sinh vin. Chng ti u l sinh vin. Chng ti hc
ting Vit v ting Anh.
y l ng Ph. ng y l k s. Cn kia l ch Cam. Ch y l y t. Ch Cam lm vic bnh vin a
khoa.
y l b Loan. B y l bc s. B y cng lm vic bnh vin a khoa.
T ng (Vocabulary)
ti
l
sinh vin
y
anh y
cng
chng ti
chng ti u
hc
ting Vit
ting Anh
ng y
k s
cn
kia
ch y
y t
lm vic
bnh vin
a khoa
bc s
i
am, is
student
this
he
also, too
we [not including listener(s)]
all of us
study, learn
Vietnamese
English
he
engineer
and
that
she
nurse
work
hospital
general
doctor
V. BI TP (EXERCISES)
1. How to greet? (Cho th no?)
a) Meeting a very old man, how do you greet him?
(Khi gp mt c gi, bn cho th no?)
b) Meeting a young man, how do you greet him?
(Khi gp mt nam gii tr, bn cho th no?)
c) Meeting a woman of about 50, how do you greet her?

(Khi gp mt ph n khong 50 tui, bn cho th no?)
d) Meeting a man-teacher, how do you greet him?
(Khi gp thy gio, bn cho th no?)
e) Meeting a woman-teacher, how do you greet her?
(Khi gp c gio, bn cho th no?)
f) Meeting a young woman, how do you greet her?
(Khi gp mt ph n tr, bn cho th no?)
g) Meeting two young men, how do you greet them?
(Khi gp hai nam gii tr, bn cho th no?)
h) Meeting some young women, how do you greet them?
(Khi gp mt vi ph n tr, bn cho th no?)
i) Meeting three men of about 55, how do you greet them?
(Khi gp ba nam gii khong 55 tui, bn cho th no?)
k) Meeting four women of about 55, how do you greet them?
(Khi gp bn ph n khong 55 tui, bn cho th no?)
2. Translate the following sentences into English.
(Dch cc cu sau ra ting Anh)
a) Cho ng! ng c khe khng?
b) Cm n b. Ti vn khe.
c) Gia nh b th no?
d) Cm n ng. Gia nh ti bnh thng.
e) y l ng Cm.
f) ng y l bc s.
g) Kia l b Xoan.
h) B y l lut s.
I) CN KIA L C NH.
k) C y l y t.
l) C y lm vic bnh vin.
3. Translate the following sentences into Vietnamese.
(Dch cc cu sau sang ting Vit)
a) May I introduce Mr. Long to you?
b) He is a lecturer.
c) That is Mrs. Hoan.
d) She is a dentist.
e) And this is Miss Linh.
f) Miss Linh is a nurse.
g) She works at the hospital.
h) Good evening, madam! How are you?
i) I am well. And you, how is your family?
k) Everybody is fine. Thank you.
4. Complete the conversation below (Hon thnh on hi thoi sau)
M Cho anh! Anh...................................?

N Cm n ch. Ti.....................................
Cn ch, ch...........................................
M Cm n anh. Ti hi.............................
Gia nh anh.........................................
N Cm n ch. Gia nh...............vn khe.
Lesson 02: What is your nationality?

Bi 02: ng l ngi nc no?
I. HI THOI (CONVERSATIONS)
1. Ti Cu lc b Quc t (At the International Club)
a) Misaki (M) - Japanese and Ali (A) - Singaporean.
M Cho anh! How do you do?
A Cho ch! How do you do?
M Xin li. Anh t u n?
Excuse me. Where are you from?
A Ti t Singapore n.
I am from Singapore.
Cn ch, ch t u n?
And you, where are you from?
M Ti t Nht n.
I am from Japan.
A Xin li. Tn ch l g?
Excuse me. What is your name?
M Tn ti l Misaki.
My name is Misaki.
Cn anh, tn anh l g?
And you, what is your name?
A Tn ti l Ali.
My name is Ali.
M Anh l thnh vin cu lc b phi khng?
You are a club-member, aren't you?
, khng. Ti khng phi l thnh vin. Ti l khch.
Oh, no. I am not a member. I am a visitor.
Cn ch, ch l thnh vin phi khng?
And you, you are a member, aren't you?
M Vng. Ti l thnh vin.
Yes. I am a member.
A Ch l nhn vin s qun Nht phi khng?
You are an officer at the Embassy of Japan, aren't you?
M&NBSP;&NBSP; , khng. Ti l sinh vin.
Oh, no. I am a student.
Cn anh, anh lm ngh g?
And you, what is your job?
A Ti l thng gia.
I am a businessman.
M Xin li. Ti c cuc hn gp nh by gi.
I am sorry. I have an appointment at home now.
Tm bit anh nh. Good-bye.
A Cho ch. Hn gp li ch.
Good-bye. See you again.

b) Ezura (E) - Malaysian, Peter (P) - American and Martin (M) - French.
P Ti xin gii thiu vi ch: y l anh Martin.
May I introduce Mr. Martin to you?
E Cho anh!
How do you do?
M Cho ch!
How do you do?
E Anh t u n? Where are you from?
M Ti t Php n. I am from France.
Cn ch, ch t nc no n y?
And you, where do you come here from?
E Ti t Malaysia n.
I come from Malaysia.
M Xin li. Tn ch l g? Excuse me. What's your name?
E Tn ti l Ezura.
My name is Ezura.
Cc anh l bn hc cng lp phi khng?
You are classmates, aren't you?
P Vng. Chng ti cng hc lp ting Vit.
Yes. We study in the same class of Vietnamese language.
. Ti cng hc ting Vit.
Oh. I also study Vietnamese.
Ti hc Khoa Ngn ng v Ngn ng hc, Trng i hc Tng hp
Malaya, Kuala Lumpur.
I study at the Faculty of Languages and Linguistics,
University of Malaya, Kuala Lumpur.
. Chng ta u hc ting Vit.
Oh. All of us study Vietnamese.
2. Ti bui lin hoan mng Quc khnh Vit Nam H Ni
(At the party on Vietnam National Day occasion in Hanoi)
[Santini (S) - Indian, Kim (K) - Korean and Tomita (T) - Japanese]
K Cho ng! Cho b! Good evening!
T Cho ng! Cho b! Good evening!
S Cho cc ng!
Good evening!
Cc ng l ngi nc no ?
What nationalities are you?
K Ti l ngi Triu Tin. I am Korean.
T Ti l ngi Nht Bn.
I am Japanese.
Cn b, b l ngi Malaysia phi khng ?
And you? You are Malaysian, aren't you?
K , khng. Ti khng phi l ngi Malaysia.
Oh, no. I am not Malaysian.
S TI L NGI N .
I am Indian.
Ti t New Dehli n. I am from New Delhi.
K B l nh ngoi giao phi khng?
You are a diplomat, aren't you?
S Vng. Ti l nh ngoi giao. Yes. I am a diplomat.
Cn cc ng, cc ng lm ngh g?
And you? What are your job?
T Ti l gio s. I am a professor.
Ti dy ting Vit i hc Ngoi ng Osaka.
I teach Vietnamese in Osaka University of foreign languages.
K Ti l gim c cng ty du lch.
I am a director of the Tourist Company.
Xin li. Tn b l g ? Excuse me. What's your name?
10
S Tn ti l Santini.
y l "cc" ca ti.
K Cm n b.
My name is Santini.
This is my card-visit.
Thank you.

1. Making introductions (Cch gii thiu)
Ti xin gii thiu vi ng: y l b An.
May I introduce Mrs. An to you?
Cho php ti gii thiu: y l ng Hi.
Let me introduce Mr. Hai.
Ti xin t gii thiu: Tn ti l Vit Anh.
May I introduce myself : My name is Viet Anh.
2. Way of asking about one's name (Cch hi tn ngi)
Tn ng (b, anh, ch...) l g?
What's your name?
Tn ti l Mai Hi ng.
My name is Mai Hai Dang.
Tn ng y l g?
What is his name?
Tn ng y l Mnh Thng.
His name is Do Manh Thang.
Note:
Tn ng l g? = ng tn l g?
What is your name?
Tn ti l Hng. = Ti tn l Hng.
My name is Hung.
3. Way of asking about one's nationality (Cch hi quc tch)
ng (b, anh...) l ngi nc no?
What is your nationality?
Ti l ngi Malaysia.
I am Malaysian.
ng Lee l ngi nc no?
What is Mr. Lee 's nationality?
ng y l ngi Trung Quc.
He is Chinese.
* To say about nationality, you use the word ngi + name of the country ( ni v quc tch, bn
dng t ngi + tn nc).
ngi Vit Nam
ngi Php
ngi Nht
NGI N
the Vietnamese
the French
the Japanese
the Indian
11
4. To say about language, you use the word ting + name of the language ( ni v ngn ng, bn
dng ting + tn ngn ng).
ting
ting
ting
ting
Anh
Nga
Nht
Php
English language
Russian language
Japanese language
French language
Ti hc ting Vit i hc Quc gia Vit Nam.

I study Vietnamese at the Vietnam National University.
5. phi khng? is a question-tag added to statements to form interrogative sentences (phi khng? c gn vo cui mnh to cu nghi vn).
Anh l ha s phi khng?
You are a painter, aren't you?
ng y l ngi Trung Quc phi khng?
He is Chinese, isn't he?
B Aishah t Malaysia n phi khng?
Mrs. Aishah is from Malaysia, isn't she?
6. cng means "also", "too". cng and u are adverbs which always stand before the verbs or
adjectives to express the unity of actions, the characteristics of the subjects (cng v u lun ng
trc ng t hoc tnh t biu th s ng nht v hnh ng, v c im ca ch th).
Ch ni ting Php.
You speak French.
Ti cng ni ting Php.
I also speak French.
Chng ta u ni ting Php. All of us speak French.
7. Both chng ti and chng ta mean "We" but chng ti doesn't include listener(s). Chng ta includes
both speaker and listener(s)
(C chng ti ln chng ta u c ngha l We nhng chng ti khng bao hm ngi nghe. chng
ta bao hm c ngi ni ln ngi nghe).
Chng ti l sinh vin. We are students.
Cc anh cng l sinh vin. You are also students.
Chng ta (we and you) u l sinh vin. All of us are students.
1. Tn anh l g?
Tn ti l Jack.
What ' s your name?

My name is Jack?
* Complate the following sentences (Hon thnh cc cu sau)

Tn b l g? Tn gi l..........................
What 's your name? My name is............
Tn ng y l g? Tn ng y l.............
What 's his name? His name is...............
Tn b y l g? Tn b y.....................
What 's her name? Her name.................
Anh y tn l g? Anh y tn................
What 's his name? His name.................
12
2. ng t u n? Where are you from?

Ti t Thailand n. I am from Thailand.
* Answer the questions according to the model below
(Tr li cc cu hi theo mu di y)
ng t u n? (Italy)
Where are you from? (Italy)
Ti t Italy n.
I am from Italy.
B t u n? (Trung Quc)
Where are you from? (China)
Anh y t u n? (Php)
Where is he from? (France)
B y t u n? (i Loan)
Where is she from? (Taiwan)
Ch t u n? (Nht)
Where are you from? (Japan)
ng Ali t u n? (Singapore)
Where is Mr. Ali from? (Singapore)
Ch Beth t u n? (chu M)
Where is Miss Beth from? (America)
3. ng l ngi nc no?
TI L NGI N .
I am Indian.
* Use the following words to answer the question
(Dng cc t sau tr li cu hi)
Anh (ch) l ngi nc no?
ngi Canada
ngi Min in
ngi c
NGI C
ngi Malaysia
Canadian
Burmese
German
Australian
Malaysian
ngi
ngi
ngi
ngi
ngi
Cuba
Nga
Italy
Thailand
Hoa
Cuban
Russian
Italian
Thai
Chinese
4. Make questions and answers according to the model below

(To cu hi v cu tr li theo mu sau)
Anh
You
ngi Italy
Italian
ngi Php
French
Anh l ngi Italy phi khng?

You are Italian, aren't you?
Khng. Ti khng phi l ngi Italy.
No. I am not Italian.
Ti l ngi Php.
I am French.
13
Ch
You
ng y
He
B y
She
ng Kim
Mr. Kim
ngi Malaysia
Malaysian
NGI O
Austrian
ngi Anh
English
ngi Trung Quc
Chinese
B Miho
ngi Philippines
Mrs. Miho
Philipino
ngi Singapore
Singaporian
ngi Php
French
ngi M
American
ngi Triu Tin
Korean
ngi Nht
Japanese
5. Chng ti hc ting Vit. We study Vietnamese.

* Replace ting Vit by the following words
(Thay "ting Vit" bng cc t sau)
ting
ting
ting
ting
ting
ting
ting
ting
Php
Hoa
Ty Ban Nha
Anh
Nga
H Lan
Nht
Thi
Frech language
Chinese language
Spanish language
English language
Russian language
Dutch language
Japanese language
Thai language

Chng ti hc ting Vit
We study Vietnamese
Ti xin t gii thiu: Tn ti l Yao. Ti l nh s hc.
Ti l ngi Nht. Ti t Osaka n. Hin nay ti hc ting Vit Trung tm hp tc nghin cu Vit
Nam, Trng i hc Quc gia Vit Nam.
Ti c nhiu bn nc ngoi. H cng l sinh vin v cng hc ting Vit Trung tm hp tc nghin
cu Vit Nam.
y l anh Kim. Anh y l ngi Hn QUC. ANH Y T SEOUL N. Hn Quc, anh Kim l mt
nh khoa hc. Anh y n y va hc ting Vit va nghin cu vn ha Vit Nam.
Kia l ch Mimi. Ch y l ngi M. Ch y t California n.
Trc y, ch y hc ting Vit Trng i hc Cornel. By gi ch Mimi ang nghin cu ting
Mng.
14
Cn kia l anh Danny Wong, nh s hc. Anh Danny Wong t Kuala Lumpur n. Anh y l ngi
Malaysia.
T ng - Vocabulary
hc
stydy
ting Vit
ngi Nht Japanese
hin nay
trung tm
centre
hp tc
nghin cu research
trng i hc
quc gia
national
c
nhiu
many
bn
nc ngoi foreign
h
v
and
ngi Hn Quc
at, in
nh khoa hc
va... va.. both...and... vn ha
ngi M
American
trc y
nh s hc
historian
ngi Malaysia
Vietnamese
now
cooperation
university
have
friend
they
South-Korean
scientist
culture
formerly
Malaysian
a) Translate the following sentences into Vietnamese
1. My name is Loan.
2. I am not Chinese. I am Japanese.
3. I am from Tokyo.
4. I study English and Vietnamese.
5. What's his name?
6. His name is Peter.
7. He is American, isn't he?
8. What is your nationality?
9. This is my friend.
10. She is a club-member.
b) Translate the following sentences into English
(Dch cc cu sau sang ting Anh)
1. Tn ti khng phi l H. Tn ti l An.
2. ng Ali l ngi nc no?
3. ng y t u n?
4. Ch l ngi Nht phi khng?
5. Ti khng phi l ngi Anh. Ti l ngi Php.
6. C Miho l bn ti.
7. Ch Misaki ni ting Anh. Ti cng ni ting Anh.
8. Ti khng phi l thnh vin cu lc b.
9. Ch l Marry phi khng?
10. Ti t i Loan n.
c) Complete the conversation.
(Hon thnh on hi thoi sau)
1. Cho anh! Ti...........................Hi.
How do you do? I....................Hai.
15
2. Cn anh,....................................g?
And you, what............................?
3. Ti............................................Hong.
I...............................................Hoang.
4. Anh..........................................no?
What...........................................?
5. ..................................................Italy.
..................................................Italian.
6. Anh cng ..... ngi Italy................?
You also............Italian....................?
7 ..............Ti khng phi l ..................
.............I am not................................
8. .................................ngi Php.
.................................French.
9. Ti................. Php.....................
I.....................................France.
d) How to ask? (Hi th no?)
1. Meeting an old man, you don't know his name, how do you ask him?
(Gp mt ng gi, bn khng bit tn ng y, bn hi th no?)
2. Yo think he is Malaysian, how do you ask him?
(Bn ngh rng ng y l ngi Malaysia, bn hi th no?)
3. You think he is from Kuala Lumpur, how do you ask him?
(Bn ngh rng ng y t Kuala Lumpur n, bn hi th no?)
4. Meeting a young foreign lady, you don't know her nationality, how do you ask her?
(Gp mt ph n tr nc ngoi, bn khng bit quc tch ca ch y, bn hi th no?)
5. Meeting a young foreign man, you don't know where he is from, how do you ask him?
(Gp mt nam gii tr nc ngoi, bn khng bit anh y t u n, bn hi th no?)
Lesson 03: Inquiring after the family

Bi 03: Hi thm gia nh
I. HI THOI (Conversations)
1. Cu bao nhiu tui? (How old are you?)
H Thy Lin i! Cu bao nhiu tui?
Thuy Lien! How old are you?
T T mi chn. I am nineteen.
Cn cu, cu cng mi chn phi khng?
And you? You are also nineteen, aren't you?
H Khng. T hai mi.
No. I am twenty.
, cu trng tr hn t.
Oh, you look younger than me.
Cu c ngi yu cha?
Have you got a boy-friend?
H Ri. T c ri.
16
Yes. I have.
T Anh y bao nhiu tui? C tr khng?
How old is he? Is he young?
H Anh y hai lm tui.
He is twenty five.
Theo t, anh y khng tr lm.
I think he doesn't look very young.
T Anh y lm ngh g?
What is his job?
H Anh y l k s.
He is an engineer.
Anh y va mi tt nghip Trng i hc Bch khoa.
He has just graduated from the Polytechnic University.
T By gi anh y lm vic u?
Where does he work now?
H CNG ty xy dng Rng ng.
At the Rangdong Construction Company.
Cn cu, cu c ngi yu cha?
And you? Have you got a boy-friend?
T Cha. Not yet.
H Cu thch mt chng trai th no?
What type of man do you like?
Tr v p trai phi khng?
Young and handsome?
T T thch mt ngi thng minh v khng tr lm.
I like a person who is intelligent and not very young.
. Ti sao cu khng chn anh t?
Oh. Why don't you choose my elder brother?
Anh y rt thng minh.
He is very intelligent.
T Anh y bao nhiu tui?
How old is he?
H Ba lm. Thirty five.
. Rt tic! Anh y hi gi.
Oh. Sorry. He is a bit old.
H Khng sao. No problem.
Sau ny cu s cm thy hnh phc.
In future, you will feel happy.
Anh t yu cu nhng khng dm ni.
My elder brother loves you but he dare not speak.
2. Anh c gia nh cha? (Are you married?)
A. Anh lp gia nh cha?
Are you married?
B Cm n ch. Ti lp gia nh bn nm ri.
I have been married for four years. (Thank you).
Cn ch, ch c gia nh ri phi khng?
And you? You are married, aren't you?
A Vng. Cm n anh. Ti cng c gia nh ri.
Yes. I am also married. (Thank you).
B Ch c my chu?
How many children have you got?
A Ti c hai chu.
I have got two children.
B Chu trai hay chu gi ?
17
Sons or daughters?
A Hai chu trai anh .
Two sons.
B . Ch hnh phc qu.
Oh. You must be very happy.
A Khng hnh phc lm u.
Not quite.
Nu c mt chu gi th tt hn.
It is better if I have a daughter.
B Cc chu my tui h ch?
How old are they?
A Chu u lng tm tui. Chu trai th hai ln ba.
The eldest child is eight. The second son is three.
Cn anh, anh c my chu?
And you? How many children have you got?
B Cm n ch. Ti c mt chu ri.
I have got one child. (Thank you).
A Chu trai hay chu gi?
A son or a daughter?
B D, chu gi.
A daughter.
A Chu my tui ri?
How old is she?
B Chu ln hai.
She is two.
3. C c my anh, my ch ?
(How many children have you got?)
C Ch! Thi gian tri nhanh qu.
Oh! The time passes so fast.
Hai mi nm ri chng ta khng gp nhau.
We haven't met each other for twenty years.
D C c my anh, my ch tt c?
How many children have you got, sir?
C Cm n c. Ti c bn chu.
I have got four children. Thank you.
Ba chu gi, mt chu trai.
Three daughters and one son.
C
D
C
D
Cc chu c gia nh c ri.

They all are married.
Cn c, c c my anh, my ch?
And you? How many children have you got?
Cm n c. Ti c mt chu trai v mt chu gi.
I have got one son and one daughter. Thank you.
Chu trai l c.
The son is the oldest child.
Anh y bao nhiu tui ri h c?
How old is he, sir?
Chu bn mi by.
He is forty seven.
By gi anh y lm vic u ?
Where does he work now?
Chu l Hiu trng Trng i hc Quc gia.
He is the President of the National University.
18
Ch! C c phc qu!

Oh! How happy you are!
II. NG PHP (Grammar)

1. Way of asking about one's age (Cch hi tui)
a) For adults (i vi ngi ln)
Anh (ch, ng, b...) bao nhiu tui?
How old are you?
Ti bn mi tui.
I am forty years old.
Ti hai mi.
I am twenty.
Anh y bao nhiu tui?
How old is he?
Anh y hai lm.
He is twenty five.
b) For children (i vi tr em)
Chu ln my? or Chu my tui?
How old are you?
Chu ln chn. or Chu chn tui.
I am nine.
2. Way of asking about one's marriage
(Cch hi v tnh trng hn nhn)
a) For both sexes (Cho c hai gii)
Anh (ch) c gia nh cha?
Anh (ch) lp gia nh cha?
Anh (ch) xy dng gia nh cha?
Are you married?
Ri. Ti c (lp, xy dng) gia nh ri.
Yes. I am married.
Cha. Ti cha c (lp, xy dng) gia nh.
No. I am not.
Ti cn c thn.
I am still single.
b) For men only (Ch cho nam gii)
Anh c v cha? or Anh ly v cha?
Are you married?
Ri. Ti c (ly) v ri.
Yes. I am married.
Cha. Ti cha c (ly) v.
No. I am not.
19
c) For women only (Ch cho n gii)

Ch c chng cha? or Ch ly chng cha?
Are you married?
Ri. Ti c (ly) chng ri.
Yes. I am.
Cha. Ti cha c (ly) chng.
No. I am not.
3. Cardinal numbers (S m)
1
3
5
7
9
11
18
mt
ba
nm
by
chn
mi mt
mi tm
2
4
6
8
10
12
19
hai
bn
su
tm
mi
mi hai
mi chn
20
40
60
80
hai mi
bn mi
su mi
tm mi
30
50
70
90
ba mi
nm mi
by mi
chn mi
100
300
mt trm
ba trm
200
900
hai trm
chn trm
1.000
10.000
mt nghn (mt ngn)

mi nghn
2.000
100.000
hai nghn (hai ngn)

mt trm nghn
1.000.000
mt triu
1.000.000.000
mt t
The special ways of reading (Cc cch c c bit)

1
21
91
mt
hai mt,
chn mt
5
15
95
nm
mi lm,
chn lm
11
31
25
mi mt
ba mt,
41
bn mt,
51
nm mt...
hai lm,
35
ba lm,
55
nm lm...
20
4
34
bn
ba t,
1.032
1.320
1.230
14
44
mi bn
bn t,
24
54
hai bn
nm t,
64
su t,...94 chn t
mt nghn khng trm ba hai

mt nghn ba trm hai mi
mt nghn hai trm ba mi
1.302
mt nghn ba trm linh hai
1.203 mt nghn hai trm linh ba
406.705 bn trm linh su nghn, by trm linh nm
801.209.307 tm trm linh mt triu, hai trm linh chn nghn ba trm linh by
III. THC HNH (Practice)
1.
Ch bao nhiu tui?

How old are you?
Ti hai lm tui.
I am twenty five years old.
* Use the following numbers to answer the question

(Dng cc s sau tr li cu hi)
Anh (ch) bao nhiu tui?
20
35
24
37
26
21
28
24
30
29
31
19
33
41
34
38
54
64
56
63
58
65

ng (b) bao nhiu tui?
50
57
51
59
53
60
55
61
52
62

C bao nhiu tui ?
70
73
72
75
74
80
71
89
2. Anh bao nhiu tui?

How old are you?
* Replace the word "anh" by the following words to make new questions, then answer them (Thay t
"anh" bng nhng t sau to ra nhng cu hi mi sau tr li nhng cu hi ).
ng
You (old man)
21
You (old woman)
ng Nam
C H
Ngi yu ch
Ngi yu anh
Mr. Nam
Miss Ha
Your boy-friend
Your girl-friend
Model: V anh bao nhiu tui?

V ti hai su tui.
B Chi
V anh
Chng ch
B ch
Mrs. Chi
Your wife
Your husband
Your father
How old is your wife?

My wife is twenty six.
3. Anh c gia nh cha?

Are you married?
* Use the following to make questions which have the same meaning, then answer them (Dng cc t
sau to ra nhng cu hi cng ngha sau tr li nhng cu hi ).
xy dng gia nh
lp gia nh
c v
ly v
kt hn

a)
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
Cu..................................................?
T mi by.
Cn cu,............................................?
T mi chn.
Cu....................................................?
Ri. T c ngi yu ri.
......................................................... ?
Anh y hai hai tui.
b)
C Ch.............................................cha?
D Ri. Ti xy dng gia nh ri.
Cn anh,............................................?
C
Ri. Ti lp gia nh ri.
D
Anh c..........................................?
C
Ti c hai chu.
Cn ch,..............................................?
D
Ti cng c hai chu.
C
...........................................................?
D
Mt chu trai, mt chu gi.
IV. c hiu (Reading Comprehension)
Cc bn thn ca ti
My intimate friends
Thu Trang, Thy Lin v Lan Anh l ba bn thn ca ti. Nm nay Thu Trang hai mt tui. Ch y l
sinh vin nm th t, Trng i hc Quc gia H Ni. Thu Trang cha c ngi yu. Ch y thch m
nhc v hi ha.
22
Thy Lin hai bn tui. Ngi yu ca ch y rt p trai v thng minh. Anh y tt nghip Trng
i hc Bch khoa H Ni v by gi lm vic S Xy dng. Thy Lin thch xic v th thao.
Lan Anh hai lm tui. Ch y va mi lp gia nh. Chng ch y l k s. Anh y cng lm vic S
Xy dng..
T ng - Vocabulary
v
thn
nm nay
trng i hc
cha c
ch y
m nhc
ca ch y
p trai
tt nghip
by gi
S Xy dng
xic
circus
va mi just
and
bn
intimate
ca ti
this year
nm th t
University
quc gia
hasn't had
ngi yu
she
thch
music
hi ha
her
rt
handsome
thng minh
graduate
Bch khoa
now
lm vic
the Construction Department
th thao
chng
sport
husband
V. BI TP (exercises)
a. Make questions to the following sentences
(t cu hi cho cc cu sau)
1. Ti nm mi tui
I am fifty years old.
2. Ti hai lm tui.
I am twenty five years old.
3. Chu ln by.
I am seven.
4. Ti tm mi tui.
I am eighty years old.
5. Chu su tui.
I am six years old.
6. ng y nm ba tui.
He is fifty three years old.
7. B ti su mi tui.
My father is sixty years old.
8. B y nm tm tui.
She is fifty eight years old.
9. Ch Hi hai t.
Mrs. Hai is twenty four.
10. ng Minh nm chn tui. Mr. Minh is fifty nine years old.
1. Xin li. C bao nhiu tui ?
2. Ti tm lm tui.
3. Con trai ti ba mi tui.
4. Con gi anh my tui?
5. Cu bao nhiu tui?
6. Ch y c gia nh cha?
7. Anh y c v cha?
8. Ch c my chu?
9. Ti c mt chu trai v mt chu gi.
10. Ti cn c thn.
23
friend
my
fourth year
National
boy-friend
like
painting
very
intelligent
polytechnic
work
c) Translate the following sentences into Vietnamese

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
My daughter is five years old.

My mother is sixty years old.
How old is Mr. Ali?
Your son is two, isn't he?
She is single, isn't she?
Where does Mrs. Khanh work?
I love her.
My boy-friend is twenty six years old.
d) Write the following numbers in Vietnamese

(Vit cc s sau bng ting Vit)
14
3795
64
8030
104
8003
1004
8300
5
1975
e) Complete the following conversation

1 Anh c gia nh cha?
Are you married?
2 Cm n ch. Ti.....................................
Thank you. I..........................................
Ch cng cn c thn phi khng?
You are also single, aren't you
3 Khng. Ti c.......................................
No. I am................................................
Chng ti...............................................
My husband...........................................
. Ti cng l k s.
Oh. I am an engineer, too.
Anh y..................................................?
...........................................................he?
5
Anh y ba mi tui.
He is thirty years old.
Cn anh,.................................................?
And you...................................................?
6
Ti hai tm.
I am twenty eight years old.
Lesson 04: Who is this?

Bi 04: Ai y?
1. Gii thiu nhng ngi trong nh
(Introducing people in the album)
A. y l ai?
Who is this?
B. y l b t.
This is my grandmother.
24
75
1978
105
1970
125
1996
A. Ai y?
Who is this?
B. y l ng t.
This is my grandfather.
A. Cn y l b cu phi khng?
And this is your father, isn't it?
, khng. y l bc t.
Oh, no. That is my uncle.
A. Bc cu trng ging b cu qu.
Your uncle takes after your father very much.
ng y lm ngh g?
What is his job?
B. ng y l lut s.
He is a lawyer.
Cu c bit ai y khng?
Do you know who this is?
A. Nh bo Phan Quang phi khng?
Is he journalist Phan Quang?
B. Khng. y l gio s V Qu.
No. This is Prof. Vo Quy.
ng y nghin cu chim Vit Nam.
He does his research on birds in Vietnam.
A. ng y lm vic u?
Where does he work?
B. ng y l bn b t.
He is my father's friend.
ng y cng dy hc Trng i hc Quc gia.
He teaches at the National University, too.
Cn y l gio s Phan Huy.
And this is Prof. Phan Huy.
ng y l mt nh s hc ni ting th gii.
He is a famous historian in the world.
A. T bit gio s Phan Huy.
I know Prof. Phan Huy.
B. Cu c bit ngi ny khng?
Do you know this person?
, ch Kim Tin, pht thanh vin trn ti-vi.
Oh, Mrs. Kim Tien, speaker on the T.V.
B. Cu gp ch y ln no cha?
Have you ever met her?
A. Cha. T cha gp.
No. I haven't.
Cn ai y?
And who is this?
B. y l ng Nh Th.
This is Mr. Nhu Tho.
ng Th lm vic Tng cc Du lch Vit Nam.
He works at the Vietnam National Administration of Tourism.
Ngi ng cnh l ng Quang Trung.
The person standing next to him is Mr. Do Quang Trung.
ng y l Tng cc trng Tng cc Du lch.
He is the head of the National Administration of Tourism.
A. Ai y? B trng Trn Hon phi khng?
Who is this? Is he Minister Tran Hoan?
B. ng. ng y l mt nhc s kh ni ting.
Right. He is a rather famous musician.
25
Ngi ngi cnh l B trng Thng mi.

The person sitting at his side is the Minister of Trade.
2. Cng bn v thm qu (Back to home village with a friend)
a) Hi Anh mi Qunh Chu v qu
(Hai Anh invites Quynh Chau to go to her home village)
H Qunh Chu! Cu i u y?
Quynh Chau! Where are you going?
, Hi Anh! Lu lm khng gp cu.
Oh, Hai Anh! I haven't seen you for a long time.
Cu c khe khng? Gia nh th no?
How are you? How about your family?
H Cm n. Bnh thng.
O.K. Thank you.
Ngy mai t v qu.
I am going back to my home village tomorrow.
Cu i vi mnh nh?
You'll go with me, right?
Q Qu cu u? C xa khng?
Where is your home village? Is it far from here?
Thi Bnh. Cch y mt trm ba mi cy s.
In Thai Binh. It is 130km from here.
Q C gn bi bin ng Chu khng?
Is it near Dong Chau beach?
H Rt gn. Chng ta c th tm bin hng ngy.
Very near. We can have a sea bathing every day.
, rt th v. c.
Oh, very interesting. O.K.
b) Hi Anh gii thiu nhng ngi thn trong gia nh vi Qunh Chu
(Hai Anh introduces the relatives to Quynh Chau)
H y l ng ni mnh.
This is my paternal grandfather.
Trc y ng lm vic S Y t.
Formerly he worked at the Public Health Department.
Q Chu xin li. Nm nay ng bao nhiu tui ?
Excuse me. How old are you (this year)?
O ng by tm ri chu .
I am seventy eight.
H y l b ni t.
This is my grandmother on the spear side.
B t by mi tui.
My grandmother is seventy.
Cn kia l ch t.
And that is my uncle.
Ch t v hu cch y 5 nm.
He retired 5 years ago.
Q Trc y ch lm vic u ?
Where did you work formerly?
C Ch lm vic Nh my Cao su Sao vng.
I worked at the Sao Vang Rubber Factory.
, gn nh chu.
26
Oh, near my house.

Tht ?
Really?
H y l cu t.
This is my mother's brother.
Q ng ngoi v b ngoi cu khng sng lng ny ?
Don't your maternal grandfather and grandmother on the distaff side live
at this village?
H ng b ngoi t mt khi t cn nh.
They died when I was only a child.
C

1. The word "mnh" (I, my) in this lesson and the word "t" in lesson 1 are the same meaning (T
"mnh" trong bi ny v t "t" trong bi 1 cng ngha).
Cu i u y?
Where are you going?
Mnh (t) i th vin.
I am going to the library.
y l ai?
Who is this?
y l b mnh (t).
This is my father.
2. "bc", "ch", "cu" mean "uncle" in English. But in Vietnamese, they are different words ("bc",
"ch", "cu" - c ngha "uncle" trong ting Anh nhng trong ting Vit chng l nhng t khc nhau).
* "bc" is one's father's elder brother [or father's elder sister]
("bc" l anh [hoc ch] ca b).
* "ch" is one's father's younger brother ("ch" l em trai ca b).
* "cu" is one's mother's younger brother ("cu" l em trai ca m).
B ti by mi tui.
My father is seventy years old.
Bc ti by lm tui.
My uncle (father's elder brother) is seventy five.
Ch ti su lm tui.
My uncle (father's younger brother) is sixty five
M ti su hai tui.
My mother is sixty two.
Cu ti su mi tui.
My uncle (mother's younger brother) is sixty.
3. Sentences which have predicative verbs are often used to express action or activity of the subject
(Nhng cu c v ng ng t thng c dng biu th hnh ng hoc hot ng ca ch th).
Examples (V d):
Ch y ht.
She sings.
Misaki hc ting Vit.
27
Misaki studies Vietnamese language.

Sng nay ti dy sm.
I got up early this morning.
Questions (Cu hi)
a) ... lm g? (What....... do?)
Bui sng ch y thng lm g?
What does she often do in the morning?
Ch y hc ting Anh.
She studies English.
Ch y c sch.
She reads books.
b) c + verb + khng?
By gi anh c hc khng?
Do you study now?
C. Ti c hc.
Yes. I do.
Khng. Ti khng hc.
No. I don't.
C y c yu anh khng?
Does she love you?
C. C y c yu ti.
Yes. She loves me.
Khng. C y khng yu.
No. She doesn't.
4. " u?" means "where?" (" u?" c ngha l "where?")
Ch lm vic u?
Where do you work?
Ti lm vic B Gio dc.
I work at the Ministry of Education.
Anh hc ting Vit u?
Where do you study Vietnamese?
Ti hc Trng i hc Quc gia Vit Nam.
I study it at the Vietnam National University.
5. "u" also means "where" but it is often placed after the directional verbs such as "i", "n" (go),
"v" (go back), "ra" (go out), "vo" (go in), "ln" (go up), "xung" (go down)... ("u" cng c ngha l
"where" nhng n thng i sau cc ng t ch hng nh "i", "n", "v", "ra", "vo", "ln",
"xung",...).
Cannot say (Khng th ni):
By gi anh i u? (-)
By gi anh v u? (-)
Say (Hy ni):
By gi anh i u?
28
Where are you going now?

By gi anh v u?
Where are you going back to now?
Ti i th vin.
Ti v qu.
I am going back to my home village.
6. y l ai? = Ai y?
Who is this?
Kia l ai? = Ai kia?
Who is that?
1. y l ai? / Ai y? Who is this?
y l ch ti.
This is my elder sister.
* Use the following words to answer the question Ai y?

(Dng cc t sau tr li cu hi "Ai y?")
em trai ti
em gi ti
anh ti
Tng thng Bill Clinton
Th tng Thatcher
N hong Elizabeth
Vua Hm Nghi
Tng th k Lin hp quc
my younger brother
my younger sister
my elder brother
President Bill Clinton
Prime Minister Thatcher
The Queen Elizabeth
The King Ham Nghi
The Secretary - General of the United Nations
2. Anh i u y?
Ti i bu in.

I am going to the post office.
* Replace "bu in" by the following words

(Thay t "bu in" bng cc t sau)
a) bnh vin
th vin
ngn hng
sn bay
hiu sch
hiu thuc
hospital
library
bank
airport
book-shop
pharmacy
b) lm vic
to work
n
mua sch
mn sch
to eat
to buy books
to borrow books
29
hc ting Vit
xem phim
to study Vietnamese
to watch film
3. Ch lm vic u?
Where do you work?
Ti lm vic B Thng mi.
I work at the Ministry of Trade.
* Use the following to answer the question
Anh lm vic u?
Where do you work?
B Ngoi giao
B Vn ha
Ministry of Foreign Affairs

Ministry of Culture
B Ti chnh
B Quc phng
B Ni v
B Nng nghip
Ministry of Finance
Ministry of National Defence
Ministry of Home Affairs
Ministry of Agriculture
B Gio dc
Ministry of Education
4. Ch hc ting Vit u?
* Replace "hc ting Vit" by the following to make new questions, then answer them (Thay "hc ting
Vit" bng nhng cm t sau to ra nhng cu hi mi ri tr li nhng cu hi ).
gp bc s
mn sch
gi tin
see a doctor
borrow books
save money
mua sch
mua thuc
buy books
buy medicine
5. Cu c bit Gio s Nguyn Ln khng?

do you know Prof. Nguyen Lan?
C. T c bit.
Yes. I do. (Affirmative answer)
Khng. T khng bit.
No. I don't know. (Negative answer)
* Replace "bit gio s Nguyn Ln" (know Prof. Nguyen Lan) by the following to make new questions,
then answer them in the affirmative and in the negative (Thay cm t "bit gio s Nguyn Ln" bng
cc cm t sau to ra nhng cu hi mi sau tr li cc cu hi di dng khng nh v ph
nh).
hc ting Php
thch c ph
ung ch (tr)
study French
like coffee
drink tea
n cm
lm bi tp
eat cooked rice

do exercise
30
i Tokyo
yu c y
go to Tokyo
love her
mua t (xe hi)
buy a car
6. Complete the following conversation

A ......................................?
Who is this?
B
y l b........................
This is.................... father.
B cu............................?
..................... is your father?
B t nm mi tui.
My father is fifty years old.
A B cu.........................?
.................. is your father's job?
B B t l k s.
My father is an engineer.
A B cu c...................?
Does your father.................?
B C. B t thch ch.
Yes. My father likes tea.
A
.............................................?
B Khng. B t khng thch ru.

No. My father doesn't like alcohol.
7. Introduce members in your family: their name, age, career, office, hobby (Hy gii thiu cc thnh
vin trong gia nh bn: tn, tui, ngh nghip, c quan, s thch).
Gia nh ti - My family
Gia nh ti c su ngi: ng, b, b, m, anh ti v ti.
ng b ti rt gi. Nm nay ng ti 80 tui. Trc y, ng ti l cng nhn Nh my Xe la Gia
Lm (H Ni). B Ti 75 tui. Trc y, b l y t Bnh vin Bch Mai. ng b ti u v hu cch
y 20 nm.
B ti l gim c Nh my -t Ha Bnh. Nm nay b ti 55 tui. B ti ni tho ting Php v ting
Trung Quc. B ti i nc ngoi nhiu ln.
31
M ti v V trng Quan h quc t B Thng mi. Trc y, m ti hc Trng i hc Kinh t

quc dn H Ni. M ti, anh ti v ti c th ni chuyn vi nhau bng ting Anh.
Anh ti tt nghip Trng i hc NGOI GIAO CCH Y 7 NM. HIN NAY ANH TI LM VIC
V ?NG-NAM , B Ngoi giao.
Ti l sinh vin nm cui cng ca Trng i hc Quc gia Vit Nam. Ti hc khoa Lut. Ti mun
tr thnh lut s.
Ti c mt bn rt thn. Ch y tn l Dim Hng. Dim Hng l bn cng lp. Ch y l ngi yu
ca anh ti.
T ng - Vocabulary
anh
elder brother
trc y
formerly
cng nhn
nh my
factory
-t
xe la
train
cch y
ago
gim c
director
gi
old
worker
car
v hu
retired
nm
year
tho
fluently
nc ngoi
abroad
nhiu ln
v trng
head
department
quan h
relation
quc t
international
ministry
thng mi
trade
trng i hc
university
kinh t
quc dn
national
c th
many times
economics
can
ni
speak
vi nhau
with each other
bng
in
ting Anh
English
ting Php
French
ngoi giao
NG-NAM
Southeast Asia
cui cng
khoa
faculty
lut
law
mun
want
tr thnh
become
lut s
lawyer
bn cng lp
32
foreign affairs
last
classmate
V.BI TP (EXERCISES)
a) Translate the following sentences into English
1. ng cu c thch c ph khng?
2. B ch c ung ru khng?
3. Ti khng bit ch y.
4. C y khng yu ti.
5. B ti lm vic B Ngoi giao.
6. Anh ti dy Trng i hc Ngoi giao.
7. ng i u y ?
8. M ch bao nhiu tui?
9. Con trai ti tm tui.
10. y l Th tng V Vn Kit.
b) Translate the following sentences into Vietnamese
1. Where are you going now?
2. I am going to the post-office.
3. Do you know Doctor Ali?
4. Yes. I know him.
5. Where does your mother work?
6. Who is this?
7. This is President Bill Clinton.
8. I like tea. I don't like alcohol.
9. Do you know where a book-shop is?
10. My father retired 4 years ago.
c) Find incorrect sentences and correct them
33
(Tm v cha cu sai)

1. ng cu my tui?
2. Cu i u y ?
3. M ch l bc s phi khng?
4. By gi anh i u y?
5. y l anh ca b ti.
6 Ch c n c ph khng?
7. B ngoi l m ca ch.
8. Anh lm vic u?
d) How do you answer the following questions?
(Bn tr li nhng cu hi sau nh th no?)
1. Bc l anh ca b phi khng?
2. Ch l anh ca b phi khng?
3. Cu l anh ca m phi khng?
4. B l b ca b phi khng?
5. ng Bill Clinton l Tng thng Php phi khng?
e) Fill in the blanks with the correct words
(in t thch hp vo ch trng)
1. .......... l anh ca b.
2. .......... l em trai ca m.
3. .......... l em trai ca b.
4. Cu hc ting Vit ................. u?
5. y khng phi l .................. bc ti.
6. Anh v.................... y?
34
Lesson 5:
Bi 5:
What?
Con g? Ci g?
1. HI THOI (conversations)
1. KHU THO CM VIN (AT the Thao Cam Vien park)
T
B
T
B
Na
B
T
Na
T
Na
B
T
B
Na
T
B i! Con g y?
Papa! What is this?
y l con c
This is a squirrel.
. N nhanh qu.
Oh. It is very fast.
Cn con g kia?
And what is that?
N l con gu.
It is a bear.
Kia l con nga phi khng b?
That is a horse, isn't it?
Khng. khng phi l con nga.
No. That isn't a horse.
N l con lc .
It is a camel!
Na i! Xem ny, y l con rn. N di qu.
Na! Look, this is a snake. It is very long.
Kia cng l con rn phi khng?
That is also a snake, isn't it?
Ch. Rt to v rt di.
Oh. Very big and very long.
Khng. y l con trn.
No. That is a python.
B i, Kh u?
Papa! Where are monkeys?
NG kia.
Over there.
. CON kh ny rt d.
Oh. This monkey is very vicious.
Khng. N khng phi l con kh.
No. It isn't a monkey.
N l con vn.
It is a gibbon.
Kh y ri. Nhiu lm.
Here are monkeys. So many.
Con kh kia rt b nhng rt nhanh.
That monkey is very small but very fast.
35
Na
T
B
Na
B
T
Na
B i! ng kia rt nhiu ngi.

Papa! There are many people over there.
n y i.
Go there.
. Con c voi.
Oh. A whale.
Khng phi. y l con c su.
No. This is a crocodile.
Ch. Rng n nhn qu.
Oh. Its teeth are very sharp-pointed.
N cng c chn.
It has legs, too.
i i. C nhiu con xem lm.
Come on. There are a lot of animals to see.
Con g y, Na?
What is this, Na?
Anh hi b. Em khng bit.
You ask father. I don't know.
2. trin lm (At the exhibition)
M
Thu
M
Thu
M
Thu
M
Thu
M
Thu
M
Thu
Thu i! y l ci g?
Thu! What is this?
A. y l ci nh.
Oh. This is a Vietnamese two-chord fiddle.
Cn ci g y?
And what is this?
y l ci n bu.
This is a monochord (instrument).
Kia l ci ti-vi phi khng?
That is T.V, isn't it?
Khng. y khng phi ci ti-vi.
No. That isn't a T.V.
N l ci my vi tnh.
It is a computer.
Ci t ny p qu.
This cupboard is very nice.
Thu, nhn ka. Ci bn kia rt di v cao.
Thu, look. That table is very long and high.
. ?Y l ci n piano.
Oh. That is a piano.
Ting ca n rt hay.
Its sound is very interesting.
Cn kia l ci n ghi-ta phi khng?
And that is a guitar, isn't it?
ng ri.
Right.
Thu c bit chi n ghi-ta khng?
Can you play guitar, Thu?
C. Nhng chi ti lm.
Yes. I can. But I cannot play it well.
36
3. ca hng (At a shop)

C
M
C
M
C
M
C
M
C
M
C
M i! Kia l chic ng h g?
Mum! What watch is that?
u?
Where?
Kia ka.
Over there.
. ?Y khng phi l ci ng h.
Ah. That is not a watch.
N l ci la bn.
It is a compass.
y l ci t lnh phi khng?
This is a fridge, isn't it?
Khng. N l ci my git.
No. It is a washing machine.
Chic my git ny rt tin li.
This washing machine is very convenient.
M mua i.
Buy it, Mum.
M khng c tin.
I have not enough money.
M i! Nhiu chi qu
Mum! So many toys.
Con thch ci no?
Which one do you like?
Con thch ci -t mu .
I like that red car.
Ci gi ch mi nghn thi.
That one costs only 10,000 dongs.
c.
O.K.
II. NG PHP (grammar)
1. The classifiers "ci" and "con" (Cc loi t "ci" v "con")
a) "ci" - "classifier used for things ("ci" dng cho cc vt).
ci bn
ci -t
ci bt
a table
a car
a pen
ci nh
ci qut
ci ging
Question: Ci g (What?)
y l ci g?
y l ci gh.
N l ci gh.
What is this?
This is a chair.
It is a chair.
Trong nh c hai ci bn.
There are two tables in the house.
37
a house
a fan
a bed
b) "con - classifier used for animals ("con" - dng cho ng vt)

con g
con chim
con ln
a chicken
a bird
a pig
con ch
con vt
con ong
a dog
a duck
a bee
Question: Con g? (What?)

Kia l con g?
l con ngng
N l con ngng
What is that?
That is a goose.
It is a goose.
c) Remember the formula (Hy nh cng thc)
Number + ci + Noun
2 ci bt
6 ci qut
4 ci nh
two pens
six fans
four houses
Number + con + Noun
9 con g
5 con vt
7 con c
nine chickens
five ducks
seven fish
2. The words "y" (this, here), "kia", "y", "" (that, there) are usually subjects of introductory statements (Cc t "y",
"kia", "y", "" thng lm ch ng trong cc pht ngn gii thiu).
y l bn ti.
Kia l hiu sch.
This is my friend.
That is a book-shop.
3. In the questions, the words "y", "kia", "y", "" can be subjects or predicates (Trong cu hi, cc t "y", "kia",
"y", "" c th lm ch ng hoc v ng). For examples (V d):
Subject (Ch ng)
y l ai?
Kia l ci g?
y l con g?
Predicate (V ng)
Ai y?
Ci g kia?
Con g y?
Who is this?
What is that?
What is that?
4. The words "ny" (this), "kia", "y", "" (that) usually stand after the nouns to designate things (Cc t "ny", "kia", "y",
"" lun ng sau danh t ch nh s vt). For examples (V d):
Ci bn ny di.
Con b y rt bo.
This table is long.

That cow is very fat.
5. Sentences which have predicative adjectives usually describe characterictics, colour of the subject (Nhng cu c v ng l
tnh t thng m t tnh cht, mu sc ca ch th).
Con rn ny rt di.
C y rt p.
This snake is very long.
She is very beautiful.
38
Ci o ny rt trng.
This shirt is very white.

Question (Cu hi):
a) Th no? (How?)
Ci nh ny th no?
Ci nh ny to v p.
How is this house?

This house is big and nice.
b) c + adjective + khng?
c + Tnh t
+ khng?
Ci nh ny c mt khng?
Is this house cool?
N rt mt.
It is very cool.
6. The words "rt", "lm", "qu" have the same meaning "very" or "so" (Cc t "rt", "lm", "qu" u c ngha l "very"
hoc "so").
a) "rt" stands before adjectives ("rt" ng trc tnh t).
Con ch ny rt d.
This dog is very vicious.
B ti rt gi.
My father is very old.
M ti rt tr.
My mother is very young.
b) "lm" stands after adjectives ("lm" ng sau tnh t).
V anh y xinh lm.
His wife is very pretty.
Ci ng h y tt lm.
That watch is very good.
Con vt ny bo lm.
This duck is very fat.
c) "qu" can stand before or after adjectives.
("qu" c th ng trc hoc sau tnh t).
N qu ngu.
He is very stupid.
Nhiu ngi qu!
So many people!
Hay qu!
Very interesting!
7. When you want to say "not very + adjective", you use the structure (Khi bn mun ni "not very + adjective", bn dng
cu trc):
khng + adjective + lm ["khng" + tnh t + "lm"]
Ci nh ny khng p lm.
39
This house is not very nice.

Con ln ny khng to lm.
This pig is not very big.
III. THC HNH (practice)
1. y l ci g?
y l ci bt.
N l ci bt.
What is this?
This is a pen.
It is a pen.
(Dng cc t sau tr li cu hi?)
1. y l ci g?
ci qut
ci
ci
ci
ci
What is this?
a fan
bt ch
i
ng h
cc
a pencil
a radio
a watch, a clock
a glass
ci chn
ci knh
ci nhn
a cup
a pair of glasses
a ring
2. Ci g kia?
l ci ca s.
N l ci ca s.
What is that?
That is a window.
It is a window.
* Replace the word "ca s" by the following words
(Thay t "ca s" bng nhng t sau)
ca ra vo
bn
door
table
gh
t
nh
n
chair
cupboard
house
lamp
n n-ng
ging
neon light
bed
3. y l con g? / Con g y?
y l con g.
N l con g.
What is this?
This is a chicken.
It is a chicken.
* Answer the question "Con g y?" by using the following words

(Tr li cu hi "Con g y?" bng cch dng cc t sau.
40
con mo
con ch
con ln
a cat
a dog
a pig
con
con
con
con
b
kin
ong
s t
a cow
an ant
a bee
a lion
con
con
con
con
h (hm)
th
chut
voi
a tiger
a rabbit
a mouse
an elephant
4. Answer the questions according to the model below
(Tr li cc cu hi theo mu sau)
Nh anh rt to phi khng?

Your house is very big, isn't it?
(nh)
(small)
Khng. Nh ti khng to. N nh lm.

No. My house is not big. It is very small.
Ci nh kia rt p phi khng?
That house is very nice, isn't it?
Con b ny rt khe phi khng?
This cow is very strong, isn't it?
(xu)
(ugly)
(yu)
(weak)
Bn anh rt cao phi khng?

Your friend is very tall, isn't he?
Ci -t kia rt t phi khng?
That car is very expensive, isn't it?
Phng anh y rt rng phi khng?
His room is very large, isn't it?
Con g y rt bo phi khng?
That chicken is very fat, isn't it?
(thp)
(short)
(r)
(cheap)
(hp)
(narrow)
(gy)
(thin)
5. Con mo y th no?
How is that cat?
Con mo y nhanh.
N nhanh.
That cat is fast.

It is fast.
* Use the following adjectives to answer the question
(Dng cc tnh t sau tr li cu hi)
Con mo y th no?
ngoan
chm
to
good
hard-working
big
h
li
nh
naughty
lazy
small
bo
fat
gy
thin
41
khn
en
clever
black
di
trng
stupid
white
chm
slow
mu vng
yellow

A
y l................................?
This is................................?
. N l con h.
Yes. It is a tiger.
Con h...............................?
Tiger is................................?
. N rt d.
Yes. It is very vicious.
..............................................?
l con kh.
That is a monkey.
Kh........................................?
Monkeys are...........................?
Kh rt khn.
Monkeys are very clever.
N chm hay............................?
Is it slow or...............................?
N nhanh lm.
It is very fast.
Con kh c bo khng?
Is that monkey fat?
N khng bo.............................
It is not........................ fat.
IV. C HIU (Reading Comprehension)
Cng vin Th L - Thu Le Park

Cng vin Th L nm trong khu vc qun Ba nh (H Ni). N l mt trong nhng im thu ht ngi H Ni, c bit
l thanh thiu nin, trong nhng ngy ngh. y cng l "im hn" ca du khch trong v ngoi nc.
Th L khng ch c h nc, cy xanh, hoa l m cn cha c vn th quc gia. Hoa rt thm. L rt xanh. Nc h rt
trong. Th rt nhiu.
MT GC TNH MCH CA CNG VIN cn c mt ngi cha c vi ting chung m vang v mi hng ngt ngo.
42
y cng l im tham quan kh th v i vi du khch.

Th L s lm cho bn thoi mi v thanh thn khi ra v. n mt ln ri, chc chn bn s mun quay li. l Th L
ca H Ni hm nay.
T ng (Vocabulary)
nm
qun
mt trong nhng
im
ngi H Ni
thanh thiu nin
nhng ngy ngh
im hn
trong v ngoi nc
khng ch... m cn...
ca
h nc
hoa l
vn th
thm
xanh
trong
nhiu
tnh mch
c
ting chung
mi hng
thm quan
th v
lm cho bn
thanh thn
ra v
mt ln
mun
lie
district
one of
point
Hanoian
youth, youngster
holidays
point of convergence
at home and abroad
not only... but also...
of
lake
flowers
zoo
fragrant
green
clear
many
quiet
old, ancient
the bell-sound
fragrance
visit
interesting
make you
calm, peaceful
go back
once
want
khu vc
trong
area
in, into
thu ht
c bit l
attract, draw
especially
du khch
cy xanh
cha
quc gia
l
nc
th
gc
ngi cha
vi
m vang
ngt ngo
kh
i vi
thoi mi
khi
n
chc chn
quay li
tourist
trees
consist of
national
leaf
water
animal
corner
a pagoda
with
resounding
pervasive
rather
for, to
comfortable
when
go, come
certain, sure
visit it again
a) Translate the following conversation into English
(Dch on hi thoi sau sang ting Anh)
1. Kia l cn g?
2. N l con voi.
3. Con voi y c bo khng?
4. N khng bo lm.
5. N nhanh hay chm?
6. N chm.
7. Chn n th no?
8. Chn n rt to.
43
9. Con voi c khe khng?

10. N khe lm.
(Dch cc cu sau sang ting Vit )
1. This is a house, isn't it?
2. This cat isn't very big.
3. Is your friend tall?
4. Is isn't a lion. It is a tiger.
5. That pen is not good.
6. This radio is not expensive, is it?
7. What is this?
8. My husband is not very handsome but very intelligent.
9. My cat is white.
10. I am very lazy.
c) Find the incorrect sentences and correct them
(Tm v cha cu sai)
1. Ci mo ca ti rt p.
2. Ci nh ny l to v cao.
3. Anh y khng rt thng minh.
4. Bn ti bo rt.
5. B anh rt tr phi khng?
6. Con bt ny rt tt.
7. Ny l con g.
8. Ny ci gh rt di.
9. Ci nh y rt cao.
10. Ch y lm p.
d) Fill in the blanks with the suitable words
1............ch y c d khng?
2.............bn y di............
3. Nh ti khng rng. N rt.........
4. Phng ny...........hp lm.
5. Con b y...............bo..............?
6. Ci i ny t nhng..................
Lesson 6: Which mountain is the highest?

Bi 6: Ni no cao nht?
I. Hi thoi (Conversations)
1. Trn chuyn bay ti th H Ni
(On the flight to Hanoi capital)
Yao: Xin li. M CH HC TING VIT u?
Excuse me. In America where do you study Vietnamese?
44
Beth: Ti hc trng i hc Cornell

I study at the University of Cornell
Cn anh, anh hc Trng i hc Tokyo phi khng?
And you? You study at the Tokyo University, don't you?
Yao: Khng. Ti hc ting Vit Trng Ngoi ng Osaka.
No. I study Vietnamese at the Osaka University of Foreign Languages.
Beth: Ch. Rt vui c gp anh y.
Oh. I am very glad to meet you here.
Chng ta s c dp thc hnh ting Vit.
We'll have a chance to practise Vietnamese.
Ti cha c dp no i Nht, v vy khng bit v t nc anh.
I haven't had any chance to go to Japan, so I don't know much about your
country.
Ti ch bit ni Fuji cao nht Nht Bn.
I only know that the Fuji mountain is the highest one in Japan.
Yao: v Tokyo l thnh ph to nht Nht?
(Laughing) And Tokyo is the biggest city in Japan?
Beth: ng, ng.
(Laughing) Right, right.
Cn anh? Chc anh bit v nc M?
And you? You must know much about the USA?
Yao: Ti bit New York l thnh ph ln nht.
I know New York is the biggest city.
V M c ta nh cao nht th gii.
And in the USA there is the tallest building in the world.
Beth: ng ri. Nhng l my nm trc.
Yes. But it was yet some years ago.
Cn by gi, hai ta nh cao nht th gii l Kuala Lumpur, th
Malaysia.
And now, the two tallest buildings in the world are in Kuala Lumpur,
Malaysia's capital.
Yao: Theo ch, nc no giu nht th gii?
In your opinion, which country is the richest in the world?
C phi l nc M khng?
It that the USA?
Beth: Ti ngh rng l nc Nht ca anh.
I think that it is your Japan.
Nc Nht giu hn nc M.
Japan is richer than the USA.
Ngi Nht cn c nht th gii.
Japannese are most hard -working in the world.
Yao: Nhng ngi M thng minh hn phi khng?
But are American more intelligent than them?
Beth: Khng hon ton nh vy.
Not quite.
45
Yao: Ch c bit nhiu v Vit Nam khng?

Do you know much about Vietnam?
BETH: t lm.
Very little
YAO: Vit Nam ni no cao nht?
Which mountain is the highest in Vietnam?
Beth: Hnh nh l nh Phan-si-png.
Maybe it is Phansipang submit.
YAO: min bc hay min nam?
In the north or in the south?
BETH: min bc.
In the north.
YAO: min nam sng no to nht v di nht h ch?
Which river sin the largest and the longest in the south?
Beth: l sng M-Cng.
That is Mekong river.
N bt ngun t Trung Quc, chy qua Lo, Cambodia v Vit Nam.
It rises from China, runs through Laos, Cambodia and Vietnam.
Yao: Cn min Bc ch c bit con sng no di nht khng?
And in the north, do you know which river is longest?
Beth: Ti bit. l sng Hng.
I know. It is Hong (Red) river.
Con sng ny cng bt ngun t Trung Quc.
This river rises from China, too.
Anh c bit Si Gn v H Ni, thnh ph no to hn khng?
Do you know which city it bigger, Saigon or Hanoi?
Yao: Si Gn to hn. N l thnh ph ln nht Vit Nam.
Beth: Xin li. Anh n trng i hc no H Ni? i hc Quc gia hay
i hc Ngoi ng?
Sorry. Which university will you go, the National University or the
University of Foreign Languages?
Yao: Ti n i hc Quc gia.
I'll go to the National University.
BETH: , may qu. Ti cng n .
Oh, I am very lucky. I'll go there, too.
2. nh bn (At the friend's house)
M: Hnh i! Ch Lan v ch Mi, ai cao hn?
Hanh! Who is taller, Ms. Mui or Ms.Lan?
46
H: Ch Mi cao hn.
Ms. Mui is taller
M: Theo cu, ai tr hn?
According to you, who is younger?
H: Ch Lan tr hn.
Ms. Lan is younger.
Cu v ch Oanh, ai cao hn?
Who is taller, you or Ms. Oanh?
M: Hai ngi cao bng nhau.
The two persons have the same height.
Cu v ch H, ai nng hn?
Who is heavier, you or Ms. Ha?
H: T nng bng ch y.
I am as heavy as she is.
M: lp cu, ai p nht?
Who is the most beautiful in your class?
H: Vn Anh. N l ngi p nht th hai trng i hc ca t.
Van Anh. She is second beautiful person at my university.
N p nh trng rm.
She is as beautiful as a full moon.
II. Ng php (Grammar)
1. "bng" means "as... as..." or "so... as...". For examples (V d):
Ti cao b ng bn ti.
I am as tall as my friend.
Ci nh ny rng bng ci nh kia.
This house is as wide as that house.
Note (Ch ): "bng" is often used to compare things, animals, persons which nave the same height,
length, weight,... (which are certainly measurable)
[ "bng" thng c dng so snh nhng vt, con vt, ngi c cng cao, di, trng
lng... (c th o m c)].
Ti cao 1.60m (mt mt su mi).
I am 1.60m tall.
Bn ti cao 1,60 m.
My friend is 1.60 m tall.
Ti cao bng bn ti.
I am as tall as my friend.
2. You use "nh" (as... as...) to compare when you cannot measure the concrete, exact size, height,
length, weight,... of things, animals, persons {Bn dng "nh" so snh khi khng th o m c c
th, chnh xc c, cao, di, trng lng... ca vt, ngi}.
47
ng y sc nh dao.
He is as sharp as knife.
C y p nh hoa
She is as beautiful as flower.
Ti thng minh nh anh ti.
I am as clever as my elder brother.
3. "hn" means "more... than...", "... er... than'.
Anh Takaoka cao hn ch Chikage.
Mr. Takaoke is taller than Mrs. Chikage.
John thng minh hn ti.
John is more intelligent than I am.
4. "nht means "the most", "the... est".
Anh y thng minh nht lp ny.
He is the most intelligent in this CLASS.
&NBSP;&NBSP; y Vit Anh cao nht.
Viet Anh is the tallest here.
Trong s cc bn ti, Hi ng p trai nht.
Among my friends, Hai Dang is the most handsome.
5. In the negative sentences, the word "khng" stand just before adjectives. {Trong cu ph nh, t
"khng" ng ngay trc tnh t}.
Structure: khng + adjective + bng (nh, hn, nht)
{Cu trc: khng + tnh t + bng (nh, hn, nht)}
Anh y khng cao bng Ali.
He is not so tall as Ali.
Anh y khng cao hn Ali.
He is not taller than Ali.
Y ANH Y KHNG CAO nht.
He is not the tallest here.
6. The words "bng", "nh", "hn", "nht" stand not only after adjectives but also after adverbs {Cc
t "bng", "nh", "hn", "nht" khng ch ng sau tnh t m cn ng sau ph t}.
Examples;
Hi chy nhanh nh ti
Hai runs as fast as I do.
Hi chy nhanh hn bn ti.
Hai runs faster than my friend does.
Sn chy nhanh nht.
Son runs the fastest.
7. The word "no" has two meanings: "which" and "any".
(T "no" c hai ngha: "which" v "any").
Sng Hng v sng M Cng, sng no di hn?
Which one is longer, Hong river or Mekong river?
Hu v H Ni, thnh ph no rng hn?
48
Which city is larger, Hue or Hanoi?

Anh c chic bt no trong ti khng?
Have you got any pen in your pocket?
Ti cha c c hi no i Tokyo.
I haven't had any chance to go to Tokyo.
8. The classifier "con" usually stands before the nouns denoting animals (Lesson 5). But in Vietnamese,
"con" can combine with some nouns denoting animal-like things. These are special cases. You have to
learn by heart. {Loi t "con" thng ng trc nhng danh t ch ng vt. Nhng trong ting Vit,
"con" c th kt hp vi mt s danh t ch nhng vt ging nh con vt. l nhng trng hp c
bit. Bn phi hc thuc lng}.
con
con
con
con
con
con
sng
ng
thuyn
tu
mt
a river
a road
a dyke
a boat
a ship
an eye
Con ng ny rt tt.
This road is very good.
Con sng ny rt trong.
This river is very clear.
9. Ordinal number (S th t)
th nht (u tin)
the first
th hai
the second
th ba
the third
th t
the fourth
th mi
the tenth
th mt trm
the hundredth
You can say (Bn c th ni)

Bi th nht
or
Bi mt
(the first lesson)
(Lesson 1)
Bi th mi
Bi mi
(the tenth lesson)
(Lesson 10)

1. Use "hn", "nht", "bng" or "nh" to make sentences according to the model below (Dng "hn",
"nht", "bng" hoc "nh" t cu theo mu sau).
Ci nh ny
This house
cao
high
ci nh kia
that house
49
Ci nh ny cao bng ci nh kia.

This house is as high as that house.
Ci nh ny cao hn ci nh kia.
This house is higher than that house.
Ci nh ny cao nht.
This house is the highest (tallest).
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
g)
Con b ny
This cow
Con g ny
This chicken
Con c vng ny
This gold fish
Ci bn ca ti
My table
ng Du
Mr. Du
Con sng ny
This river
bo
fat
nng
heavy
p
nice
rng
wide
cao
tall
trong
clear
con b kia
that cow
con g kia
that chicken
con c vng kia
that gold fish
ci bn ny
this table
ng Vnh
Mr. Vinh
con sng qu ti
the river in my home village
2. Turn the above sentences with "hn", "nht", "bng", "nh" into the negative sentences (Chuyn
nhng cu c "hn", "nht", "bng", "nh" trn thnh cu ph nh) Model (Mu):
Ci nh ny khng cao bng ci nh kia.
This house is not as high as that house.
Ci nh ny khng cao hn ci nh kia.
This house is not higher than that house.
Ci nh ny khng cao nht.
This house is not the tallest.
3. Model (Mu): Lan Anh xin nh Thy An.
Lan Anh is as pretty as Thuy An.
Change it into the negative (Chuyn thnh cu ph nh):
Lan Anh khng xinh nh Thy An.
Lan Anh is not so pretty as Thuy An.
Change it into the question (Chuyn thnh cu hi):
Lan Anh xinh nh Thy An phi khng?
Lan Anh is as pretty as Thuy An, isn't she?
Answer (Tr li) Khng. Lan Anh xinh hn Thy An.
No. Lan Anh is more pretty than Thuy An.
* Follow the above model (Tip tc theo mu trn)
a) Anh y bo nh ch y.
He is as fat as she is.
b) Ch y p nh hoa.
She is as beautiful as a flower.
c) Ha gy nh ti.
50
Hoa is as thin as I am.

d) Cy ny xanh nh cy kia.
This tree is as green as that tree.
4. Transfer the sentences according to the model below
(Chuyn i cc cu theo mu sau)
Ci nh ny khng cao bng ci nh kia. (thp)
This house isn't so high as that house. (short)
Ci nh ny thp hn ci nh kia.
This house is shorter than that house.
a) ng Nam khng giu bng ng Hi. (ngho)
Mr Nam isn't so rich as Mr Hai.
(poor)
b) Ch y khng khe bng anh y.
(yu)
She isn't so strong as he is. (weak)
c) Bt bi ca ti khng mi bng bt bi ca anh. (c)
My ballpen isn't so new as your ballpen. (old)
d) Ti khng tr bng bn ti.
(gi)
I am not as young as my friend. (old)
e) H Ni khng rng bng Si Gn.
Hanoi isn't as big as Saigon. (small)
5. Make questions according to the model below
(t cu hi theo mu sau)
Anh Dng cao hn anh Thn.
Mr Dung is taller than Mr Thin.
Anh Dng v anh Thn, ai cao hn?
Who is taller, Mr Dung or Mr Thin?
Ci nh ny cao hn ci nh kia.
This house is higher than that house.
Ci nh ny v ci nh kia, ci no cao hn?
Which one is higher, this house or that house?
a) Ti tr hn bn ti.
I am younger than my friend.
b) Anh y gy hn ch y.
He is thinner than she is.
c) B H giu hn b Hoan.
Mrs Ha is richer than Mrs Hoan.
d) Ci i ny tt hn ci i kia.
This radio is better than that radio
e) Ci bn ny di hn ci bn phng ti.
This table is longer than table in my room.
f) Con chim nhanh hn con ra.
A bird is faster than a tortoise.
g) Con kin b hn con voi.
An ant is smaller than an elephant.
Bn c bit? (Do you know?)
51
Ta nh cao nht th gii

The world's tallest building
Nm 1995 cng ty Petronas Malaysia xy dng ta nh i chc tri trung tm th Kuala
Lumpur. Ta nh ny gm hai thp song song, 88 tng v cao ti 450 mt. y l ta nh cao nht th
gii hin nay.
Hai thp sinh i l trung tm thng mi, ti chnh v du lch quc t.
Ngoi ta nh i ny, Kuala Lumpur cn c thp Merana cao 421 mt. l thp cao nht chu
V CAO TH BA TH gii.
Cng ti trung tm th Kuala Lumpur, ngi ta xy dng mt ct c cao nht th gii qung
trng T do.
Trc nm 1995, ta nh cao nht Kuala Lumpur l Maybank. Nh ngn hng ny cao 56 tng. Cn
ta nh cao nht Malaysia trc nm 1995 th nm Penang - mt thnh ph bin du lch ni ting. N
cao 60 tng.
T ng (Vocabulary)
ta nh
cng ty
chc tri
th
thp
tng
building
company
skyscraper
capital
tower
storey
i, sinh i
xy dng
trung tm
gm
song song
cao
twin
built
centre
consist of
abreast
height, high
ti
hin nay
thng mi
du lch
to, till
now
commercial
tourism
th gii
va
ti chnh
quc t
world
just
financial
international
ngoi
th ba
ct c
t do
apart from
third
flagpole
liberal, free
chu
ngi ta
qung trng
trc
Asia
people, they
square
before
ngn hng
bin
bank
sea
nm
ni ting
locate, situated
famous
a) Complete the following conversations
1. H i! Anh Hong v anh Huy..............................................?
Ha!..........................................., Mr. Hoang or Mr. Huy?
2. Anh Hong tr hn.
Mr. Hoang is younger.
52
3. Lan Anh.............................................................................?
Lan Anh..............................................................................?
4. . N THNG MINH NHT LP T.
&NBSP;&NBSP;&NBSP; Yes. she is most intelligent in my class.
Cn cu, cu......................................................................... ?
And you...................................................................................?
5. Khng. T khng chm nht lp.
No. I am not most hard-working in the class.
6. H Ni v Hu, thnh ph.......................................................?
..........................................Hanoi or Hue?
7. H Ni rng hn.
Hanoi is larger.
8. Thnh ph H Ni.................................................................. ?
Hanoi city................................................................................?
9. Khng. N khng ln nht. Si Gn.........................................
No. It isn't biggest. Saigon.........................................................
10. H Ni....................................................................................?
Hanoi....................................................................................?
11. . N LN HN HI Phng.
Yes. It is bigger than Haiphong.
b) Make question according to the model below
(t cu hi theo mu sau)
Ti khng mua ci bt no.
I don't buy any pen.
Ti mua mt ci bt.
I buy one pen.
--> Anh (ch,....) c mua ci bt no khng?
Do you buy any pen?
1. Ti khng nh t no.
I don't remember any word.
2. Ti lm hai bi tp.
I do two exercises.
3. Ch y khng yu ngi no.
She doesn't love anybody.
4. Anh y khng dch bi no.
He doesn't translate any text.
5. Ti khng gp ngi no .
I don't meet anybody there.
6. Ti mn hai ci gh.
I borrow two chairs.
53

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Who is older, Mr. Ali or Mr. John?

Mr. Long is the oldest here.
He runs faster than me.
My daughter is as beautiful as a flower.
She doesn't love any one.
Have you got any ballpen?
Which country is richer, Japan or the USA?
I am not so hard-working as my friend.
Which one is longer. Hong river or Mekong river?
My friend is more handsome than I am.
Lesson 7: It's Friday Today

Bi 7: Hm nay l th su
1. Ngy bao nhiu? - What is the date today?
ng
Chu
ng
Chu
ng
Chu
ng
Chu
ng
Chu i! Hm nay l th my?

Grandson! What day is today?
Hm nay l th su ng .
Today is Friday, granddad.
Ch. Thi gian tri vn vt.
Oh. Time passes very fast.
Mai l th by.
Tomorrow will be Saturday.
V ngy kia l ch nht ri.
And the day after tomorrow will be Sunday.
Vng. Ngy kia l ngy ngh.
Yes. The day after tomorrow will be a day off.
Hm nay l ngy bao nhiu h chu?
What is the date today, grandson?
Hm nay l mng mt thng t ng .
Today is the first of April.
. MT thng na s n ngy Quc t Lao ng.
Oh. It will be the International Labour Day in one month's time.
Ngy no h ng?
Which day, grandpa?
Ngy mng mt thng nm.
The first of May.
l mt ngy l ln ca nhng ngi lao ng trn ton th gii
That is a great holiday of the labourers all the world over.
2. Thng my? - What is the month?

S
M
M i! Thng ny l thng my?

Mumi! What month is it now?
Thng ny l thng by.
54
S
M
S
M
S
M
S
M
S
M
S
M
S
M
S
M
S
M
S
M
This month is July.

Thng my th c Tt trung thu h m?
In what month is there the Mid-Autumn Festival?
Thng tm m lch.
August of the Lunar Calendar.
Vo thng my dng lch?
In what month of the Solar Calendar?
Thng chn.
September.
Thng by c bao nhiu ngy h m?
How many days are there in July, mumi?
Thng by c 31 (ba mt) ngy.
There are 31 days in July.
Thng tm c 30 (ba mi) ngy phi khng?
Are there 30 days in August?
Khng. Thng tm cng c 31 ngy.
No. There are 31 days in August, too.
Thng no c 28 (hai tm) ngy h m.
In what month are there 28 days, mumi?
Thng hai.
February.
Thng hai c Tt phi khng?
Is there the Lunar New Year's Day (Tt) in February?
ng ri.
Right.
Con c bit mt thng c my tun khng?
Do you know how many weeks there are in a month?
Con bit ri. C bn tun.
I know. There are four weeks.
Mt nm c bao nhiu thng?
How many months are there in a year?
Mi ba thng phi khng m?
Are there 13 months?
Khng phi. Ch c mi hai thng thi.
No. There are only 12 months.
Sao ng bo nm nay c mi ba thng.
Why did grandfather say that there are 13 months in this year.
. ? l m lch.
Oh. That is the Lunar Calendar.
Nhng thng no c ba mt ngy?
In what months are there 31 days?
Con khng bit.
I don't know.
Thng ging, thng ba, thng nm, thng by, thng tm, thng mi v thng mi hai.
January, March, May, July, August, October and December.
Thng no c ngy Thiu nhi Quc t?
In what month is there the International Children's Day?
. CU hi ny rt d.
Oh. This question is very easy.
Thng su. Mng mt thng su.
June. The first of June.
Con c bit bao gi con s i hc khng?
Do you know when you will go to school?
55
Sang nm.
Next year.
Thng my?
What month?
Thng chn.
September.
. CON nh gii y. Tt lm.
Oh. You remember very well. Excellent.
M
S
M
3. Ni chuyn trn ng (Talking on the road)

L
An
L
An
L
An
An i! Cu sinh ngy thng nm no?

An! When were you born?
T sinh ngy mng nm thng by nm mt nghn chn trm by tm (5-7-1978).
I was born on July 5th, 1978.
Cn cu, cu sinh bao gi?
And you? When were you born?
T sinh ngy mi mt thng t nm mt nghn chn trm by by (11-4-1977).
I was born on April 11th, 1977.
Cu sinh u?
Where were you born?
T sinh ra Thi Bnh.
I was born in Thai Binh.
Cu i Thi Bnh bao gi cha?
Have you ever been to Thai Binh?
Cha.
Not yet.

1. Way of telling the days of a month
(Cch ni ngy ca thng)
* From the 1st to 10th of a month, you use "mng" or "mng" and number (T ngy 1 n ngy 10,
bn dng t "mng" hoc "mng" v s m). For examples (V d):
Hm nay l ngy mng mt thng su.
Today is the first of June.
Ngy mai l mng chn thng mi.
Tomorrow is the 9th of October.
* From the 11th to 31st, you use number only (T 11 n 31 bn ch dng s m). Examples (V d):
Hm nay l ngy hai tm thng by.
Today is 28th of July.
Hm qua l mi chn thng t.
Yesterday was 19th of April.
Question (Cu hi):
Ngy bao nhiu? (What date?)
Hm nay l ngy bao nhiu?

What is the date today?
56
Ngy mai l ngy bao nhiu?

What will be the date tomorrow?
2. Way of telling the periods of time in a day
(Cch ni cc khong thi gian trong mt ngy)
a) ban ngy / ban m
in the daytime / at night
b) bui sng
in the morning
bui tra
bui chiu
at noon
in the afternoon
bui ti
in the evening
na m
midnight
3. When you want to ask about the days of a week, you use "th my"? (What day?).
Hm nay l th my?
What day is today?
Hm nay l ch nht.
Today is Sunday.
4. The adverbs of time "", "ang", "s" always stand before verbs.
(Cc ph t ch thi gian "", "ang", "s" lun ng trc ng t.
a) "" (already) used to express past simple time.

("" c dng biu th thi qu kh n gin)
Tun trc ti gp c y.
I met her last week.
b) "ang" (doing) - used to express the present simple time.

("ang" c dng biu th thi hin ti n gin)
Ch y ang lm bi tp.
She is doing her exercises.
c) "s" (will, shall) - used to express the simple future time.
("s" ch thi tng lai n gin).
Ti s hc ting Php.
I shall study French.
Question (Cu hi): ........ cha? (Have/Has....... yet?)
Cu lm bi tp cha?
Have you done the exercises?
Ri. T lm ri.
Yes. I have already.
Cha. T cha lm.
No. I haven't
57
5. The words "bao gi", "khi no" (when) are placed at the beginning of questions to ask about the
future time (Cc t "bao gi", "khi no" c t u cu hi v thi gian tng lai).
Bao gi anh i Singapore?
When will you go to Singapore?
Tun sau ti s i Singapore.
I' ll go to Singapore next week.
Khi no ch y s n y?
When will she come here?
Ngy mai.
Tomorrow.
* "bao gi", "khi no" are placed at the end of questions to ask about the past time ("bao gi", "khi
no" t cui cu hi v thi gian qu kh).
Anh n y bao gi?
When did you come here?
Ti n y hm qua.
I came here yesterday.
ng y ri H Ni khi no?
When did he leave Hanoi?
ng y ri H Ni tun trc.
He left Hanoi last week.
1.
Hm nay l th my?
What day is today?
Hm nay l ch nht.
Today is Sunday.
* Replace the word ch nht by the following words
(Thay t "ch nht" b ng cc t sau)
th hai
th t
th su
2.
Monday
Wednesday
Friday
th ba
th nm
th by
Tuesday
Thursday
Saturday
Hm nay l th my?
What day is it today?
* Replace "Hm nay" by the following words to make new questions, then answer them (Thay t
"Hm nay" bng cc t di y to ra nhng cu hi mi, sau tr li cc cu hi ).
ngy mai
ngy kia
hm qua
hm kia
3.
tomorrow
the day after tomorrow
yesterday
the day before yesterday
Hm nay l ngy bao nhiu?

What date is today?
58
Hm nay l ngy mng su.

Today is the sixth.
* Make question by using the words in column A to replace the word Hm nay, then use the words in
column B to answer these questions (Hy to cu hi bng cch dng nhng t ct A thay cho t
"Hm nay", sau dng cc t ct B tr li nhng cu hi ).
A
Hm qua
Yesterday
B
mng ba
the third
Ngy mai
Tomorrow
Hm kia
The day before yesterday
mng mi
the tenth
mi chn
the ninth
Ngy kia
The day after tomorrow
ba mt
the thirty first
4.
Thng ny l thng my?

What month is it now?
Thng ny l thng tm.
This month is August.
By gi l thng my?
What month is it now?
By gi l thng t.
It is April now.
By gi l thng my? (What month is it now?)
thng ging
January
thng hai
February
thng
thng
thng
thng
thng
March
May
July
September
November
thng
thng
thng
thng
thng
April
June
August
October
December
ba
nm
by
chn
mi mt
t
su
tm
mi
mi hai
5. Ti sinh ngy mng mi thng hai nm mt nghn chn trm nm lm (10-2-1955).

I was born on February 10th, 1955.
Hm nay l ngy mng bn thng ba nm mt nghn chn trm chn su (4-3-1996).
Today is the 4th of March, 1996.
* Read the following sentences (c cc cu sau):
59
Con trai c ca ti sinh 14-2-1982.

Con trai th hai ca ti sinh 25-6-1989.
Em trai ti sinh 2-1-1957.
Hm nay l 11-12-1996.
Ngy 4-5-1997 b ti i M.
6.
Hm nay l ngy l.
Today is a holiday.
* Replace the word "ngy l" by the following
(Thay t "ngy l" bng cc t sau)
ngy lm vic
a working day
ngy ngh
ngy Tt
ngy l Ging sinh
ngy Quc t Lao ng
a day off
a Lunar New Year's Day
Christmas
the International Labour Day
ngy Quc khnh

Tt trung thu
ngy Quc t hin chng
cc nh gio
the National Day

the Mid-Autumn Festival
the International Teacher's
Charter Day
7.
Bao gi b anh v?
When will your father come back?
Tun sau b ti v.
My father will come back next week.
* Use the word "Bao gi" to make other questions and use the following words to answer them (Dng
"Bao gi" to ra nhng cu hi khc v dng cc t di y tr li nhng cu hi ).
ngy mai
tun sau
thng sau
tomorrow
next week
next month
sang nm
ngy kia
mt nm na
hai thng na
next year
the day after tomorrow
in one year
in two months
8.
Anh mua ci -t ny bao gi?

When did you buy this car?
Ti mua n thng trc.
I bought it last month.
* Use the following to answer the question (Dng cc t sau tr li cu hi).
60
Ch mua ci nh ny bao gi?

When did you buy this house?
nm ngoi
last year
tun trc
thng trc
hai thng trc
ba nm trc
last week
last month
two months ago
three years ago
bn tun trc
cch y mt nm
cch y ba thng
four weeks ago

one year ago
three months ago
9.
ng y i Tokyo cha?
Has he left for Tokyo?
Ri. ng y i ri.
Yes. He has.
Cha. ng y cha i.
No. He hasn't.
* Answer the following questions in the affirmative and in the negative (Tr li khng nh v ph nh
nhng cu hi sau)
Anh lm bi tp cha?
Have you done the exercises?
Ch n cm ti cha?
Have you had dinner?
Cu c quyn sch ny cha?
Have you read this book?
Anh mua nh mi cha?
Have you bought a new house?

A
B
A
B
A
B
A
Hin i!........................................?
Hm nay l th t.
Today is Wednesday.
Hm nay l ngy.........................?
................................ date is today?
Hm nay l ngy mng mi thng su.
Today is the 10th of June.
, ngy mai l....................................?
Tomorrow is.......................................?
Khng. Mai khng phi l ngy l.
No. Tomorrow isn't a holiday.
Bao gi...............................................?
When..................................................?
Thng sau t s i Singapore.
61
I'll go to Singapore next month.

IV. C HIU (Reading comprehension)
Cc ngy l Vit Nam
Holidays in Vietnam
Cng nh nhiu nc trn th gii, Vit Nam cho n nm mi dng lch vo ngy mng mt thng
ging hng nm.
Tt m lch thng n vo thng hai dng lch. Trong dp Tt m lch, nhn dn Vit Nam c ngh
ba ngy: Ngy cui cng ca nm c v ngy mng mt, mng hai thng ging nm mi. Tt m lch l
ngy hi ln nht v c ngha nht i vi ngi Vit.
Trong dp Tt, cc thnh vin trong gia nh thng tr v qu hng hp mt, chc Tt b m v
thm hi h hng cng b con lng ging.
Mng mt thng nm l ngy Quc t Lao ng. Trong dp ny, nhng ngi lao ng Vit Nam c
ngh mt ngy ri: chiu 30 thng t (nhn dp gii phng min nam) v ngy mng mt thng nm.
K nim Quc khnh, nhn dn Vit Nam c ngh hai ngy: mng hai v mng ba thng chn.
T ng - Vocabulary
cng nh
trn th gii
cho n
hng nm
Tt m lch
dp
similar, similarly
nc
in the world
nm mi
celebrate, welcome
dng lch
every year
thng
New Year Festival (lunar calendar)
occasion, chance
nhn dn
ngh
nm c
ngy l
c ngha
thnh vin
rest, be absent
last (old) year
holiday
important
member
qu hng
home village, home town
hp mt
get together
thm hi
ngy Quc t Lao ng
ngi lao ng
ri
nhn dp
k nim
visit
h hng
International Labour Day
labourer
chiu
half
gii phng
on the occasion
min nam
commemorate
Quc khnh
country
new year
solar calendar
always
people
cui cng
ngy hi
ln
i vi
tr v
last
holiday
great, big
to, for, with
go back
chc tt
wish
1. How to ask? (Hi th no?)
62
relatives
afternoon
liberate
the south
National Day
a) You don't know what day today is, how do you ask your friend (His name is Nam)? (Anh khng bit
hm nay l th my, anh hi bn Nam th no?).
b) You don't know what date today is, how do you ask your friend (Her name is Lan)? (Ch khng bit
hm nay l ngy bao nhiu, ch hi bn Lan th no?).
c) You think that today is Saturday but you are not sure, how do you ask your friend (His name is
Lm)? (Anh ngh rng hm nay l th by nhng khng chc chn, anh hi bn Lm th no?).
2. Find incorrect sentences and correct them
(Tm v cha cu sai)
a) Hm nay l mng tm thng hai.
b) Hm kia l mng mi mt thng su.
c) Ngy mai l mng chn thng tm.
d) Hm qua bn ti s i Tokyo.
e) Ngy mai ti ang nh.
g) ng y s mua -t hai thng trc.
h) Thng ny l my thng?
i) Hm nay l ngy hai mt thng bn.
3. Fill in the blanks with the suitable words
(in cc t thch hp vo ch trng)
A
B
A
B
..................................... anh i Malaysia?

Tun sau ti................. i Malaysia.
Anh s Malaysia ba thng....................?
Vng. Ti s ba thng.
. HM nay.................................. h ch?
Hm nay l th ba anh .
B
A
Ch i Malaysia..........................?
Ri. Ti i Malaysia................... mt nm.
4. Translate the following sentences into Vietnamese
a) Today is Friday.
b) When will you buy a new house?
c) When did he buy the Sony TV?
d) How many months are there in a year?
e) How many days are there in August?
g) My friend was born on May 1st, 1976.
h) Has he left for Osaka?
i) He is reading books at the library.
(*) Cc cch biu hin thi trong ting Vit kh a dng v phc tp. T "" chng hn, khng ch
biu th thi qu kh m cn c th biu th c thi hin ti v tng lai. T "ang" cng c th biu th
c qu kh ln tng lai. Tuy nhin y l gio trnh ting Vit dnh cho nhng ngi mi bt u hc
nn cha th i su vo nhng vn phc tp ny c. N s c trnh by cn trong mt gio
trnh khc c tnh cht nng cao hn.
63
Lesson 8: Asking the time

Bi 8: Hi gi
1. Trn ng n trng i hc
(On the road to the university)
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
B
A
B
A
B
Cho anh!
Good morning!
Cho ch!
Good morning!
Xin li. Anh c ng h khng?
Excuse me. Have you got a watch?
D, c.
Yes, I have.
By gi l my gi ?
What time is it now?
By gi l tm ri.
It is half past eight.
ng h anh chy ng khng?
Is your watch right?
. Xin li. ng h ti chy chm nm pht.
Oh. Sorry. My watch is 5 minutes slow.
By gi l chn gi km hai lm
It is twenty five to nine now.
Ch khng c ng h ?
Haven't you got a watch?
Ti c. Nhng n chy khng ng gi.
I have. But it doesn't keep the right time.
V vy hm nay ti b mun.
So I am late today.
Ch l sinh vin phi khng?
You are a student, aren't you?
Vng. Ti l sinh vin.
Yes. I am a student.
Lp ch vo hc lc my gi?
At what time does your class begin?
Tm gi mi lm. Ti mun hai mi pht ri.
At 8.15. I am 20 minutes late.
Ti cng l sinh vin.
I am a student, too.
Hm nay lp ti vo hc lc 9 gi.
My class begins at 9 today.
64
My gi lp ch kt thc?
At what time does your class finish?
Khong mi hai gi?
At about 12.
Cn lp anh?
And your class?
mi hai gi bn lm.
At about 12.45.
Cho ch nh. Ti r li ny.
Good-bye. I'm going this way.
Cho anh. Hn gp li.
Good-bye. See you again.
2. Hi gi trn xe but (Asking the time in the bus)

C
D
C
D
C
Xin li hi ng, by gi l my gi ?
Excuse me, what time is it now?
Hai gi mi anh .
It is ten past two (2.10).
Anh mun ri phi khng?
Are you late?
D. Chu c cuc hp lc hai gi mi lm.
Yes. I have a meeting at 2.15.
Hng ngy c quan anh bt u lm vic lc my gi?
At what time does your office begin working every day?
Tm gi sng v mt ri chiu .
At 8 a.m and at 1.30 p.m.
Hm nay chu hp trn B Gio dc.
Today I have a meeting at the Ministry of Education.
. MAY QU. XE BUT HM NAY chy rt nhanh.
Oh. I am very lucky. The bus is very fast today.
Chu khng b mun lm.
I am not too late.
Cho ng . Chu xung bn ny.
Good-bye, sir. I get off at this stop.
Cho anh.
Good-bye.
3. C QUAN (AT THE office)

Hn
Toi
Hn
Toi
Hn
Anh Toi i! My gi ri?

Mr. Toai! What time is it now?
Tm gi mi lm. Anh i u y?
8. 15. Where are you going?
Ti n B Vn ha.
I am going to the Ministry of Culture.
Ti c cuc hp lc chn gi.
I have a meeting at 9.
Mi gi s gp ng B trng.
I am going to meet the Minister at 10.
Trong bao lu?
For how long?
Trong khong mt ting.
For about one hour.
65
Toi
Chiu nay my gi chng ta c mt Cung Vn ha?

At what time will we go to the Palace of Culture this a afternoon?
Bn gi hai mi.
At 4.20.
4. Trc gi vo hc (Before classes)

Nazri
David
N
D
N
D
D
N
Anh David i! ANH MT NM C MY ma?

David! How many seasons are there in the UK in a year?
C bn ma nh y.
There are four seasons like here.
Ma ng c lnh lm khng?
Is it very cold in winter?
Rt lnh.
Very cold.
C tuyt khng?
Is there snow?
Rt nhiu.
A lot.
Cn Malaysia? C my ma h Nazri?
And in Malaysia? How many seasons are there, Nazri?
nc ti ch c hai ma nh Si Gn.
In my country there are only two seasons like in Saigon.
Tri khng bao gi lnh.
It is never cold.
C nng khng?
Is it hot?
Khng nng lm.
Not very hot.

1. Way of telling the time (Cch ni gi)
By gi l my gi?
By gi l by ri.
It is half past seven.
By gi l mi gi.
It is ten.
By gi l mi gi km mi lm.
It is 15 minutes to ten.
By gi l mi gi mi lm.
It is 10.15.
2. Way of telling the seasons of a year (Cch ni v cc ma)
By gi l ma g?
Ma ny l ma g?
What season is it now?
By gi l ma h.
It is summer.
66
3. "khong", "chng", "" are synonyms. They mean "about", "approximately" ("khong", "chng", ""
l nhng t ng ngha c ngha nh "about", "approximately")
By gi khong tm gi.
It is about 8 o'clock.
Ti s Tokyo chng hai nm.
I will stay in Tokyo for about two years.
Ch y ba mi tui.
She is about 30 years old.
4. "va", "mi", "va mi" - adverbs standing before verbs to denote the near past tense. They mean
"just", "recently" ("va", "mi", "va mi" - cc ph t ng trc ng t biu th qu kh gn, c
ngha nh "just", "recently").
Con ti va mi ng.
My child has just slept.
Ch y va ra ga tu ha.
She has just gone to the railway station.
Ti mi n y khong nm pht.
I have just come here for 5 minutes.
5. "bao lu" means "how long", "trong bao lu" means "for how long". They are used to ask period of
time to carry out an action ("bao lu" v "trong bao lu" c dng hi v khong thi gian thc
hin mt hnh ng).
Anh s hc ting Vit trong bao lu?
How long will you study Vietnamese for?
Ti s hc ting Vit trong hai nm.
I will study Vietnamese for two years.
ng mun thu phng ny bao lu?
How long do you want to rent this room for?
Ti s thu mt nm.
I will rent it for one year.
6. Adverbs of manner usually stand after a verbal predicate to denote states and characteristics of a
verbal predicate (Cc ph t ch cch thc hnh ng thng ng sau v ng ng t biu th trng
thi, tnh cht ca v ng ng t).
ng y thng ni chm.
He often speaks slowly.
Anh y chy rt nhanh.
He runs very fast.
* In some cases, if an adverb of manner is a two-syllable word and a verb is a two-syllable word, too
an adverb of manner can stand before a verbal predicate (Trong mt s trng hp, nu ph t ch cch
thc hnh ng l mt t hai m tit v ng t cng l mt t hai m tit th n c th ng trc v
ng ng t). For examples (V d):
Anh y hc tp cn c.
Anh y cn c hc tp.
He studies hard.
67
* If an adverb of manner is a two-syllable word, you can add mt cch in front of it (Nu ph t ch
cch thc hnh ng l mt hai t hai m tit, bn c th thm "mt cch" vo trc n).
Tnh hnh thay i nhanh chng.
Tnh hnh thay i mt cch nhanh chng.
The situation changes quickly.
In this case, combination of "mt cch + adverb" never stands before a verbal predicate (Trong trng
hp ny, t hp "mt cch + ph t" khng bao gi ng trc v ng ng t).
You cannot say: Tnh hnh mt cch nhanh chng thay i. ( -- )
1.
By gi l my gi?
By gi l tm ri.
It is 8.30.

By gi l my gi? (What time is it now?)
5.00
6.15 a.m.
7.30 a.m.
11.05 a.m.
12.00
1.45 p.m.
4.50 p.m.
10.10 p.m.
Hng ngy anh dy lc my gi?

What time do you get up every day?
Hng ngy ti dy lc su ri.
I get up at 6.30 every day.
* Use the words in the column A to ask and use the words in the column B to answer those questions
(Dng cc t ct A hi v cc t ct B tr li).
A
i ng
(go to bed)
n sng
(have breakfast)
i lm vic
(go to the office)
n ti
(have dinner)
n tra
(have lunch)
xem ti-vi
(watch T.V.)
tp th dc
(do morning exercises)
hc ting Anh
11 gi m
(11.00 p.m.)
7 ri sng
(7.30 a.m.)
7 gi 45
(7.45)
8 gii ti
(8.00 p.m.)
12 gi
(12.00)
9 gi m
(9.00 p.m.)
6 gi
(6.00)
5 ri chiu
68
(study English)
(5.30 p.m.)
Ma ny l ma g?
By gi l ma g?
Ma ny l ma ng.
By gi l ma ng.
It is winter now.
* Replace "ma ng" by the following
( Thay t "ma ng" bng cc t sau)
ma xun
ma thu
ma ma
ma sn bn
4.
spring
autumn
rainy season
hunting season
ma h
ma kh
ma hoa
ma gt
summer
dry season
flower season
harvest season
Anh s hc Tokyo bao lu?

How long will you stay in Tokyo?
Ti s Tokyo bn thng.
I'll stay in Tokyo for 4 months.
* Use the words in column (1) to ask and use the words in column (2) to answer those questions
(Dng cc t ct (1) hi v cc t ct (2) tr li).
(1)
hc ting Vit
(study Vietnamese)
gp c y
(meet her)
c quyn sch ny
(read this book)
ng
(sleep)
v qu
(go back to my home village)
thu phng ny
(rent this room)
(2)
ba nm
(3 years)
hai gi
(2 hours)
mt ngy
(one day)
na gi
(30 minutes)
mt tun
(one week)
su thng
(6 months)
5.
Complete the following conversation

A
B
Xin li hi ch.................................................?
By gi l tm ri anh .
Anh.................................................................?
Ti n B Gio dc.
Chiu nay ch..................................................?
Vng. Ti n B Vn ha.
A
B
69
A
B
Ti c cuc hp.....................hai gi chiu.

......................................cuc hp s kt thc?
......................bn ri.
IV. C HIU (reading comprehension)
Mt ngy lm vic ca ti
My working day
Hng ngy ti thng dy vo lc 6 gi sng. Sau khi gp chn, mn, sng no ti cng chy quanh
h Hon Kim v tp th dc khong 45 pht. Sau , ti v nh tm ra v n sng. By ri ti bt
u n c quan. C quan ti bt u lm vic vo lc 8 gi.
C QUAN TI RT BN. C LC TI va tip khch va nghe in thoi. L th k cho gim c,
ti phi thay mt ng ta gii quyt rt nhiu vic quan trng v khn cp. Bnh thng, ti ngh tra vo
lc 12 gi. Ti thng khng v nh. Cc cn b c quan ti hay n tra cc qun n bnh dn. Bui
chiu, chng ti bt u lm vic t mt gi.
Bn ri chiu, ti v nh chi th thao, tm ra v n ti. Bui ti, ti thng xem ti-vi, nghe i
hoc c bo.
T ng - Vocabulary
hng ngy
dy
gp
mn
sng no cng
h
tp th dc
tm ra
bt u
every day
get up
fold up
mosquito-net
every morning
lake
do morning exercises
have a bath
begin, start
lm vic
c lc
tip khch
work
sometimes
receive guests
bn
va... va...
nghe in thoi
busy
both... and...
receive phonecalls
th k
phi
ng ta
vic
khn cp
ngh tra
cc cn b
qun n
chi
n ti
nghe i
secretary
must
he, him
job, thing
urgent
take a siesta
cadres
restaurant
play
have dinner
listen to the radio
gim c
thay mt
gii quyt
quan trng
bnh thng
v nh
n tra
bnh dn
th thao
xem ti-vi
c bo
director
on behalf of
solve
important
ordinary, normally
go back home
have lunch
popular
sport
watch T.V.
read newspapers
70
thng, hay
sau khi, sau
chn
chy
quanh
sau
often
after
blanket
run
round
then, after that
n sng
c quan
have breakfast
office
a) How do you ask? (Bn hi th no?)

1. Your watch has stopped working, you want to ask Mr. Nam the time. How do you ask him? (ng
h ca bn b cht, bn mun hi anh Nam v gi. Bn hi th no?)
2. You want to know if Nam's watch is right or wrong. How do you ask him? (Bn mun bit ng h
ca Nam chy ng hay sai, bn hi anh Nam th no?).
3. You want to know what time Lan 's class begins. How do you ask her? (Bn mun bit gi no lp
Lan vo hc, bn hi Lan th no?).
4. You want to know what time Lan 's class finishes. How do you ask Lan? (Bn mun bit gi no lp
Lan tan hc, bn hi Lan th no?).
b) Fill in the blanks with suitable words
(in cc t thch hp vo ch trng)
1. Anh y ...................... n y.
He has just come here.
2. ng s y...........................?
How long will you stay here?
3. Ti s mn quyn sch ny trong ...... hai tun.
I'll borrow this book for about two weeks.
4. By gi l ma .........?
5. ......................... l my gi?
6. m qua anh i ng lc........ ?
At what time did you go to bed last night?
(Tm v cha cu sai)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
By gi l bao nhiu gi?

Anh n chy mt cch nhanh lm.
By gi l chn gi km ba mi.
Ma h tri rt lnh.
Hm nay chng ti xem ti-vi t 6 gi chiu n 10 gi chiu.
Ma thu c tuyt phi khng?
d) Translate the following sentences into Vietnamese

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
This season is autumn.

What time do you go to work?
It is 8.30
It is 9.45
My father has just left for Malaysia.
My son will study French for about four years.
You watch is 3 minutes slow, isn't it?
How long will you read this book?
e) Translate the following sentences into English.

71
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
My gi ch y s n y?
Cuc hp s kt THC LC MY GI?
Nht Bn, mt nm c my ma?
By gi l 10 gi km 10.
By gi l 11 gi m.
Hng ngy, ti n sng lc 7 R&SHY;I.
Singapore khng c tuyt.
Ma ng chu u rt lnh.
Lesson 04: Who is this?

Bi 04: Ai y?
1. Gii thiu nhng ngi trong nh
(Introducing people in the album)
A. y l ai?
Who is this?
B. y l b t.
This is my grandmother.
A. Ai y?
Who is this?
B. y l ng t.
This is my grandfather.
A. Cn y l b cu phi khng?
And this is your father, isn't it?
, khng. y l bc t.
Oh, no. That is my uncle.
A. Bc cu trng ging b cu qu.
Your uncle takes after your father very much.
ng y lm ngh g?
What is his job?
B. ng y l lut s.
He is a lawyer.
Cu c bit ai y khng?
Do you know who this is?
A. Nh bo Phan Quang phi khng?
Is he journalist Phan Quang?
B. Khng. y l gio s V Qu.
No. This is Prof. Vo Quy.
ng y nghin cu chim Vit Nam.
He does his research on birds in Vietnam.
A. ng y lm vic u?
Where does he work?
B. ng y l bn b t.
He is my father's friend.
ng y cng dy hc Trng i hc Quc gia.
He teaches at the National University, too.
Cn y l gio s Phan Huy.
And this is Prof. Phan Huy.
ng y l mt nh s hc ni ting th gii.
He is a famous historian in the world.
A. T bit gio s Phan Huy.
I know Prof. Phan Huy.
72
B. Cu c bit ngi ny khng?

Do you know this person?
, ch Kim Tin, pht thanh vin trn ti-vi.
Oh, Mrs. Kim Tien, speaker on the T.V.
B. Cu gp ch y ln no cha?
Have you ever met her?
A. Cha. T cha gp.
No. I haven't.
Cn ai y?
And who is this?
B. y l ng Nh Th.
This is Mr. Nhu Tho.
ng Th lm vic Tng cc Du lch Vit Nam.
He works at the Vietnam National Administration of Tourism.
Ngi ng cnh l ng Quang Trung.
The person standing next to him is Mr. Do Quang Trung.
ng y l Tng cc trng Tng cc Du lch.
He is the head of the National Administration of Tourism.
A. Ai y? B trng Trn Hon phi khng?
Who is this? Is he Minister Tran Hoan?
B. ng. ng y l mt nhc s kh ni ting.
Right. He is a rather famous musician.
Ngi ngi cnh l B trng Thng mi.
The person sitting at his side is the Minister of Trade.
2. Cng bn v thm qu (Back to home village with a friend)
a) Hi Anh mi Qunh Chu v qu
(Hai Anh invites Quynh Chau to go to her home village)
H Qunh Chu! Cu i u y?
Quynh Chau! Where are you going?
, Hi Anh! Lu lm khng gp cu.
Oh, Hai Anh! I haven't seen you for a long time.
Cu c khe khng? Gia nh th no?
How are you? How about your family?
H Cm n. Bnh thng.
O.K. Thank you.
Ngy mai t v qu.
I am going back to my home village tomorrow.
Cu i vi mnh nh?
You'll go with me, right?
Q Qu cu u? C xa khng?
Where is your home village? Is it far from here?
Thi Bnh. Cch y mt trm ba mi cy s.
In Thai Binh. It is 130km from here.
Q C gn bi bin ng Chu khng?
Is it near Dong Chau beach?
H Rt gn. Chng ta c th tm bin hng ngy.
Very near. We can have a sea bathing every day.
, rt th v. c.
Oh, very interesting. O.K.
b) Hi Anh gii thiu nhng ngi thn trong gia nh vi Qunh Chu
(Hai Anh introduces the relatives to Quynh Chau)
73
H y l ng ni mnh.
This is my paternal grandfather.
Trc y ng lm vic S Y t.
Formerly he worked at the Public Health Department.
Q Chu xin li. Nm nay ng bao nhiu tui ?
Excuse me. How old are you (this year)?
O ng by tm ri chu .
I am seventy eight.
H y l b ni t.
This is my grandmother on the spear side.
B t by mi tui.
My grandmother is seventy.
Cn kia l ch t.
And that is my uncle.
Ch t v hu cch y 5 nm.
He retired 5 years ago.
Q Trc y ch lm vic u ?
Where did you work formerly?
C Ch lm vic Nh my Cao su Sao vng.
I worked at the Sao Vang Rubber Factory.
, gn nh chu.
Oh, near my house.
C Tht ?
Really?
H y l cu t.
This is my mother's brother.
Q ng ngoi v b ngoi cu khng sng lng ny ?
Don't your maternal grandfather and grandmother on the distaff side live
at this village?
H ng b ngoi t mt khi t cn nh.
They died when I was only a child.
1. The word "mnh" (I, my) in this lesson and the word "t" in lesson 1 are the same meaning (T
"mnh" trong bi ny v t "t" trong bi 1 cng ngha).
Cu i u y?
Mnh (t) i th vin.
y l ai?
Who is this?
y l b mnh (t).
This is my father.
2. "bc", "ch", "cu" mean "uncle" in English. But in Vietnamese, they are different words ("bc",
"ch", "cu" - c ngha "uncle" trong ting Anh nhng trong ting Vit chng l nhng t khc nhau).
* "bc" is one's father's elder brother [or father's elder sister]
("bc" l anh [hoc ch] ca b).
* "ch" is one's father's younger brother ("ch" l em trai ca b).
* "cu" is one's mother's younger brother ("cu" l em trai ca m).
74
B ti by mi tui.
My father is seventy years old.
Bc ti by lm tui.
My uncle (father's elder brother) is seventy five.
Ch ti su lm tui.
My uncle (father's younger brother) is sixty five
M ti su hai tui.
My mother is sixty two.
Cu ti su mi tui.
My uncle (mother's younger brother) is sixty.
3. Sentences which have predicative verbs are often used to express action or activity of the subject
(Nhng cu c v ng ng t thng c dng biu th hnh ng hoc hot ng ca ch th).
Examples (V d):
Ch y ht.
She sings.
Misaki hc ting Vit.
Misaki studies Vietnamese language.
Sng nay ti dy sm.
I got up early this morning.
Questions (Cu hi)
a) ... lm g? (What....... do?)
Bui sng ch y thng lm g?
What does she often do in the morning?
Ch y hc ting Anh.
Ch y c sch.
She reads books.
b) c + verb + khng?
By gi anh c hc khng?
Do you study now?
C. Ti c hc.
Yes. I do.
Khng. Ti khng hc.
No. I don't.
C y c yu anh khng?
Does she love you?
C. C y c yu ti.
Yes. She loves me.
Khng. C y khng yu.
No. She doesn't.
4. " u?" means "where?" (" u?" c ngha l "where?")
75
Ch lm vic u?
Where do you work?
Ti lm vic B Gio dc.
I work at the Ministry of Education.
Anh hc ting Vit u?
I study it at the Vietnam National University.
5. "u" also means "where" but it is often placed after the directional verbs such as "i", "n" (go),
"v" (go back), "ra" (go out), "vo" (go in), "ln" (go up), "xung" (go down)... ("u" cng c ngha l
"where" nhng n thng i sau cc ng t ch hng nh "i", "n", "v", "ra", "vo", "ln",
"xung",...).
By gi anh i u? (-)
By gi anh v u? (-)
Say (Hy ni):
By gi anh i u?
Where are you going now?
By gi anh v u?
Where are you going back to now?
Ti i th vin.
Ti v qu.
I am going back to my home village.
6. y l ai? = Ai y?
Who is this?
Kia l ai? = Ai kia?
Who is that?
1. y l ai? / Ai y? Who is this?
y l ch ti.
This is my elder sister.
* Use the following words to answer the question Ai y?

(Dng cc t sau tr li cu hi "Ai y?")
em trai ti
em gi ti
anh ti
Tng thng Bill Clinton
Th tng Thatcher
N hong Elizabeth
Vua Hm Nghi
Tng th k Lin hp quc
my younger brother
my younger sister
my elder brother
President Bill Clinton
Prime Minister Thatcher
The Queen Elizabeth
The King Ham Nghi
The Secretary - General of the United Nations
76
2. Anh i u y?
Ti i bu in.

I am going to the post office.
* Replace "bu in" by the following words

(Thay t "bu in" bng cc t sau)
a) bnh vin
th vin
ngn hng
sn bay
hospital
library
bank
airport
hiu sch
hiu thuc
book-shop
pharmacy
b) lm vic
n
mua sch
mn sch
to work
to eat
to buy books
to borrow books
hc ting Vit
xem phim
to study Vietnamese
to watch film
3. Ch lm vic u?
Where do you work?
Ti lm vic B Thng mi.
I work at the Ministry of Trade.
* Use the following to answer the question
Anh lm vic u?
Where do you work?
B Ngoi giao
B Vn ha
B Ti chnh
B Quc phng
Ministry of Foreign Affairs

Ministry of Culture
Ministry of Finance
Ministry of National Defence
B Ni v
B Nng nghip
B Gio dc
Ministry of Home Affairs

Ministry of Agriculture
Ministry of Education
4. Ch hc ting Vit u?
* Replace "hc ting Vit" by the following to make new questions, then answer them (Thay "hc ting
Vit" bng nhng cm t sau to ra nhng cu hi mi ri tr li nhng cu hi ).
gp bc s
see a doctor
mn sch
borrow books
77
gi tin
mua sch
save money
buy books
mua thuc
buy medicine
5. Cu c bit Gio s Nguyn Ln khng?

do you know Prof. Nguyen Lan?
C. T c bit.
Yes. I do. (Affirmative answer)
Khng. T khng bit.
No. I don't know. (Negative answer)
* Replace "bit gio s Nguyn Ln" (know Prof. Nguyen Lan) by the following to make new questions,
then answer them in the affirmative and in the negative (Thay cm t "bit gio s Nguyn Ln" bng
cc cm t sau to ra nhng cu hi mi sau tr li cc cu hi di dng khng nh v ph
nh).
hc ting Php
thch c ph
ung ch (tr)
study French
like coffee
drink tea
n cm
lm bi tp
i Tokyo
yu c y
mua t (xe hi)
eat cooked rice

do exercise
go to Tokyo
love her
buy a car

A ......................................?
Who is this?
B
y l b........................
This is.................... father.
B cu............................?
..................... is your father?
B t nm mi tui.
My father is fifty years old.
A B cu.........................?
.................. is your father's job?
B B t l k s.
My father is an engineer.
A B cu c...................?
Does your father.................?
B C. B t thch ch.
Yes. My father likes tea.
78
.............................................?
B Khng. B t khng thch ru.

No. My father doesn't like alcohol.
7. Introduce members in your family: their name, age, career, office, hobby (Hy gii thiu cc thnh
vin trong gia nh bn: tn, tui, ngh nghip, c quan, s thch).
Gia nh ti - My family
Gia nh ti c su ngi: ng, b, b, m, anh ti v ti.
ng b ti rt gi. Nm nay ng ti 80 tui. Trc y, ng ti l cng nhn Nh my Xe la Gia
Lm (H Ni). B Ti 75 tui. Trc y, b l y t Bnh vin Bch Mai. ng b ti u v hu cch
y 20 nm.
B ti l gim c Nh my -t Ha Bnh. Nm nay b ti 55 tui. B ti ni tho ting Php v ting
Trung Quc. B ti i nc ngoi nhiu ln.
M ti v V trng Quan h quc t B Thng mi. Trc y, m ti hc Trng i hc Kinh t
quc dn H Ni. M ti, anh ti v ti c th ni chuyn vi nhau bng ting Anh.
Anh ti tt nghip Trng i hc NGOI GIAO CCH Y 7 NM. HIN NAY ANH TI LM VIC
V ?NG-NAM , B Ngoi giao.
Ti l sinh vin nm cui cng ca Trng i hc Quc gia Vit Nam. Ti hc khoa Lut. Ti mun
tr thnh lut s.
Ti c mt bn rt thn. Ch y tn l Dim Hng. Dim Hng l bn cng lp. Ch y l ngi yu
ca anh ti.
T ng - Vocabulary
anh
elder brother
trc y
formerly
cng nhn
nh my
factory
-t
xe la
train
cch y
ago
gim c
director
gi
old
worker
car
v hu
retired
nm
year
tho
fluently
nc ngoi
abroad
nhiu ln
many times
v trng
head
department
quan h
relation
quc t
international
79
ministry
thng mi
trng i hc
university
kinh t
quc dn
national
c th
trade
economics
can
ni
speak
vi nhau
with each other
bng
in
ting Anh
English
ting Php
French
ngoi giao
NG-NAM
Southeast Asia
cui cng
khoa
faculty
lut
law
mun
want
tr thnh
become
lut s
lawyer
bn cng lp
V.BI TP (EXERCISES)
a) Translate the following sentences into English
1. ng cu c thch c ph khng?
2. B ch c ung ru khng?
3. Ti khng bit ch y.
4. C y khng yu ti.
5. B ti lm vic B Ngoi giao.
6. Anh ti dy Trng i hc Ngoi giao.
7. ng i u y ?
8. M ch bao nhiu tui?
9. Con trai ti tm tui.
10. y l Th tng V Vn Kit.
1. Where are you going now?
80
foreign affairs
last
classmate
2. I am going to the post-office.

3. Do you know Doctor Ali?
4. Yes. I know him.
5. Where does your mother work?
6. Who is this?
7. This is President Bill Clinton.
8. I like tea. I don't like alcohol.
9. Do you know where a book-shop is?
10. My father retired 4 years ago.
(Tm v cha cu sai)
1. ng cu my tui?
2. Cu i u y ?
3. M ch l bc s phi khng?
4. By gi anh i u y?
5. y l anh ca b ti.
6 Ch c n c ph khng?
7. B ngoi l m ca ch.
8. Anh lm vic u?
d) How do you answer the following questions?
(Bn tr li nhng cu hi sau nh th no?)
1. Bc l anh ca b phi khng?
2. Ch l anh ca b phi khng?
3. Cu l anh ca m phi khng?
4. B l b ca b phi khng?
5. ng Bill Clinton l Tng thng Php phi khng?
81
e) Fill in the blanks with the correct words

1. .......... l anh ca b.
2. .......... l em trai ca m.
3. .......... l em trai ca b.
4. Cu hc ting Vit ................. u?
5. y khng phi l .................. bc ti.
6. Anh v.................... y?
Lesson 10: I Have Lost My Way

Bi 10: Ti b lc ng
1. Hi ng n khch sn
(Asking the way to a hotel)
C
D
C
Xin li.
Excuse me.
C vic g ?
Yes?
Ti khng bit khch sn H Ni u?
I don't know where the Hanoi hotel is.
Xin ng ch gip ti ng n c khng ?
Could you show me the way there?
T y n hi xa.
It is a little far from here.
My cy s ?
How many kilometres, sir?
Khong bn cy s.
About 4 kilometres.
Ti c th i n bng g ?
How can I get there?
Anh c th i bng xe but, tc - xi hoc xch - l.

You can go by bus, taxi or pedicab
Ti mun i bng tc-xi.

I want a taxi
Ti c th ch y c khng?
Can I wait for it here?
c. Nhng anh gi in thoi th tt hn.
82
Yes. But it is better if you phone.

Theo ti. Ti ch cho anh trm in thoi.
Follow me. I shall show you a telephone - box.
C
. ?NG t t qu.
Oh. You are very kind.
Anh l khch du lch ?

Are you a tourist?
D, khng.
No, I am not.
Anh n y lm g?
What do you come here for?
Sao ni ting Vit gii th?
Why do you speak Vietnamese so well?
Ti l thng gia.
I am a businessman.
Ti n y mua la H ng.
I come here to buy Hadong silk.
Ti hc ting Vit i hc Cormell.
I study Vietnamese at the Cornell University.
M ti l ngi gc Vit.
My mother is Vietnammese in origin.
Sau nm 1975, ti c v thm qu m hai ln.
After 1975, I had chances to visit my mother's home village twice.
. HA ra Vit Nam l qu ngoi ca anh.

Oh. Your mother's village is in Vietnam.
Vng.
Yes.
Trm in thoi y ri.

Here is a telephone - box.
Cho anh nh.
Good - bye.
Rt cm n ng. Tm bit ng.

Thank you very much. Good - bye, sir.
2. Hi ng n i s qun
(Asking the way to the Embassy)
A
B
A
Xin li. Excuse me.

C vic g ? Yes?
Ti b lc ng.
I have lost my way.
Ch mun n u?
Where are you going to?
83
Ti mun n i s qun Anh.

I am going to the UK Embassy
ng no ti ?
Which way is it?
. ?I s qun Anh u ph L Thng Kit.

Oh. The UK Embassy is at the end of Ly Thuong Kiet street.
By gi ch r tri.
You turn left now
Qua hai ng t.
Pass two cross-roads.
n ng t th ba th r tri.
Turn left at the third junction.
i thng n ct n giao thng.
Go straight to the traffic -lights.
Sau hi tip.
Then ask someone else.
N cch y bao xa ?
How far is it from here?
Khng xa lm. Cch y khong hai cy s.

Not very far. About two kilometres from here.
Cm n b.
Thank you
D, khng dm
You are welcome
3. Hi ng i thnh ph Nng
(Asking the direction to Danang city)
E
Ch i! Xin li ch.
Hallo! Excuse me.
Anh cn g ?
Can I help you?
Ch c bit ng no i Nng khng ?

Do you know the way to Danang?
ng no i Nng ?
Which way is it to Danang?
y l ng ba ng Lc.
This is Dongloc T junction.
Anh i theo li ny. Theo ng 1 A.
You follow this road. Follow Highway 1A way.
C xa khng ch?
Is it far from here?
84
Anh phi qua th x ng Hi, th x ng H v thnh ph Hu.

You must pass Donghoi town, Dongha town and Hue city.
Cn xa lm.
Very far.
C cc trm xng trn ng n khng ch?

Are there petrol stations on the way there?
Rt nhiu.
A lot.
Cm n ch.
Thank you
C g u .
You are welcome.

1. "bao xa" means "how far?". You can ask "bao nhiu cy s?" or "bao nhiu ki-l-mt?" ("bao xa" c
ngha l "how far". Bn c th hi "bao nhiu cy s?" hoc "bao nhiu ki-l-mt")
T y n ga tu bao xa?
Ga tu cch y bao xa?
How far is it from here to the railway station?
Ga tu cch y 2 km.
It is two kilometres from here to railway station.
Nh anh cch h Hon Kim bao nhiu cy s?
How many kilometres is it from your house to Hoankiem lake?
Nh ti cch h Hon Kim 10km
It is 10km from my house to Hoankiem lake.
2. When you want to ask about the purpose of an action, you can use " lm g?" or "lm g?" (What...
for?) (Khi mun hi v mc ch ca hnh ng, bn dng " lm g?" hoc "lm g?").
ng i Kuala Lumpur lm g?
Why are you going to Kuala Lumpur?
Ti n dy ting Vit.
I'm going there to teach Vietnamese.
Anh n y lm g?
What do you come here for?
Ti n y nghin cu lch s Vit Nam
I come here to study the history of Vietnam.
To answer, you can use the word "" or don't use it (Trong cu tr li, bn c th hoc khng dng t
"").
3. The word "b ng" in Vietnamese has many meanings.
(T "bng" trong ting Vit c nhiu ngha)
a) "bng" means "by" ("Bng" c ngha l "by")
85
Ch n y bng g?
How did you come here?
Ti n y bng tc-xi.
I came here by taxi.
B anh s i Si Gn bng g?
How will your father go to Sai gon?
B ti s i Si Gn bng my bay.
My father 'll go to Sai gon by plane.
b) "bng" means "whit" ("bng" c ngha l "with").
Chng ti n cm bng a.
We eat with chopsticks.
Ti thch vit bng bt bi.
I like writing with a ball-point pen.
c) "bng" means "in" ("bng" c ngha l "in").
Ti phi vit lun vn bng ting Vit.
I must write my thesis in Vietnamese.
Cc bn nn ni chuyn vi nhau bng ting Anh.
You should talk to each other in English.
d) "bng" also can translate into "of" in some cases.
(Trong mt s trng hp, "bng" cng c th dch thnh "of").
Nh ti lm bng tre.
My house is made of bamboo.
Nhng ci ging ny u c lm bng g tt.
These beds are made of good wood.
4. The word "cch y" has two meanings: "from here" and "ago" (T "cch y" c hai ngha : "from
here" v "ago").
Trng i hc ca ti cch y 6 cy s.
It is six kilometres from here to my university.
Anh y v nc cch y mt nm.
He went back to his country one year ago.
* Note (Ch ): When expressing the time, "cch y" can be replaced by the word "trc" (Khi biu th
thi gian, "cch y" c th c thay bng t "trc"). For example (V d):
Ngi nh y b cch y ba thng.
Ngi nh y b ba thng trc.
That house collapsed three months ago.
5. Usage of the words "c" and "b"

(Cch dng cc t "c" v "b")
a) "c" expresses the positive meaning of the subject. It is used when the subject receives something
pleasant, good and lucky ("c" biu th ngha tch cc ca ch th. N c dng khi ch th tip
nhn nhng ci hay, ci tt, ci may mn).
86
Con trai ti c im 10. (Cu ch ng)

My son has got ten marks (Active sentence)
Con gi ti c i Tokyo.
My daughter has a chance to go to Tokyo.
Ti c bn tng mt ci ng h. (Cu b ng)
I was given a watch by my friend. (Passive sentence)
Ti c c y tng mt ci hn ngt ngo.
I was given a sweet kiss by her.
b) "b" indicates the negative meaning of the subject. This word is used when the subject receives
something unpleasant, unlucky ("b" biu t ngha tiu cc ca ch th. N c dng khi ch th
tip nhn nhng ci khng hay, khng may mn).
N b im km. (Cu ch ng)
He has got a bad mark. (Active sentence)
Anh y b i Bosnia
He has to go to Bosnia
C y b chng b. (Cu b ng)
She was divorced by her husband. (Passive sentence)
Note (Ch ): When "b" stands before a verd, it can be replaced by the word "phi" (Khi "b" i trc
ng t, n c th c thay bng t "phi").
Anh y b i Bosnia = Anh y phi i Bosnia.
He has to go to Bosnia.
1. Xin li hi ng, ng no ti khch sn Metropole ?
Excuse me, which way is the Metropole hotel?
* Ask the directions to the following places
(Hy hi ng n nhng a im sau)
bu in
ga xe la
Post-Office
Railway Station
vn th
bo tng
i s qun Australia
sn bay Tn Sn Nht
cng Si Gn
Zoo
Museum
Embassy of Australia
Tan Son Nhat Airport
Sai Gon Port
Vnh H Long
Bi bin Vng Tu
th x c Hi An
a o C Chi
Ha Long Bay
Vung Tau Beach
Hoian ancient town
Cuchi tunnel
2. Thnh ph H Ch Minh cch H Ni bao xa?

How far is it from Hanoi to Ho Chi Minh city?
87
Nh ch cch s th bao nhiu ki-l-mt?

How many kilometres from your house to the Zoo?
Thnh ph H Ch Minh cch H Ni khong 1.800 km.
It is about 1,800 km from Ho Chi Minh city to Hanoi.
Nh ti cch s th 12 cy s.
It is 12 km from my house to the Zoo.
* Ask the distance between two following places then use the numbers in the brackets to anwer the
questions (Hy hi v khong cch gia hai a im di y, sau dng cc con s trong ngoc n
tr li cu hi).
A
H Ni
nh anh
Hi Phng
bn xa but
(your house)
(bus station)
sn bay
khch sn ny
(Airport)
(this hotel)
ngn hng
(here)
(bank)
ch Bn Thnh
nh ch
(Ben Thanh market)
(your house)
Hi trng Thng Nht
c quan anh
(Thong Nhat Hall)
(your office)
(110 km)
(2 km)
(40 km)
(500 m)
(600 m)
( 5 km)
3. Anh i Tokyo lm g?
What did you go to Tokyo for?
Ti i Tokyo thm bn.
I went to Tokyo to visit my friend.
* Use the words in the brackets to answer the following questions (Dng cc t trong ngoc n tr li
nhng cu hi sau)
ng Ali i thnh ph H Ch Minh lm g?
What did Mr. Ali go to Ho Chi Minh city for?
(mua go ca Vit Nam - buy rice from Vietnam)
Anh mun mua hoa lm g?
What do you want to buy flowers for?
(tng ngi yu - give my girl-friend)
Anh dy sm lm g?
What do you get up early for?
(hc ting Vit - learn Vietnamese)
Ch s y s n y lm g?
What will she come here for?
(gp anh - meet you)
4. Con trai anh i Hi Phng bng g?
How did your son go to Haiphong?
88
N i Hi Phng bng tu ha.

He went to Haiphong by train.
* Use the following words to answer the question (Dng cc t sau tr li cu hi).
Ch s i thnh ph H Ch Minh bng g?
How will you to go Ho Chi Minh city?
tu thy
ship
tu bin
my bay
-t (xe hi)
xe la
sea ship
plane
car
train
xe my
motorbike
5. Change the following sentences into the passive voice using "c" or "b" (Dng "c" hoc "b"
chuyn nhng cu sau thnh cu b ng).
Model (Mu): C gio khen ch Hellen.
The woman-teacher praised Miss Hellen.
Ch Hellen c c gio khen.
Miss Hellen was praised by her woman-teacher
N bn c y.
He shot her.
Thy gio ph bnh ti.
The teacher criticized me.
Ti mi c y i xem xic.
I invited her to go to the circus.
Cng an pht c y.
The policeman punished her.
C y yu ti.
She loves me.
Ch Misaki tng ti hai quyn sch.
Mrs. Misaki gave me two books.
A
Ti b.........................................
Xin b ch gip ti ng n ngn hng c khng ?
ng i........................... n ct n giao thng.

n ng ............................ th r.......................
A
B
Ngn hng .............................................. bao xa ?

.................................... mt cy s.
ng c th i n bng ............................................
A
B
Cm n ...................................
....
89
ng n h Ty
The way to the West lake
C l, trn th gii, him c nhng nc c mt ci h cc rng m li ngay trong lng th ca
mnh nh h Ty, H Ni.
ng trc h, nghe sng v v nhn chn tri xa tt, du khch c cm gic nh ang ng trc bin.
H Ty, v vy, c coi l l phi ca th H Ni.
H Ty gn qung trng Ba nh lch s v c ngn cch vi h Trc Bch bi ng Thanh
Nin rm mt, hu tnh.
Chung quanh h l hng lot danh lam thng cnh ni ting: n Quan Thnh, cha Trn Quc, ph
Ty H, lng hoa Ngc H... Khch sn Ty H, khch sn ni Thng Li, khu ngh mt Qung B, lng
du lch Nht Bn, nh ni trn mt h vi cc qun c-ph v qun n c sn,... l nhng im dng
chn lm va lng du khch.
Bui ti, nu c thi gian, xin mi qu khch t chn ln thuyn rng va xem ca nhc va do
mt quanh h.
C nhiu con ng du khch n vi h Ty. T sn bay Quc t Ni Bi, ng cao tc s a
qu khch n thng "l phi v i" ny.
T ng - Vocabulary
c l
cc
ngay trong lng
ca mnh
nghe
v
chn tri
du khch
bin
l phi
ngn cch
mt
hu tnh
hng lot
danh lam thng cnh
cha
ni
mt
im
lm va lng
qu khch
t chn ln
xem
quanh
ca nhc
maybe
very
its
listen, here
clap
horizon
tourist
sea
lung
separate
cool
picturesque
mass, series
pagoda
floating
face
point, place
step on
in order to
watch, look
around
him c
m li
in the centre
ng
ting sng
nhn
xa tt
cm gic
c coi l
qung trng
bi
rm
chung quanh
n
famous landscape
ph
ngh mt
c sn
dng chn
give satisfaction to
guest of of honour, tourist
thuyn rng
va... va...
do
v i
music, dances and song
90
unusual
but
stand
wave
look, see
very far
sentation, impression
considered as, called
square
by
shady
around
temple
mansion, district
go on holiday
speciality
stop, rest
royal barge
both... and...
go, walk
great, big, large
1. How to ask? (Hi th no?)
a) You don't know the way to the Hai Phong port, how do you ask? (Bn khng bit ng n cng Hi
Phng, bn hi th no?)
b) You don't know how to go to the National Library, how do you ask? (Bn khng bit i n Th vin
Quc gia bng g, bn hi th no?)
c) You don't know how far it is from Tan Son Nhat Airport to the city centre, how do you ask? (Bn
khng bit t sn bay Tn Sn Nht n trung tm thnh ph bao xa, hn hi th no?)
2. Fill in the blanks with "c" or "b"

(in "c" hoc "b" vo ch trng)
a) Thng sau ti................ i Canada.
I 'll have a chance to go to Canada next month.
b) Con ti........................... mt chic o mi.
My child has got a new jacket.
c) Bn ti......................... cm
My friend had a cold.
d) N................................ im 1
He has got mark 1.
e) Cu b y....................... m nh.
That boy is beaten by his mother.
g) ng y......................... Chnh ph tng thng Hun chng.
He is awarded an order by the government.
3. Use "bng g?" to make questions to the following sentences
(Dng "bng g?" t cu hi cho cc cu sau)
Model (Mu): ng y i Hu bng my bay.
-------->
He went to Hue by airplane.

ng y i Hu bng g?
How did he go to Hue?
a) B ti i Hi Phng bng tu ha.

My father went to Haiphong by train.
b) Ngi Vit Nam n cm bng a.
The Vietnamese eat with chopsticks.
c) Chng ti ni chuyn vi nhau bng ting Php.
We talk with each other in French.
91
d) Ci bn kia lm bng g.
That table was made of wood.
4. Answer the follwing questions
(Tr li cc cu hi sau)
a) H Ty nm u?
b) ng trc h, du khch c cm gic th no?
c) ng no ngn cch h Ty v h Trc Bch?
d) Chung quanh h c g?
e) Du khch c th do mt quanh h bng g?
5. Find the incorrect sentences and correct them.
(Tm v cha cu sai)
a) Ti vit vi bt ch.
b) H ni chuyn vi nhau trong ting Nht.
c) H Ni t Hi Phng hn 100 cy s.
d) H Ni cch Si Gn my cy s?
e) Ch c r thng.
g) Ch y i Trung Quc bng xe p phi khng?
6. Translate the following sentences in to Vietnamese
a) How far is it from here to Hue city?
b) Is it 500 km from here to Hue city.
c) What does your son go to Japan for?
d) My grandfather died ten years ago.
e) We have a chance to go to Australia.
g) My friend was divorced by his wife.
Lesson 11: Communication - Traffic

Bi 11: Giao thng - i li
I. HI THOI (conversations)
92
1. i u? i bng g? (Where to go? How to go?)

H
H
D
H
D
Thy Dung i! Tun sau chng ta bt u ngh h ri.

Cu c i u khng?
Thuy Dung! We'll begin summer holidays next week.
Do you want to go any place?
T nh vo thnh ph H Ch Minh.
I am going to Ho Chi Minh city.
Sau ln Lt v xung bi bin Vng Tu.
After that go up to Dalat city and go down to Vungtau beach.
Cu nh vo thnh ph H Ch Minh bng g?
How are you going to Ho Chi Minh city?
C l t s i bng -t.
Maybe I'll go by car.
Sao cu khng i bng my bay hoc tu ha?
Why won't you go by plane or train?
T khng c tin i my bay v my bay rt t.
I don't have enough money to go by plane because airticket is very expensive.
Cn tu ha th t rt s.
And I am afraid of the train.
Cch y my nm, t i tu mt 42 gi. Mt lm.
Some years ago, it took me 42 hours by train. Very tired.
. BY gi vic i li tt hn ri.
Oh. Travelling is easier now.
ng s
Don't be afraid.
T H Ni vo thnh ph H Ch Minh, cu ch i mt 36 ting thi.
It'll take you only 36 hours from Hanoi to Ho Chi Minh city.
B t va mi i thnh ph H Ch Minh v bng tu ha.
My father has just come back from Ho Chi Minh city by train.
Theo t, cu nn i bng tu ha.
I think you should go by train.
. ? t xem li.
Yes. Let me think about it again.
Cn cu, tun sau cu nh i u?
And you? Where are you going next week?
Tun sau t phi nh
I have to stay at home next week.
Nhng ba tun na t s i Hu.
But in three weeks, I'll go to Hue city.
T rt thch Hu.
I like Hue very much.
Cu i Hu ln no cha?
Have you ever been to Hue?
Cha.
Not yet.
Hu p lm phi khng?
Hue city is very beautiful, isn't it?
Tuyt vi.
Wonderful.
Cu c th i thuyn dc sng Hng v nghe h Hu.
You can go by boat along the Huong river and listen to Hue folk-songs.
Th v lm.
Very interesting.
Cu sng tht. c i rt nhiu ni.
You are very lucky.
93
You had chances to have been to many places.

2. GA H NI (AT THE HANOI Railway Station)
D
E
D
E
D
E
D
E
D
E
D
E
D
E
D
Cho ch !
Good afternoon!
Cho ch! Ch cn g ?
Good afternoon! Can I help you?
Tu i Si Gn mi ngy c my chuyn h ch?
How many trains to Saigon a day, please?
Mi ngy hai chuyn ch .
Two trains a day.
Tu khi hnh lc my gi h ch?
What time do the trains leave?
Tm gi sng v nm gi chiu.
At 8 a.m and at 5 p.m.
Xin ch cho mt v i ngy mai.
Please a ticket for tomorrow.
Ch mun i chuyn sng hay chuyn chiu?
Would you like the trip in the morning or afternoon?
Chuyn 8 gi sng.
The trip at 8 a.m.
V loi no ?
Which class ticket, please?
Loi mt ch .
First class.
Ch mun mua v kh hi khng?
Would you like a return ticket?
Khng. V mt chiu thi.
No. One way ticket only.
Tin y .
Here's money.
V ca ch y.
Here is your ticket.
Cm n ch.
Thank you.
3. Gi tc-xi (Calling a taxi)

G
T
G
T
G
T
Al! y l 8287460 phi khng ?

Hello! Is that 8287460?
Vng. Li xe tc-xi y.
Yes. Taxi driver here.
ng cn g ?
Can I help you?
Ti cn i sn bay Ni Bi.
I'd like to go to the Noibai Airport.
Bao gi ?
When, please?
Sng mai, lc 6 gi.
Tomorrow morning, at 6 o'clock.
Vng. Xin ng cho bit a ch.
Yes. Your address, please.
94
S 13 ph Nguyn Khc Cn.

Number 13, Nguyen Khac Can street.
S in thoi ca ti l 8268959.
My telephone number is 8268959.
Vng. Ti s n vo lc 6 gi km 5.
Yes. I'll be at your place at 5 to 6.
Cm n ng.
Thank you.
Cho ng.
Good bye.

1. The word "c th" has two meanings ("c th" c 2 ngha)
a) It has meaning "maybe", "perhaps", "possible"
C th
Maybe
C th
Maybe
anh y ng.
he is right.
ngy mai bn ti s n y.
my friend'll come here tomorrow.
With this meaning, you can replace it by "c l"

(Vi ngha ny, bn c th thay n bng t "c l")
C l ch y sai
Maybe she is wrong.
b) Its second meaning is "can" (Ngha th hai ca n l "can").
"C th" often goes with the word "c" in order to indicate the ability to implement a certain action
("c th" thng i vi t "c" ch kh nng thc hin mt hnh ng no ).
You can use only the word "c th", only the word "c" or both of them (Bn c th dng ch t "c
th", ch t "c" hoc c hai).
Remember the formula (Hy nh cng thc):
C th + verb
Verb + c
C th + verb + c
Examples (V d);
Anh c th i tc-xi hoc xe but.
You can go by taxi or bus.
Ti c th ch ch n tn 11 gi m.
I can wait for you untill 11 p.m.
Ch y ni c ting Nht.
She can speak Japanese.
Ti lm c bi tp s 9
I can do the exercise number 9.
95
Chng ti c th mua c 5 -t Toyota.

We can buy 5 Toyota cars.
H c th n c nhng mn n rt cay.
They can eat very hot dishes.
Questions (Cu hi):
c th....................c khng?
c th............................ khng?
............................. c khng?
Can..........................................?
Ti c th i bng tu thy c khng?
Can I go by ship?
c. Ch c th i bng tu thy c.
Yes. You can go by ship.
Anh n tht b c khng?
Can you eat beef?
Vng. Ti n c.
Yes. I can eat.
Ch ni c ting KHNG?
CAN YOU SPEAK Italian language?
Khng. Ti khng ni c ting .
NO. I can not speak Italian.
2. In order to show the direction of an action, you can use the words "ra" (go out, out), "vo" (go in, in),
"ln" (go up, up), "xung" (go down, down),... ( ch hng ca hnh ng, bn c th dng cc t
"ra", "vo", "ln", "xung",...).
H va mi i ln trn tng 12 (lu 11).
They have just gone up to the 11 th floor.
Cc con ti i xung di tng mt (lu trt).
My children have gone down to the ground floor.
Con mo ang chy ra ngoi vn.
The cat is running out to the garden.
Ch y va i vo trong phng.
She has come into her room.
Note the combinations (Ch cc kt hp):
(i)
(i)
(i)
(i)
ln trn
xung di
vo trong
ra ngoi
(go)
(go)
(go)
(go)
up to
down to
into
out to
These words of direction are not neccessary to follow the verb "i" and precede prepositions "trn",
"di", "trong", "ngoi" (cc t ch hng ny khng bt buc phi i sau ng t "i" v i trc cc
gii t "trn", "di", "trong", "ngoi").
You can say (Bn c th ni):
96
Anh i u y?
Ti ln tng su (lu 5).
I am going up to the fif th floor.
Ti xung tng mt (lu trt).
I am going down the ground floor.
Ti ra vn.
I am going out to the garden.
Ti vo phng gim c.
I am going into the director's office.
Notes (Ch ):
* In Vietnam, if you go to the north from the south, you must use the word "ra". If you go to the
south from north, you must use the word "vo". For examples (V d):
Thng sau t s ra H Ni.
I'll go to Hanoi next month.
{The speaker in Ho Chi Minh city}
{Tun sau t s vo thnh ph H Ch Minh.
{I am going to Ho Chi Minh city next week.
{The speaker is staying in Hanoi}
* If you go to the cantral area of Vietnam from Hanoi capital, you must use the word "vo" but from
Ho Chi Minh city, you use the word "ra".
Ch y va mi vo Nng.
She has just gone to Danang.
Ch y va mi ra Nng.
She has just gone to Danang.
{The speaker is staying in Ho Chi Minh city}
* Within an area and in general, if you go north-wards, you use the word "ln", if you go south-wards,
you use the word "xung".
Ti mun ln Lt.
I want to go up to Dalat.
{The speaker is staying in Ho Chi Minh city}
H mun xung Nam nh.
They want to go (down) to Namdinh.
3. The words "nn", "cn", "phi".
a) "nn" means "should" ("nn" c ngha l "should").
Anh nn li y mt thng.
You should stay here for one month.
Ch nn i vi anh y.
You should go with him.
97
Cc anh nn i Vnh H Long.

You should go to Halong Bay.
b) "cn" means "need", "want".
Chng ti cn tin by gi.
We need money now.
Anh cn my v?
How many tickets do you want?
Tr em cn sa.
Children need milk.
c) "phi" means "must", "have to".
Hm nay ti phi i vo lc 6 gi.
I must leave at 6 o'clock today.
Hm qua chng ti phi dy rt sm.
We had to get up very early yesterday.
Anh phi i by gi phi khng?
Do you have to go now?
* The negative form (th ph nh):
khng nn shouldn't
khng cn don't need
khng phi don't have to
Ch khng nn gin anh y.
You shouldn't be angry with him.
Ti cn tnh yu, ti khng cn tin.
I neet love. I don't need money.
Hm qua ti khng phi i ch.
I didn't have to go to market yesterday.
4. The usage of the couple of words "i................ v"

(Cch dng cp t "i.......... v").
Ch y i u v?
Where did she come back from?
Ch y i Tokyo v.
She came back from Tokyo.
Ti va mi i Bangkok v
I have just come back from Bangkok.
ng Nam i M v hm qua.
Mr. Nam came back from the U.S.A yesterday.
5. Way of the asking about time to go from one place to another. (Cch hi v thi gian i t im ny
n im khc)
T y v nh anh i tc-xi mt bao lu?
How long does it take you to go by taxi back to your house from here?
Ti i mt 20 pht.
It take me 20 minutes.
98
T H Ni vo thnh ph H Ch Minh, cc anh i my bay mt bao lu?

How long does it takes you to go by plane to Ho Chi Minh city from Hanoi?
Chng ti i mt 1 gi 45 pht.
It take us 1 hour 45 minutes.
1. ng Hng i u v?
Where did Mr. Hung come back from?
ng y i Paris v.
He came back from Paris.
* Use the words in the brachkets to answer the following questions (Dng cc t trong ngoc tr li
nhng cu hi sau)
Anh i u v?
Where did you come back from?
Ch i u v?
B anh va mi i u v?
(Manila)
(Manila)
(Osaka)
(Osaka)
(Tokyo)
Where has your father just come back from?

B Nga i u v?
Where did Mrs. Nga come back from?
Ch Lan i u v?
(Tokyo)
(Hu)
(Hu)
(Malaysia)
Where did Miss Lan come back from?

Chng ch i u v?
Where did your husband come back from?
V anh i u v?
(Malaysia)
(M)
(U.S.A)
(Thi Lan)
Where did your wife come back from?

Cc anh i u v?
(Thailand)
(Kuala Lumpur)
(Kuala Lumpur)
2. T H Ni n Kuala Lumpur, cc anh i my bay mt bao lu?

How long did it take you by plane from Hanoi to Kuala Lumpur?
Chng ti i mt 3 ting.
It took us 3 hours.
* Use the numbers and words in the brackets to answer the following questions (Dng cc s v t
trong ngoc tr li nhng cu hi sau)
T thnh ph Hu v qu, ch i tu ha mt bao lu? (4 ting)
How long does it take you by train from Hue city to your village? (4 hours)
T thnh ph H Ch Minh v nc, anh i my bay mt bao lu? (8 ting)
How long does it take you by plane from Ho Chi Minh city to your country? (8 hours).
T nh anh n sn bay, anh i tc-xi mt bao lu? (20 pht)
How long does it take you by taxi from your house to the airport? (20 minutes)
T y n cng Si Gn, anh i xe my mt bao lu? (15 pht)
How long does it take you by motorbike from here to the Saigon port? (15 minutes)
3. Make questions following the model:
(t cu hi theo mu)
99
nh ch
Your house
hiu sch
book-shop
xe my
motorbike
--------> T nh ch n hiu sch, ch i xe my mt bao lu?

How long does it take you by motorbike from your house to book-shop?
sn bay
airport
nh khch
guest house
th Tokyo
Tokyo capital
ngn hng
bank
nh ch
your house
Bo tng
museum
Php
France
khch sn
hotel
ga tu
railway station
Osaka
Osaka
k tc x
hostel
ch
market
nh ht
theatre
o
Austria
tc-xi
taxi
xe but
bus
tu ha
train
xe my
motorbike
xe p
bicycle
i b
go on foot
my bay
plane
4. Add "ln", "xung", "ra" or "vo" to the following sentences

(in cc t "ln", "xung", "ra" hoc "vo" vo nhng cu sau)
Bn ti ang i...............di tng 1.
My friend is going.............to the ground floor.
Anh y ang tro............ni.
He is climbing..............mountain.
Con ch chy............... sn.
The dog runs.............the yard.
M ti va mi..........bp.
My mother has just gone..............the kitchen.
5. Answer the questions following the model:
Ch y ni c ting Thi khng?
Ch y ni ting Thi c khng?
Can she speak Thai language?
c. Ch y ni c.
Yes. She can speak.
Khng. Ch y khng ni c.
No. She can not speak.
Anh c th bay vo th hai c khng?
Can you fly on Monday?
c. Ti c th bay vo th hai c.
Yes. I can fly on Monday.
Khng. Ti khng th bay vo th hai c.
No. I cannot fly on Monday.
Ch n c su ring khng?
Can you eat durian?
Anh ch ch y c khng?
Can you wait for her?
100
ng c th gp th k ca ti c khng?
Can you meet my secretary?
B c th n y vo th hai ti c khng?
Can you come here next Monday?
Cc anh lm c bi tp ny khng?
Can you do this exercise?
Ch c th dch bi bo ny ra ting Ty Ban Nha c khng?
Can you translate this article into Spanish?
Ti c th gp n hong c khng?
Can I meet the Queen?
Cc ch ung c bia khng?
Can you drink beer?
Con gi anh n c ti khng?
Can your daughter eat garlic?
Ch c th ng y ti nay c khng?
Can you sleep here tonight?
ng hng khng v nhng v tai nn my bay
Airlines and air accidents
T lc i b n khi bit dng cc phng tin giao thng nh thuyn b, xe nga, xe p ri -t,
ty thy, xe la, nhn loi c mt bc tin kh di trong vic lm cho cc v tr khng gian "xch li
gn nhau". V t ch ch dng cc phng tin "bm st mt t" n ch c th bay ln khng trung
vi mt tc cc ln m khng b ri, nhn loi li c mt bc tin mi trong vic chinh phc khong
khng v tr. Ngy nay, vic i li bng my bay tr nn ph bin khp ni trn th gii. Ngi ta
ni, hin c nhng sn bay nhn nhp n mc trung bnh c mt pht c mt my bay ct cnh
hoc h cnh. Cc nh khoa hc cn d bo rng, t th k 21, con ngi s "a" i my bay hn tu
ha, cho d l tu ha siu tc. Qu tht, my bay em li bao nhiu ch li cho con ngi. iu
rt hin nhin v ai cng bit.
Song c mt vn v ang lm cho hnh khch lo lng, l hu ht cc nc u c nhng
v tai nn my bay kh thm khc. So vi cc phng tin khc nh -t, tu ha..., khi tai nn xy ra,
my bay li l phng tin d "git ngi" nht. Kh nng sng st c l ch l mt phn nghn. Ngh
n iu , ai cng lo s.
Nhng tht l lc quan khi ngi ta cng b kt qu: so vi cc phng tin khc, tai nn my bay,
ngc li, xy ra t nht. V i li bng my bay an ton hn bt c phng tin no.
Bn c tin iu khng?
T ng - Vocabulary
t lc, t ch
i b
dng
nh
xe nga
ri
tu thy
nhn loi
lm cho
since
go on foot
use
like, as
(horse) carrigage
then
ship
mankind
make
ch
n khi, n ch
phng tin
thuyn b
xe p
-t
tu ha
bc tin
v tr
101
only
till
means
boats
bicycle
car
train
progress
position
khng gian
xch li gn nhau
bm st mt t
tc
m, song
vic chinh phc
khong khng v tr
tr nn
khp ni
ngi ta
nhn nhp
trung bnh
h cnh
d bo
th k
a... hn
siu tc
em li
iu
hin nhin
vn
lo lng
kh
so vi
khi
git ngi
sng sot
ngh n
lc quan
kt qu
bn
bt c phng tin no
space
khng trung
closer to each other
right on earth, on the ground
speed
cc ln
but
ri
conquering
ngy nay, hin
space
become
ph bin
everywhere
trn th gii
people
ni
busy
n mc
everage
ct cnh
land
nh khoa hc
forcast, guess
rng
century
con ngi
prefer
cho d
super-speed
qu tht
bring...to
ch li
that
ai cng
clear, matter of course
problem
hnh khch
worry
hu ht
rather
thm khc
in comparison with
khc
when
xy ra
killer
kh nng
survive
c l
think of
lo s
optimist
cng b
result
an ton
you, friend
tin
whatever means of transportation
A Tun sau t s...............................
Theo cu, t nn..........................?
B T y vo Hu, cu c th i bng my bay, -t hoc tu ha.
Theo t, cu.........i tu ha.
A Nu bng tu ha, t i........................?
B Mt khong 12 ting.
A Mi ngy c.................chuyn tu vo Hu?
B C hai chuyn.
A Tu khi hnh lc....................?
B
Chuyn sng, lc 8 gi cn chuyn chiu vo lc 6 gi.
2.Find the incorrect sentences and correct them.
(Tm v cha cu sai)
a) Anh y v ri t Hi Phng.
b) Ch y ln tng 11.
c) Con mo t trong nh chy vo sn.
102
air, space
extremelly high
fall down
nowadays
popular
in the world
say, tell, speak
so
take off
scientist
that
human
even though
really, certainly
profit
everyone
passengers
almost all of
horrible, terrible
another, other
happen
ability
maybe, perhaps
worry and scare
declare
safe
believe
d) Con ch y ngi trong nh cn ch y i vo vn.

e) Ngy mai c th ti s i Vng Tu.
f) N va mi i vo trong phng.
3. Translate the following sentences into English
a) Ti khng th ch ch y lu hn c.
b) C th chng ti s i bng tu ha.
c) T nh ti n sn bay, ti i tc-xi mt 30 pht.
d) Chng ti va i Kuala Lumpur v.
e) Anh nn gp bc s sng nay.
f) Con mo ang tro ln cy.
g) Cc em phi lm bi tp s 4.
h) Hm nay ti khng i c.
i) T nh ch n c quan, ch i xe my mt bao lu?
k) Xin mi vo!
l) Ti c th i sn bay bng g?
m) Ch i Tokyo ln no cha?
(Dch cc cu sau y sang ting Vit)
a) My friend wants to go up to Langson.
b) You should go by plane.
c) I have to meet my friend at 5 p.m to day.
d) How long does it take you by train from Bangkok to Kuala Lumpur.
e) It takes me 34 hours.
f) How can I go to Ho Chi Minh city?
g) I am going to fly to Osaka tomorrow morning.
h) My son has just come back from Austria.
i) Maybe he is ill.
k) I can do this exercise.
l) I love her. I need her.
m) You shouldn't drink alcohol.
Lesson 12: Renting a room

Bi 12: Thu phng
1. t phng trc (Booking a room)
A
B
A
B
Al!
Hello!
Al. Khch sn H Ni y. Xin cho.
Hello. Hanoi Hotel here. Good afternoon.
B cn g ?
Can I help you?
Ti mun thu phng.
I'd like a room.
Ngy no tha b?
103
A
B
A
B
For which days, madam?

T ngy 20 n ngy 25.
From the 20th to the 25th.
Xin li. Thng ny tt c cc phng u y ri b .
Sorry. All the rooms are full this month.
Chng ti ch c phng ri t ngy 31.
We have free rooms only from the 31st.
Liu c khch no b ch khng c?
Do you know if there is any guest who night cancel their booking?
Ti khng dm chc.
I am not sure.
3 - 4 ngy na mi b gi li c khng ?
Could you please call again in about 3 or 4 days?
Vng. Cm n c. Cho c.
Yes. Thank you. Good-bye.
Khng dm. Cho b.
You are welcome. Good-bye.
2. Ti bn l tn (At the reception section)

C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
Cho c.
Good morning, miss.
Cho ng.
Good morning, sir.
ng cn g ?
Can I help you?
Ti mun thu phng trong khch sn ca c.
I'd like a room in your hotel.
ng s y bao lu ?
How long are you going to stay here?
Tm m c .
For 8 nights.
Phng loi no tha ng?
Which class of room, sir?
Loi mt c .
First class.
Xin li. Tt c cc phng loi mt u y ri ng .
Sorry. All the first class rooms are full now, sir.
ng thu phng loi hai c khng ?
Would you like the second class room?
Vng. Bao nhiu mt m ?
Yes. What is the rate per night?
Bn mi -la.
40 dollars.
Trong phng c in thoi t ng quc t khng c?
Is there IDD international telephone in the room?
C .
Yes. There is.
Xin ng cho h chiu.
Give me your passport, please.
y .
Here you are.
104
C
D
y l cha kha phng.

This is your key.
ng phng s 408.
You stay in the room number 408.
BN phi thang my.
On the right of the lift.
Cm n c.
Thank you.
D. Khng dm.
You are welcome.
Mi ng theo anh ny.
Follow this man, please.
Anh y l phc v phng.
He is a bellboy.
Vng. Cho c.
Yes. Good-bye, miss.
3. PHNG 342 (IN THE ROOM 342)

E
F
E
F
E
F
y l phng ca ng, tha ng.

This is your room, sir.
Vng.
Yes.
Trc khi ra ngoi, ng n kha ny.
Before going out, you press this lock.
y l cng-tc n trong phng toa-lt.
This is the light switch for the toilet.
Cc th nc ung trong t lnh.
Drinks are in the fridge.
y l iu ha nhit .
This is the air - conditioner.
ng c th iu chnh rt d dng.
You can adjust it very easily.
Kia l in thoi t ng quc t.
That is the IDD international telephone.
ng c th gi i bt c ni no trn th gii.
You can phone any place in the world.
Cm n anh.
Thank you.
Nu c vn g, xin ng gi ti.
If you have any problems, please call me.
Vng. Cm n anh.
Yes. Thank you.
4. Tm nh (Looking for a house)

J
H
Cho anh Hi ng.

Hello, Hai Dang.
, John. Xin cho.
Oh, John. Hello.
Anh vn nh khch A2 phi khng?
105
J
H
J
H
J
H
J
H
J
H
J
H
Are you still staying at guest-house A2?

Vng. Ti vn ang .
Yes. I am still staying there.
Anh sp v M phi khng? Thng my?
Are you going back America? Which month?
Cha.
Not yet.
Ti gia hn visa mt nm na nng cao ting Vit.
I have extended my visa for one more year to improve my Vietnamese.
Ti s y n thng mi sang nm.
I'll stay here untill next October.
V vy ti mun tm mt ch khc.
So I want to look for another lodging.
Anh khng thch nh khch A2 ?
Don't you like guest-house A2?
Nh khch rt tt v r.
That guest-house is very good and cheap.
Nhng ti khng c c hi no thc hnh ting Vit.
But I don't have any chances to practise Vietnamese.
Ti mun sng vi mt gia nh Vit Nam.
I want to live with a Vietnamese family.
Hng ngy ti c th ni chuyn vi h.
I can converse with them everyday.
Anh c th gip ti c khng?
Can you help me?
c.
Yes. I can.
Nhng anh thch sng u? QUN HON Kim c khng?
But where would you like to stay? Can you stay in Hoankiem district?
, RT tt.
Oh, very good.
Hng ngy ti c th i b n Th vin Quc gia.
I can go on foot everyday to the National Library.
Anh mun phng nh hay phng to?
Do you want a small or big room?
Phng nh thi. Khong 15 mt vung.
A small room only. About 15 square metres.
C nh tm ring ch?
With a private bathroom?
Vng. C nh tm ring.
Yes. With a private bathroom.
Phng c iu ha khng?
With or without an air - conditioner?
Khng cn iu ha. Ch cn qut thi.
I don't need an air - conditioner. I need only a fan.
c ri. Ti nay ti s hi mt ngi lng ging ca ti.
O.K. This evening I'll ask my neighbour.
Ngy mai ti s gi in cho anh.
I'll phone you tomorrow.
Ch. c sng gn nh anh th tt cho ti qu.
Oh. It's very good for me to stay near to your house.
106
H
J
Tm bit nh.
Good-bye.
Hn gp li.
See you again.

1. The words "vn", "cn", "vn cn", "vn ang", "vn ang cn", "vn cn ang" mean "still". They
always go before verbs or adjectives to express the continuation or incompletinon of actions (Cc t
"vn", "cn", "vn cn", "vn ang cn",... c ngha "still". Chng lun i trc ng t hoc tnh t
biu th ngha tip din, cha kt thc ca hnh ng).
Ch Misaki vn ang hc ting Vit Trung tm hp tc nghin cu Vit Nam.
Mrs. Misaki is still studying Vietnamese at the Centre of Cooperation for Vietnamese studies.
ng Peter vn dy ting Anh Trng i hc Quc gia Vit Nam.
Mr. Peter is still teaching English at the Vietnam National University.
Hm nay tri vn lnh.
It is still cold today.
ng Kikuchi vn sng Tokyo.
Mr. Kikuchi is still living in Tokyo.
C-ph vn cn nng.
The coffee is still hot.
2. "ch", "thi" and "ch.............. thi" mean "only". They are used to express a small quantity or a
certain single action ("ch", "thi" v "ch... thi" c ngha "only". Cc t ny c dng biu th mt
s lng nh hoc mt hnh ng n nht).
Chng ti ch ung c-ph thi.
We only drink coffee.
Ti s ch y mt nm thi.
I'll stay there for only one year.
MIN NAM CH C HAI ma.
There are only two seasons in the south.
Xin cho ti mt chic bnh thi.
Please only give me cake.
Note (Ch ):
Ch n ght ti thi. (Nhng ngi khc khng ght ti)
Only he hates me.
(The other people don't hate me)
N ch ght ti thi. (N khng yu ti)
He only hates me.
(He doesn't love me)
N ght ch ti thi. (N khng ght nhng ngi khc)
He hates only me.
(He doesn't hate other people)
107
3. The word "sp" is used to express a near future

(T "sp" c dng biu th tng lai gn)
V ti sp i Nht.
My wife is going to Japan.
H sp thu nh mi.
They are going to rent a new house.
Bn ti sp ly chng.
My friend is going to marry.
Con ti sp mua -t.
My child is going to buy a car.
Gio s Une sp n y.
Prof. Une is going to come here.
Question (Cu hi): Sp ......... cha?
Gio s Tomita sp n y cha?
Is Prof. Tomita going to come here?
Anh sp tt nghip cha?
Are you going to graduate?
Anh Yao sp ly v cha?
Is Mr. Yao going to marry?
4. The words "cc" and "nhng" express the plural of nouns
("cc" v "nhng" biu th s nhiu ca danh t)
a) "cc" stands before a noun to express the indefinite plural.
The group of "cc" + noun is the overall, entire quantity without contrast to the other things ("cc" ng
trc danh t biu th s nhiu khng xc nh. Nhm "cc" + danh t l mt s lng ton th, ton
b, khng i chiu vi cc s vt khc).
Tha cc ng, cc b!
Ladies and gentlemet!
Cc bn ti ang ng.
My friends are sleeping.
Ngy ch nht, cc vin bo tng u ng ca.
Museums close on Sunday.
Cc anh i u y?
b) "nhng" also stands before a noun to express the indefinite plural but this plural is the partial plural
and with contrast to other things ("Nhng" cng ng trc danh t biu th s nhiu khng xc nh
nhng s nhiu ny l s nhiu b phn v c i chiu vi cc s vt khc).
Nhng con g ny rt bo.
These chickens are very fat.
{"These chickens" in contrast to "other chickens" "Nhng con g ny" i chiu vi "nhng con g khc"}
Th tng n thm nhng gia nh ngho.
The Prime Minister vistied poor families.
108
{"Poor families" in contrast to "rich families" "Nhng gia nh ngho" i chiu vi "nhng gia nh giu"}
5. The word "mi" has two meanings: "please" and "invite".
a)
Mi anh ngi.
Please sit down.
Mi ng xi nc.
Please drink.
You can use "xin mi" with this meaning, too (Bn c th dng t "xin mi" cng vi ngha ny).
Xin mi vo.
Come in, please.
Xin mi theo ti.
Please follow me.
b)
Ti mi c y i xem phim.
I invite her to the cinema.
C y mi ti n d tic sinh nht.
She invited me to her birthday party.
6. "ton th", "tt c" and "c" mean "all", "whole", "the whole number".
a)
"ton th" is placed before nouns indicating people.

("ton th" ng trc nhng danh t ch ngi)
Ngy mai ton th ging vin s hp.

All lecturers will have a meeting tomorrow.
Chiu nay ton th sinh vin s i xem phim.
All students will go to the cinema this afternoon.
b) "tt c" can stand before nouns indicating both people and things ("tt c" c th ng trc c
nhng danh t ch ngi ln vt).
Tt c chng ti s i bng tu ha.
All of us will go by train.
Tt c cc bn ti u mun i Vnh H Long.
All my friends want to go to Halong Bay.
Ti phi lm tt c cc bi tp trang 50.
I have to do all the exercises ou page 50.
Singapore, tt c cc ph u sch.
In Singapore, all the streets are clean.
c) The word "c" is used to indicate an overall or the entire of people or things (T "c" c dng
ch mt tng th hoc ton b mt s vt).
C nc mt lng.
All the country is of one mind.
C nh i vng.
All the household was out.
Ma c ngy.
It' rained the whole day.
109

A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
Cho c.
Vng. Cho b.
B......................................................................?
Ti mun thu phng.
...........................................................................?
5 ngy c .
B cn phng loi no?
............................................................................?
Xin li. Tt c cc phng loi hai u y ri.
B thu phng loi mt.......................................?
............................................................................?
By lm -la mt m.
Vng. c.
Xin b..................................................................
H chiu ca ti y .
*
* *
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
A l! Xin cho.
Xin cho. ng mun thu phng ?
.................................................................?
T ngy 15 thng su.
ng cn my phng ?
..................................................................
Phng loi no tha ng?
Phng.......................................................
ng s y bao lu?
.................................................................
Bao nhiu.................................................?
Su mi -la.
2. Use the word "vn" to answer the following questions

(Dng t "vn" tr li nhng cu hi sau)
Model (Mu)
By gi anh lm vic u?
Where do you work now?
Ti vn lm vic B Gio dc.
I still work at the Ministry of Education.
Ch y c chng cha?
Is she married?
N ang ng phi khng?
Is he sleeping?
By gi gia nh anh sng u?
Where is your family living now?
Con trai anh ang hc Trng i hc Quc gia ?
Is your son studying at the Vietnam National University?
ng c khe khng?
How are you?
110
Ngy mai tri c nng khng?

Will it be sunny tomorrow?
Ma ny c-ph c t khng?
Is coffee expensive this season?
Anh y c chi tennis na khng?
Has he played tennis more?
Con ch hc tt ch?
Does your child study well?
Ch y i ri ?
Has she gone out?
3. Add "ch.........thi" to the following sentences
(Thm "ch..........thi" vo nhng cu sau)
C y hc ting Nga.
She studies Russian.
Chng c y yu c y.
Her husband loves her.
Ti thu phng loi mt.
I rent a first class room.
Chng ti s khch sn ny hai tun.
We'll stay at this hotel for two weeks.
Ngy mai tri s ma.
It will rain tomorrow.
Ti dch bi ny.
I translate this lesson.
Cc em lm bi tp trang 16.
You do the exercises ou page 16.
Ti mun khch sn Metropole.
I want to stay at the Metropole Hotel.
Ngy mai ti s i Tokyo.
I am going to Tokyo tomorrow.
4. Fill in the blanks using "cc" or "nhng"
(Dng "cc" hoc "nhng" in vo ch trng)
Ti thch.......................chic o mu tm ny.
I like these violet jackets.
Ngy mai tt c............em phi n y lc 10 gi.
All of you have to come here at 10 tomorrow.
Tun sau tt c..............lp u ngh hc.
All classes will be absent from school next week.
Ti mun gp...............ngi hc ting Vit y.
I want to meet the people studying Vietnamese here.
..............anh cn g ?
What do you need?
..............chic bt bi ny rt tt.
These ball-point pens are very good.
5. Add "ton th", "tt c" or "c" to the following sentences (thm "ton th", "tt c" hoc "c" vo
nhng cu sau)
Hm nay con ti phi hc ...... ngy.
Today my child must learn all day.
Chiu nay... cn b s hp.
111
The whole number of cadres will have a meeting this afternoon.

........... gia nh anh hc ting Anh.
All his family studies English.
Chy.... ng ci.
The whole stact of logs burned out.
Ti mun..... cc anh n.
I want all of you to come.
.......... s tin c tiu ht.
All the money is spent.
H thng khch sn H Ni
Cch y khong mi lm nm, h thng khch sn H Ni va t i, nh hp va c k v lc hu
nhiu so vi cc khch sn du lch nhiu nc trn th gii. Khch du lch ch tm n mt vi ci tn
quen thuc nh Thng Li, Ha bnh, Hon Kim, Thng nht, Thng Long, Ph Gia, Dn Ch.
T khi chnh ph Vit Nam thc hin chnh sch m ca theo hng kinh t th trng t do v "Vit
Nam mun lm bn vi tt c cc nc trn th gii", lng khch tham quan, du lch, thng gia v cc
nh u t... tng ln nhanh chng. p ng nhu cu n, ca du khch quc t, hng hot khch
sn c c sa sang, nng cp. Cng ty Du lch H Ni lin doanh vi Php nng cp khch sn
Thng Nht thnh khch sn 4 sao v i tin thnh khch sn Metropole. T ngy mang tn mi,
khch sn ny lc no cng y p khch du lch bn phng. c khch sn Metropole, bn phi
t ch trc t nht mt thng.
Sau s hot ng nhn nhp ca Metropole, hng lot khch sn mi sang trng ra i: khch sn
Si Gn (c nng cp t khch sn ga Hng c trc), khch sn H Ni (tn mi ca khch sn
Thng Long) ri Hu Ngh, Garden, Bo Sn, Horison, v.v. Nhng khch sn 5 sao u tin cng xut
hin H Ni. Trong s nhng khch sn sang trng v to ln nht H Ni, phi k n Hanoi Daewoo
Hotel (cnh cng vin Th L) v Hotel Apartment Hanoi Towers (52 L Thng Kit).
Mc d tc xy dng kh nhanh nhng cho n nay H Ni vn cha khch sn, c bit l
nhng khch sn sang trng, phc v khch du lch quc t. Bi vy mt lot khch sn mi, hin i
s tip tc c mc ln trong mt tng lai khng xa.
English Version: Hotels in Hanoi

About fifteen years ago, the hotel system in Hanoi was both small and backward compared with those in
many countries. Tourists only came to some hotels with familiar names such as Thang Loi, Hoa Binh,
Hoan Kiem, Thong Nhat, Thang Long, Phu Gia and Dan Chu.
Since the Vietnamese government carried out its free market oriented ?open door? and ?Vietnam wants
to make friend with all countries in the world? policies, the number of tourists, businessmen and
investors to Vietnam has sharply increased.
In order to meet international tourists? demands for accommodation, a number of old hotels were
redecorated and improved. The Hanoi Tourism Company has co-operated with France to upgrade the
Thong Nhat Hotel into a four star one, renamed the Metropole. Since then, the hotel has always been full
of guests. If you want to stay there, you should book at least one month in advance.
112
After the opening of the Metropole, a series of new and luxurious hotels appeared such as the Saigon
Hotel, which was upgraded from the Hang Co Railway Station Hotel, the Hanoi Hotel, formerly called the
Thang Long, and the Huu Nghi, the Garden, the Bao Son and the Horizon. The first five star hotels have
already appeared in Hanoi. Among the most luxurious and biggest hotels in Hanoi are the Hanoi Daewoo
Hotel, next to Thu Le zoo and the Hotel Apartment in Hanoi Towers at 52 Ly Thuong Kiet street.
Despite the high speed of construction, to date, there are not enough hotels in Hanoi, especially
luxurious ones for international tourists. Hence, many new and modern hotels will still continue to be
built in the near future.
T ng - Vocabulary
va... va
hp
lc hu
du lch
mt vi
t khi
thc hin
m ca
hng
t do
lng
khch du lch
tng ln
nhu cu
quc t
sa sang
cng ty
lin doanh
thnh
lc no cng
bn phng
t nht
s hot ng
sang trng
mc d
cho n nay
phc v
hin i
mc ln
both... and...
narrow
backward
tourism
some
since
carry out
open-door
direction
free
quantity
tourist
increase
in order to
needs
international
repair
company
joint venture
into
every time
four directions
at least
activity
luxurious
although
up tu now
enough
service
modern
grow up
t i
c k
so vi
tm n
quen thuc
chnh ph
chnh sch
theo
th trng
lm bn
khch tham quan
nh u t
nhanh chng
p ng
hng lot
nng cp
sao
i
mang tn
y p
t ch trc
sau
nhn nhp
ra i
tc
cha
c bit l
bi vy
tip tc
tng lai
1. Find the incorrect sentences and correct them
(Tm v cha cu sai)
a) Ton th nhng chic ng h ny u tt.
b) Cho nhng bn.
c) Anh sp i Tokyo khng?
d) Ngy mai nhng lp u ngh hc.
e) Hm qua cc ch i u?
113
few
old
compare with
find, look for
familiar, acquainted
government
policy
follow
market
make friends
visitor
investor
fast
satisfy, meet
stay, live
mass, many, series
upgrade
star
change
bare the name
full
book in advance
after
busy
appear
speed
not yet
especially
so
continue
future
2) Change the following sentences into question using "sp... cha?"

(Dng "sp.... cha?" chuyn cc cu sau thnh cu hi)
a) Chng ti cha mua -t.
We haven't bought a car yet.
b) Bn ti sp i Kuala Lumpur.
My friend is going to Kuala Lumpur.
c) Ngy mai ti s thi.
I am going to take an examination tomorrow.
d) Ch y s n y vo lc 5 gi chiu.
She'll come here at 5 p.m.
e) Anh y cha c con.
He hasn't got any children yet.
f) Ch y sp ly chng ri.
She is going to marry.
3. Translate the following sentences in to Englesh
a) Ti s ch y hai ngy thi.
b) Chng ti mun thu mt phng c iu ha.
c) Cc bn ti vn ang ng.
d) Anh y sp ly v.
e) Ti mi 100 ngi nhng khng phi tt c h u n.
f) Tt c cc hc sinh u s thi.
g) Xin mi theo ti.
h) Chng ti vn sng ph Nguyn Khc Cn.
i) Hm nay ch ti nh.
k) Ti ung ch thi.
a) My father is going to buy a new house.
b) I'd like all of you to come.
c) I saw only a lion.
d) Are you going to buy a car?
e) It is still hot today.
f) How long will you stay here?
g) I'd like the first class room.
h) I'll meet him tomorrow morning only.
i) We haven't got money yet.
k) How many five - star hotels are there in Han noi
Lesson 13: Changing Money - Opening an Account

Bi 13: i tin - M ti khon
114
1. Hi v cc ngn hng H Ni
(Asking about banks in Hanoi)
Alex
Mai
A
M
A
M
A
M
A
M
A
A
M
M
A
Ch Mai i! H NI C NHIU NGN HNG khng?

Mrs. Mai! Are there many banks in Hanoi?
C nhiu ngn hng.
Yes. Many banks.
Ngn hng ca nh nc hay ngn hng t nhn?
State banks or private banks?
Ngn hng ca nh nc.
State banks.
Ngn hng no ln nht?
Which bank is the biggest?
Ngn hng Quc gia Vit Nam.
The Vietnam State Bank.
PH no?
Where is it?
PH L Lai, ngay cnh Nh ht ln.
In Le Lai street, next to the Big Theatre.
Anh mun n ? lm g?
Why do you want to go there?
Ti mun m ti khon v i mt t tin.
I want to open an account and change some money.
Anh mun m ti khon g?
What account do you want?
Ti khon tit kim thi.
A savings account only.
Th tc c phin phc khng ch?
Is the procedure complicated?
Khng. Rt n gin.
No. Very simple.
Chiu nay ti khng i u c.
I won't go anywhere at all this afternoon.
Ti s i n vi anh.
I'll go there with you.
H Ni c ngn hng nc ngoi no khng?
Is there any foreign bank in Hanoi?
Trc y th khng c ngn hng no c.
There wasn't any foreign bank at all before.
By gi c nhiu ngn hng nc ngoi nh Public Bank, Maybank, Citibank and ANZ.
There are many foreign banks now such as the Public Bank, Maybank, Citi Bank, ANZ.
, TT qu
Oh, very good.
Ti c ti khon Public Bank.
I have an account at the Public Bank.
C nhiu ngi Vit Nam m ti khon ngn hng nc ngoi khng ch?
Are there many Vietnamese people who open accounts at foreign banks?
Rt t.
Very few.
Vy cc ngn hng nc ngoi "sng" bng g?
115
M
A
M
A
M
So how do foreign banks survive?

C rt nhiu cng ty nc ngoi, nhiu d n u t,...
There are a lot of foreign companies, many investment projects.
, TI hiu ri, ti hiu ri...
Oh, I see, I see,...
My nm trc, v ngi giu rt t nn khng ai tm n ngn hng nc ngoi.
Some years ago, because there were very few rich people, nobody went to the foreign banks.
By gi Vit Nam c hng nghn triu ph -la.
Now there are thousands of dollar millionaires in Vietnam.
V vy h bt u m ti khon nh bng nc ngoi.
So they have begun to open accounts at foreign banks.
Li sut ngn hng nh nc Vit Nam c cao khng ch?
Is interest high at the Vietnam State Bank?
Bnh thng thi.
Average.
2. PUBLIC BANK (AT THE Public Bank)

B
C
B
ng cn g ?
Can I help you?
Ti mun i sc du lch ny ra tin mt.
I would like to cash this traveller's cheque.
Mi ng n quy s 4.
Please go to counter 4.
...................................
C
D
C
D
C
Ti mun i sc ny ra tin mt.

I'd like to cash this cheque.
ng cn loi tin no ?
How would you like the money?
Hai mi t 100 , hai mi t 10 , mi t 5 v mi t 1 .
20 hundred-dollar notes, 20 ten-dollar notes, 10 five-dollar notes and 10 one-dollar notes.
Tin y .
Here's the money.
Cm n ch.
Thank you.
*
*
E
F
E
F
E
F
B mun i tin ?
Would you like to change money?
Vng .
Yes, I would.
B c tin g ?
What currency have you got?
Ti c ringgit Malaysia.
I have Malaysian ringgit.
B mun nhn tin g?
What currency do you want?
Ti mun nhn -la M v ng Vit Nam.
116
I want US dollar and Vietnamese dong.

Gi i hm nay l bao nhiu ?
What is the exchange rate today?
Gi i hm nay l 1 ringgit (RM) c 4 nghn ng.
Today's exchange rate is 1 RM to 4,000 Vietnamese dongs.
V mt ringgit c 38 xu M.
And 1 RM to 38 American cents.
B mun i bao nhiu ringgit?
How many ringgits do you want to change?
Ti c 5 nghn ringgits.
I have 5,000 RM.
Ti mun ly 2 triu ng.
I want two million Vietnamese dongs.
S cn li, ti mun i sang -la M.
I'd like to change the rest to US dollars.
Xin b ch mt cht.
Please wait a couple of minutes.
3. Lm th rt tin (Getting an automated teller machine

[A.T.M] card to withdraw money)
G
H
G
H
G
H
Cho anh!
Good morning!
Cho ch!
Good morning!
Ti mun lm th rt tin.
I'd like a credit card to withdraw money.
Ch m ti khon cha?
Have you opened an account?
Ri .
Yes, I have.
Xin ch ly mu ng kia.
Please take a form over there.
Ch in vo nhng ch trng.
Fill in the blanks.
Ghi r h tn v s ti khon.
Write your name and account number clearly.
K tn.
Sign it.
Ri mang li y cho ti.
Then bring it here to me.
Cm n anh.
Thank you.

1. Both "hay" and "hoc" are used to indicate choice and mean "or" in English, however "hoc" is only
used in affirmative sentences while "hay" can be used both in affirmative and in interrogative sentences
(C "hay" ln "hoc" u c s dng biu th s la chn v u c ngha l "or" trong ting Anh.
Tuy nhin, "hoc" ch c dng trong cu tng thut cn "hay" th c dng trong c cu tng
thut ln cu hi).
117
Ngy mai hoc ngy kia ch y s n y.

She is coming here tomorrow or the day after tomorrow.
Ch n mn no: c hay tht b?
Which do you eat: fish or beef?
Ti n tht b hoc (hay) c u c.
I can eat either fish or beef.
You can not ask (Bn khng th hi):
Ch n mn no: c hoc tht b? (--)
2. The "khng (chng).......... g c" pattern is used to indicate absolute, complete negative meaning.
It means "not..........anything at all", "nothing" (Kt cu "khng (chng).....g c" c s dng biu
th ngha ph nh hon ton, tuyt i. N c ngha "not..... anything at all", "nothing").
Ti khng hiu g c.
I don't understand anything at all.
Hm qua n khng n g c.
He didn't eat anything at all yesterday.
Anh y khng ni g c.
He said nothing.
* The ".c..................g u" pattern also means "not.............anything at all" but this pattern is often
used to reject one's opinion (Kt cu "c.........g u" cng c ngha "not...........anything at all" nhng
n thng c dng ph nh kin ca mt ngi no ).
Hm qua ch mua sch phi khng?
Did you buy books yesterday?
Khng. Ti c mua g u.
No. I didn't buy anything at all.
Anh lm xong bi tp s 3 ri phi khng?
Did you finish exercise 3?
Ti c lm g u.
I didn't do anything at all.
3. The "khng............u c" pattern means "not.............anywhere at all" (Cu trc

"khng............u c" c ngha "not..............anywhere at all").
Sng nay ti khng i u c.
This morning I didn't go anywhere at all.
4. "V..........nn......" (Because.........; As........) - the conjunction structure used to indicate the cause effect relation ("V..........nn........" - cp lin t c dng biu th mi quan h nguyn nhn - kt
qu).
V tri ma to nn chng ti khng th khi hnh c.
As it was raining hard, we couldn't start.
V con gi ch y m nn ch y khng n y.
As her daughter was ill, she didn't come here.
Note (Ch ): You can place the word "v" after the effect-clause (Bn c th t t "v" sau mnh ch
kt qu).
118
Ti yu c y v c y rt p.
I love her because she is very beautiful.
Ti phi i ngn hng v ti ht tin ri.
I must go to the bank because I have run out of money.
If you don't use the word "v", you can place the word "nn" after the cause-clause (Nu khng dng
t "v", bn c th t t "nn" sau mnh ch nguyn nhn).
C y rt p nn ti yu c y.
She is very beautiful, so I love her.
Ti khng yu c y nn c y rt bun.
I don't love her, so she is very sad.
5. The word "nh" is used to compare the characteristics of two things or objects. It means "like", "as"
or "such as" (T "nh" c dng so snh nhng c im, tnh cht ca hai s vt, i tng. N
c ngha nh "like", "as", "such as").
Gio s Tomota ni ting Vit nh ngi Vit.
Prof. Tomita speaks Vietnamese like a Vietnamese.
H Ty rng nh bin.
West Lake is as wide as the sea.
6. The "khng.........no c" pattern is also used to indicate absolutely negative meaning. It means
"not.......any.........at all" (Kt cu "khng............no c" cng c dng biu th ngha ph nh
tuyt i. N c ngha "not........any......at all").
Ti khng c quyn t in no c.
I don't have any dictionaries at all.
Thng trc ti khng mn quyn sch no c.
I didn't borrow any books at all last month.
Y KHNG C NGN HNG t nhn no c.
There aren't any private banks at all here.
* If you want to reject an opinion, you can use the "c............no u" pattern (Nu bn mun bc
b kin ca mt ngi no , bn c th dng cu trc "c.........no u").
Hm qua ch mua sch ?
Did you buy books yesterday?
Khng. Ti c mua quyn sch no u?
No. I didn't buy any books at all.
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
B cn g ?
.......................................................
B c tin............................?
Ti c -la M.
B cn.............................................?
Ti cn tin ng Vit Nam.
B mun...........................................?
Ti mun i 1.000 -la.
119
A
B
A
Gi i...............................................?
Mt -la c...................................
Tin y .
...........................................................
*
*
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
ng...................................................?
Ti mun m ti khon ngn hng ny.
ng....................................................?
Ti khon tit kim.
Xin ng in........................................
Ti c phi..........................................?
Vng. ng k tn di.
*
*
E
F
E
F
E
F
E
F
..............................................................
Vng. Ti mun lm th rt tin.
B ....................................................?
Ri. Ti m ti khon y ri.
y l....................................................
Xin b in vo.....................................
Vng.
Bao gi..................................................?
Hai tun na, b s nhn c th.
Cm n c.
*
*
G
H
G
H
G
Xin li, anh c th ch dm ti ngn hng..................?

Ch mun n ngn hng no?
Ti mun n..............................................................
, RT gn. N ...........................................................
Ch n lm g?
Ti mun i sc ny ra..............................................
2. Use the following expressions to answer the question
(Dng nhng cm t sau tr li cu hi)
Anh mun m ti khon u?

Where do you want to open your account?
Ngn hng Nh nc
The State Bank
Ngn hng Ngoi thng
The Vietcombank
Ngn hng Cng thng
The Bank for Industry and Trade
Ngn hng Nng nghip
The Bank for Agriculture
120
Ngn hng u t v Pht trin

The Bank for Investment and Development
3. Use the following expressions to answer the question
(Dng nhng cm t sau tr li cu hi)
C nhng ngn hng nc ngoi no H Ni?
Which foreign banks are there in Hanoi?
The Public Bank
Maybank
ANZ Bank
Hongkong Bank
4.
Ti mun i tin.
I want to change money.
* Replace i tin by the following
(Thay "i tin" bng nhng t sau)
rt tin
tr tin
gi tin
vay tin
t cc
m ti khon
i sc ra tin mt
to withdraw money
to pay
to save money
to borrow money
to deposit
to open an account
to cash the cheque
5. Ti mun i -la M ra (sang, ly) ng Vit Nam.

I want to change US dollar to Vietnamese dong.
*. Make sentences with the following words
(Hy to cu vi nhng t sau)
-la Singapore
-la Hong Kong
rin Cambodia
rp Nga
bt Thailand
ringgit Malaysia
rupi N ?
mc c
yn Nht
Singaporean dollars
Hong Kong dollars
Cambodian riel
Russian rubles
Thai bath
Malaysian ringgit
Indian rupiahs
German marks
Japanese yen

D n 3,2 t USD cho ta nh 500 tng
Nht Bn l mt nc t cht, NG&SHY;I NG. CC th ln, vn nh ngy cng tr
thnh nhu cu v cng cp bch. Chnh v vy m cc nh khoa hc, cc nh kin trc v chnh ph
Nht v ang tp trung cng sc tnh ton gii quyt vic quy hoch, xy dng nh trong th k 21
121
sp ti. V th l mt d n to bo ra i: d n xy dng nh chc tri 500 tng, s nht th

gii, vi cao 2.000 mt.
Theo Obayashi Gumi, ngi ng u nhm kin trc s thit k ta nh chc tri ny, a im xy
dng s nm vng ngoi th Tokyo. Ta nh c cu trc hnh ch T, vi 500 tng, sc cha
300.000 ngi, c b tr h thng thang my t ng, c th t tng cao nht xung tng 1 ch mt
khong 15 pht. T trong ta nh ny, ngi ta vn c th ngm phong cnh xung quanh vi tm nhn
xa khong 1,6 km. C ta nh c coi nh mt thnh ph thu nh, bi v ngoi cc phng cn c y
cc vn phng lm vic, hiu n, rp chiu phim, trng hc, bnh vin, bu in,... K t khi khi
cng n lc hon thnh vic xy dng ta nh chc tri ni trn d tnh phi mt khong 25 nm vi
tng chi ph hn 3,2 t -la M.
ng Shuzimo khng nh rng ngay sau khi ngn sch dnh cho d n c ph chun, vic xy dng
ta nh chc tri 500 tng s lp tc c gp rt tin hnh v c th ngi dn Nht s c sng
trong "thnh ph thu nh" ny sm hn d nh.
(Theo bo Tin Phong)
English Version: US $3.2 Billion Project for a 500-storey Building

Japan is a country with crowded land and a large population. In big cities, the housing shortage is
becoming more and more apparent. This is why scientists, architects and the Japanese government were
and still are working together to deal with the planning and construction of housing for the coming 21st
century. And this is why a bold new project has been unveiled: a project to build a 500 storey, residential
building of enormous dimensions, arguably the biggest in the world, at a height of 2000 metres.
According to Obayashi Gumi, head of the architecture team in charge of designing this project, the
construction site will be located in Tokyo?s suburban area. The building will have a T-shape structure,
with 500 storeys, enough to hold 300,000 people, and an automatic elevator system which enables
people to go from the highest floor down to the ground floor within 15 minutes. From this building, a
viewer can see the surrounding scenery for a 1.6 km distance. The whole building can be seen as a small
city, because apart from residential apartments, this building will have numerous offices, restaurants,
cinemas, schools, a hospital and a post office. From the start of the construction to its completion, this
building will take around 25 years and with a total budget of US $3.2 billion.
Mr Shuzimo affirmed that right after the budget was agreed the building was approved. This 500-storey
skycraper will begin construction and maybe Japanese people will be able to live in this "small city"
ahead of schedule.
T ng - Vocabulary
nc
ng
nht l, c bit l
vn
nhu cu
bc bch
cng sc
gii quyt
d n
chc tri
country
great number
problem
needs
force, coerce
labour, work
solve
project
skyscraper
t
th
especially
ngy cng
v cng
tp trung
tnh ton
nh
to bo
s
122
land, area
city
more and more
very, quite
attract, concentrate
count up, calculate
house
audacious, bold
imposing, very big
cao
nhm
cu trc
b tr
tng
phong cnh
chi ph
nhim v
ph chun
high
ngi ng u
group
thit k
structure
cha
dispose, put
t ng
floor
ngm
scenery
tm nhn
spend, expenses, expenditure
duty, task
ngn sch
approve, accept
head
make, draw up
hold; contain
automatic
admire, look at
distance
budget
a) Insert "hay" or "hoc" in the following sentences
(in t "hay" hoc t "hoc" vo nhng cu sau)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Anh c th i tin ngn hng nh nc........ngn hng t nhn u c.

Ai s i ngn hng by gi: anh................ti?
Hm nay......................ngy mai, ch s i rt tin?
Ch c th nhn tin ng Vit Nam............-la M.
Anh s y mt tun.....................hai tun?
Xin li, ch mun gi tin....................rt tin?

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
I would like to cash these traveller's cheques.

What is the exchange rate today?
Please change the US dollars to Vietnamese money.
I'd like to open an account.
I can't hear anything at all.
I don't have a watch at all.
She is as beautiful as the moon.
Have you got a new car?
No. I haven't got a car at all.
9. Where did you go yesterday?
I didn't go anywhere at all.
10. Do you want to change US dollars to Vietnamese dong?
c) Translate the following sentences into English
1. Ti mun m ti khon ngn hng ny.
2. Ti mun i tin yn Nht ra ringgit Malaysia.
3. ng mun rt tin phi khng ?
4. V b ti ht tin nn ng y phi i ngn hng.
5. ng mun nhn tin g ?
6. Ch y n y hm qua hay hm kia?
7. Hm qua anh y khng mua quyn sch no y c.
8. B cn loi tin no ?
9. Gi i hm nay l 1 -la M c 11,000 ng.
10. Xin cho ti tin l.
123
Lesson 14: Having Dinner at a Restaurant

Bi 14: N TI MT NH HNG
I. Hi thoi (Conversations)
1. Tm nh hng ngon v r
(Looking for a nice and cheap restaurant)
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
, Hi ng! Lu lm ri t khng gp cu
Oh, Hai Dang! I haven't seen you for a long time.
, cho Quc Vit! Cu khe khng?
Oh, hello, Quoc Viet! How are you?
Cm n, bnh thng.
Fine, thanks.
By gi cu c bn khng? i n ti vi t nh?
Are you busy now? Come and have dinner with me, okay? Come and have dinner with me,
okay? Come and have dinner with ME, OKAY?
c. u?
Okay. Where?
khch sn Bc Nam.
At the Bac Nam Hotel.
, ng, ng n khch sn. ?n ngoi tt hn.
Oh, don't go to hotels. It is better to eat in other places.
. Chng ta s tm mt nh hng va ngon va r.
Yes. We'll look for a nice cheap restaurant.
Cu c bit u khng?
Do you know where one IS?
Chng ta c th tm thy trn ng ti H Ty.
We can find it on the way to the West Lake.
c. Hy i ngay nh.
Okay. Let's go at once, right?kay. Let's go at once, right?kay. Let's go at once, RIGHT?
2. Gi mn n (Ordering food)
C
C
E
C
E
D
Mi c v cc ng vo .
Please come in.
, LU LM RI KHNG GP NG Vit Anh.
Oh, I haven't seen you for a long time, Mr Viet Anh. Viet Anh. Viet ANH.
Vng. Ti i i Loan b .
Yes. I went to Taiwan.
Nh hng hm nay c mn g C BIT KHNG B?
Is there anything special at the restaurant, madam?
Hm nay c sp ln, nem v tht quay.
Today we have eel soup, spring rolls and roasted meat.
, ti rt thch nem. Ti tng n Php.
Oh, I like spring rolls very much. I have tasted them in France. them in France. THEM IN
FRANCE.
Xin li. ng l ngi nc no ?
Excuse me. Where are you from?
Ti l ngi i Loan.
I am Taiwanese.
y l ng Tea v c Mei Ling.
Here are Mr. Tea and Miss Mei Ling.
124
C
E
C
E
C
H u l bn ti v u l ngi i Loan.
All of them are my friends and Taiwanese, too.
C hai u ni tho ting Vit v rt snh n.
Both of them can speak Vietnamese well and are connoisseurs of food. of food. of food.
, tht vinh d c phc v cc v nh hng chng ti.
Oh, it is a pleasure to serve you at our restaurant.
Xin cc v nm th mn sp ln trc.
Please try the eel soup first.
Vng. c.
Yes, okay.
Xin cho chng ti mn tht b, cua bin v nem Si Gn.
Please give us beef, sea crabs and spring rolls.
Vng.
Yes.
C bia Halida khng b?
Have you got Halida beer, madam?
C , Bia hp hay bia chai tha ng.
Yes, I have. Tins or bottles, sir?
Xin cho 3 hp.
Three tins, please.
y .
Here you are.
Cc ng mun dng tht b ti, va hay chn ?
Would you like rare, medium or well done beef? done beef? done BEEF?
D, ti cho hai chng ti v chn cho c Mei Ling.
Rare for two of us and well done for Miss Mei LING. DONE FOR MISS MEI LING.
Cc ng dng rau g ?
What vegetables would you like?s would you like?s would you LIKE?
Xin cho chng ti mt a sp l.

Please give us a dish of cauliflower.
Cc ng c n c t khng ?
Can you eat chilli?
, chng ti rt thch t ti.
Oh, we like fresh chilli very much.
y . T NY VA T&SHY;I VA cay.
Here you are. These chillis are both fresh and hot.
C Mei Ling c n c t khng?
Can you eat chilli, Miss Mei ling?
Ch t thi .
Just a little.
Xin b cho mt t dm v mt t ht tiu.
Please a little vinegar and peppers.
Mn ny hi nht phi khng c?
Is this dish a little tasteless?
c ri. Cm n b.
Okay. Thank you.kay. Thank you.kay. Thank YOU.
C
E
C
C
F
C
C hoa qu v bnh ngt trng ming. Cc v mun dng g ?

We have fruit and cakes for dessert. What would you like?
Xin cho mt t nho hoc chui.

Some grapes or bananas, please.
Vng.
Yes.
ri. Xin b cho ha n.
Enough. Can we have the bill, please?
C
D
125
3.
G
H
I
K
G
K
G
K
G
tim c ph (At the caf)

Cc anh mun dng nc g ?
What do you want?
Xin cho ti mt tch c ph.
A cup of coffee for me, please.
Xin mt cc c ph .
A glass of iced-coffee, please.
C nc hoa qu khng ch?
Have you got fruit-juice?
C .
Yes, we have.
Ch mun ung nc g ?
What juice do you want?
Mt cc nc da ch .
A glass of coconut milk.lk.
C khng ?
With or without ice?
C ch .
With ice, please.
y .
Here you are.
ii. NG PHP (grammar)

1. The imperative in Vietnamese
(Mnh lnh thc trong ting Vit)
In this lesson, you will learn how to form the imperative in Vietnamese (Trong bi ny, cc bn s hc
cch cu to mnh lnh thc trong ting Vit).
a) Use the word "hy" just before the predicate-verbs
(Dng t "hy" ngay trc ng t-v ng)
Anh hy ngi y!
(You) sit here!
Hy c bi ny!
Read this lesson!
Hy i ti mt pht!
Wait for me one minute!
b) Place the word "i" at the end of the sentence

(t t "i" vo cui cu).
Vo i!
Ng i!
Come in!
Sleep!
c) Use both "mi" (at the beginning of the sentence) and "i" (at the end of the sentence) to show
politeness and respect (Dng c "mi" u cu ln "i" cui cu biu th lch s, knh trng).
Mi ch ung nc i!
Drink, please!
126
Mi cc anh n chui i!
Have bananas, please!
Mi cc bn vo i!
Come in, please!
d) Use both "hy" and "i" to urge or make others hurry.
(Dng c "hy" l n "i" biu th gic gi).
Hy nhanh ln i!
Hy i i!
Hy dy i!
Hurry up!
Go!
Wake up!
e) The words "ng", "ch" (don't) and "ng.......na" (don't.........any more) are used to advise
somebody not to do something (Cc t "ng", "ch", "ng........na" c dng khuyn mt ngi
no khng lm mt vic g ).
ng yu n!
ng li!
Ch i ra ngoi khi tri ti!
Don't go out when it is dark!
ng khc na!
Don't cry any more!
Anh ng yu c y na!
Don't love her any more!
Don't love him!

Don't be lazy!
2. "va....va..." means "both....and...", "and...and...". This pair of adverbs usually go with verbs or
adjectives to indicate the parallel actions or characteristics ("va...va..." - cp ph t lun i vi ng
t hoc tnh t biu th tnh cht sng i ca cc hnh ng hoc tnh cht).
N va khc va ci.
He was crying and laughing at the same time.
Anh y va st va rt.
He has both a fever and a cold.
C y va thng minh va chm ch.
She IS BOTH INTELLIGENT AND dilligent.
e is both intelligent and dilligent.
e is both intelligent and DILLIGENT.
C PH Bun M Thut va r va ngon.

Coffee in Ban Me Thuot is both cheap and nice.
Chng ti va hc ting Anh va hc ting Nht.
We study both English and Japanese.
3. The words "c", "thy", "ra" are placed after verbs to express results of actions (Cc t "c", "ra",
"thy" c t sau ng t biu th kt qu ca hnh ng).
Ti tm c quyn t in Anh-Vit.
I managed to find the English - Vietnamese dictionary.
(I succeeded in finding the English - Vietnamese dictionary)
Ti nhn ra ch y ri.
I recognized her.
Chng ti trng thy h ri.
We saw them.
127
Ti nghe thy ting v ti trong phng.

I heard my wife's voice in the room.
4. The word "ngay" with meaning "at once", "immediately" is an adverb placed after verbs ("ngay" ph t T SAU NG T).
Dng li ngay!
Ti s i ngay.
Chng ti s lm ngay.
Stop immediately!
I'll go at once.
We'll do it immediately.
* "ngay" (right) can be placed before adverbs of place or time ("ngay" c th i trc trng ng ch a
im hoc thi gian).
Ti s i anh ngay cng.
I'll wait for you right at the gate.
Chng ta phi n ngay by gi.
We have to go there right now.
Ti s gp ch ngay ngy mai.
I'll meet you right romorrow
I'll meet you TOMORROW
5. "nh" (right?, okay?) - a particle placed at the end of a sentence to indicate both request, and
interrogative meanings. It is often used in cordinal conversations ("nh" - ng kh t t cui cu
biu th c ngha cu khin ln ngha nghi vn. N thng c dng trong hi thoi thn mt).
Ti nay i xem phim vi anh nh?
Go to the cinema with me this evening, right?
Ch anh mt cht nh!
Wait for me just minute, right?
Chng ta lm bi tp nh?
Let's do exercises, okay?
Chng ta i nh?
Let's go, shall we?
iii. THC HNH (practice)
1.
Anh mun n g?
What do you want to eat?
Ti thch n vt.
I like duck.
(Dng cc t sau tr li cu hi):
Ch thch n g?
What do you like eating?
tht
tht
tht
tht
b
ln
ngng
cu
beef
pork
goose
mutton
tht
tht
tht
tht
2. Anh c thch c khng?

Do you like fish?
128
g
d
th
hu
chicken
goat
rabbit
VENISON
* Use the following words to ask

(Dng cc t sau hi) * Use the following words to ask
(Dng cc t sau hi) * Use the following words to ask
(Dng cc T SAU HI)
cua
ch
c
tht
mn n bin
3.
crab
frog
snail
meat
sea food
tm
ln
trng
cua bin
c mc
shrimp, prawn
eel
egg
sea crab
cuttle fish
Ch n c t khng?
Can you eat chilli?
Ti n c.
I can.
Ti rt thch.
I like it very much.
Ti khng thch lm.
I don't like it very much.
Ti khng n c.
I can't eat it.
Ti khng th n nhiu th.
I cannot eat very much. very much. very MUCH.
* Use the following words to ask, then answer those questions (Dng cc t sau hi sau tr li
nhng cu hi )
ht tiu
ti
nm
c rt
dm
4.
pepper
garlic
mushrooms
carrotS
hnh
m chnh
mng
nc mm
onion
ajinomoto
bamboo SHOOTS
fish sauce
vinegar
Cc ng mun dng rau g ?

What vegetable would you like?
Xin cho chng ti u trng.
Please give us white beans.
* Use the following to answer the above question

(Dng nhng t sau tr li cu hi trn)
bp ci
su ho
rau mung
x lch
5.
cabbage
sp l
kohlrabi
u H Lan
bindweed, water convovulus
salad
c ci
Mn ny c mn qu khng?
Is this dish too salty?
* Replace the word "mn" (salty) by the following words

(Thay t "mn" b ng nhng t sau)
129
cauliflower
green peas
turnip
ng
ngui
nht
chua
cng
dai
bitter
cold
tasteless
sour
hard
tough
cay
nng
ngt
nh
mm
va
hot (as chilli)

hot
sweet
well-done
soft
tasty enough
nc da
nc vi
nc ma
nc si
bia
sa
ru
c ph sa
coconut milk
lychee juice
sugar-cane juice
boiled water
beer
milk
alcohol
white coffee
6.ng mun ung nc sui phi khng ?

Would you like to drink mineral water?
* Make up questions with the following words
(t cu hi vi nhng t sau)
nc chanh
nc du
nc da
nc cam
c ph
c ph en
ch (tr)
ru vang
lemonade
mulberry juice
pineapple juice
orange juice
coffee
black coffee
tea
wine
7.Complete the following conversation

A
Mi................................................?
Hm nay cc ng ........................?
B
A
C..........................................?
D, c. Cua bin rt to v bo.
Cc ng gi g na ?
C
A
B
A
C
A
Xin cho chng ti.....................

Vng.
C.............................................?
D. C bia mi rt ngon.
Bia hp hay...............................?
C c hai loi .
Cc ng dng.............................?
C
A
B
Hai hp.
Cc ng dng..............................?
Cho chng ti mt a x lch.
A
C
A
C
.....................................................?
C g trng ming.....................?
......................................................?
Xin cho chng ti hoa qu
8. Use the pair of adverbs "v a... va..." to join following elements into complete sentences (Dng cp
ph t "va... va..." ni cc y u t sau thnh cu hon chnh).
Model (Mu):
Ch y tr, xinh.
She is young and pretty.
130
Ch y va tr va xinh.
She is both young and pretty.
Chng ti n, ung.
We eat and drink.
Ti thch c ph, ch.
I like coffee, tea.
Hoa qu H Ni ngon, r.
Fruit in Hanoi is nice and cheap.
Ch y khng thch ru, bia.
She doesn't like alcohol or beer.
V ti mua tht b, tht ln.
My wife bought beef and pork.
Tr - u ung nhiu nht?
TEA - Where do people drink it most?
Ngi Anh c ting l hay ung tr. TRUNG QUC, NHT Bn, Vit Nam... ngi ta cng cp
nhiu n ngh thut ung tr. N ? L N&SHY;C SN xut nhiu ch xanh c nhiu ngi bit
n. Nhng theo s LIU CA Y BAN TR QUC T TH CC N&SHY;C CHU ny khng nm trong
s nhng quc gia c t l ung tr cao nht.
V ngi Anh cng ch xp hng th hai vi mc bnh qun u ngi l 1.148,4 tch tr mi nm.
Xp hng u l Ireland vi 1.416,8 tch/ngi/nm.
Phi chng Ireland v Anh, ngi ta dng nhiu tr l v y l nhng x s ca sng m? Song
mc tiu th cng khng phi l t nhng ni nng bc vng Trung ng nh Qatar (1.012
tch/ngi/nm), Th Nh K (941,6), Iran (765,6), Kuweit (743,6)... Ngc li, Thailand, ngi dn
ung tr rt t: ch 4,4 TCH/NG&SHY;I/NM.
(Theo bo Khoa hc ph THNG)
READING COMPREHENSION
Tea-Where Do People Drink it Most
The English people are famous for their tea-drinking habit. In China, Japan and Vietnam, the art of tea
drinking is frequently mentioned. India produces a green tea which is well-known all over the world.
However, according to statistics of the International Tea Committee, these Asian countries are not in the
list of highest tea consuming countries.
And the English people only ranked second with an annual average of 1,148.4 cups of tea per head.
Ireland ranks first with 1,416.8 cups/person/year.
Could it be that people in Ireland and Britain drink tea more often due to their famous fog? Nevertheless,
the consumption level is not low in hot Middle-East areas such as Qatar (1,012 cups/person/year),
Turkey (941.6), Iran (765.6) and Kuwait (743.6). In contrast, in Thailand, the people rarely drink tea: 4.4
cups per person per year.
131
T ng - VOCABULARY
c ting
famous
hay
often, always
cp
nc
ch xanh
s liu
touch upon
country
green tea
data, facts
ngh thut
sn xut
theo
y ban
art
make, produce
according to
committee
quc t
trong s
international
among
chu
quc gia
Asia
country, nation
t l
incidence, proportion
xp hng
queue, stand in line
th hai
second
u ngi
each person, per person
tch
xp hng u
phi chng
song
cup
the first
is it true that
however
mi
x s
sng m
mc
each, one
land, area
fog
level
tiu th
nng bc
Trung ng
consume
hot
Middle-East
ni
vng
ngc li
place, area
area
on the contrary
mc bnh qun average
a) Add "ng... na" to the following sentences

(Thm "ng... na" vo nhng cu di y)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Anh ung ru.

Ch hc.
Ch yu anh y.
Anh gin ch y.
Cu ng.
Ch ni dai.
Mua tht cu.
Ci.
1. Let's go to restaurant, right?

2. Order goat meat, right?
3. They'll come here right now.
4. Don't come here too late!
5. I'll wait for you right at the crossroads.
6. Go with me!
7. What do you have for dessert?
8. I saw them going into the library.
9. This dish is a bit sour.
10. Don't eat chilli any more!
132
c) Find the incorrect sentences and correct them.

(Tm v cha cu sai)
1. ?n ng na!
2. Hy anh n y vo lc 6 gi.
3. ng ung na ru!
4. Cc ng gi na g khng ?
5. ng yu na c y!
6. Ti n, ch y i ngay.
7. ?n i na!
8. ng gin ti nh!
9. Chng ti n va ung.
10. Ung i ngay!
Lesson 15: Shopping

Bi 15: Mua bn
1. CA HNG QUN O (AT THE clothes shop)
A Xin cho ti xem chic o kia.
Can I have a look at that shirt?
B Anh cn c no ?
Wat size do you want?
A C trung bnh.
Medium.
B y . Chic ny trng va vi anh.
Here it is. It looks good for you.
A ng th. Trng va lm.
It does look good, indeed.
N gi bao nhiu ?
How much is it?
B Tm mi ngn ng.
80,000 dong.
A Xin gi li gip. Tin y .
Please wrap it. Here's the money.
B Cm n anh.
Thank you.
C Anh cn g ?
Can I help you?
D Ch c qun b khng ?
Do you have jeans?
C C .
Yes, I do.
Xin i li ny.
This way, please.
Rt nhiu. Anh c th chn ci no anh thch.
So many. You can choose what you like.
D Xin tm gip ti mt ci mu xanh.
Please get me some green ones.
C Vng. y .
All right, sir. Here you are.
133
Anh cn c no ?
What size do you want?
D C 32 .
Size 32, please.
C y, c 32.
Here's size 32.
D Phng th u ?
Where is the fitting ROOM?
C&NBSP;&NBSP; gc kia .
It is over there in the corner.
Anh c th i theo ngi i m kia.
You can follow the person in the red hat.
D Khng sao. Ti c th t tm c.
No problem. I can find it myself.
*
* *
C Anh th xong ri ?
Have you already tried them on?
D Vng, xong ri.
Yes, I have.
C N c va khng ?
Do they fit you, sir?
D Ti e rng n qu ngn.
I am afraid they are too short.
Ci ny ch di mt mt.
These ones are only one metre long.
C Anh cn ci di hn phi khng?
Do you want longer ones?
D Vng .
Yes, please.
C y .
Here you are, sir.
D c ri. Cm n ch.
O.k. Thank you.
Bao nhiu ?
How much?
C Hai trm nm mi ngn.
250,000 dongs.
2. HIU GIY (AT THE SHOE shop)
E Ti mun mua mt i giy th thao.
I want a pair of sports shoes.
ng c khng ?
Do you have any?
F C .
Yes, we have.
C no, tha ng?
What size, sir?
E Ti cn c s 9.
I want size nine.
F y . Mi ng i th.
Here you are. Try them on, please.
134
E Va lm. c ri, ti ly i ny.

They are quite comfortable. Okay, I'll take them.
*
* *
G B cn g ?
Can I help you, madam?
H Ch c th cho ti xem i giy trn kia c khng?
Can you show me the pair of shoes on the top?
G c . y .
Certainly. Here you are.
Xin b ngi y th .
Please sit down here and try them on.
H Vng. Cm n.
Yes. Thank you.
G Va ch b?
They fit you, don't THEY?
H&NBSP;&NBSP; , n hi to.
Oh, they are a bit too big for me.
Xin cho ti xem i nh hn.
Please show me the smaller ones.
G i ny th no ?
What about these?
H c. i ny rt va.
O.k. they fit me very well.
Gi bao nhiu ?
What is the price?
G i ny gi nm trm ngn.
They cost 500,000 DONGS.
H , t qu (mc qu).
Oh, too expensive.
G Khng t u. Giy ngoi y .
Not expensive. They are imported ones.
Cht lng rt tt.
High quality.
H Ti tr ch bn trm ri c khng?
I give you 450,000 dongs, O.k.?
G c . Cm n b.
O.k. Thank you.
3. HNG THT (AT THE butcher's market)
I Ch mua tht i.
Can I buy some meat, please.
Ch cn tht g ?
What meat do you want?
K Ti mun mua mt t tht b v tht ln (tht heo).
I want some beef and pork.
I Ch mua my cn ?
How many kilos do you want?
K Xin cho ti mt cn tht ln v na cn tht b.
One kilo of pork and half a kilo of beef.
I Vng. Ch th thi ?
Yes. Is that all?
K Vng. Th thi.
135
Yes. That 's all.

Gi bao nhiu ?
How much is it?
I Bn lm ngn ng.
45,000 dong.
*
* *
L Ch c tht d khng?
Do you have goat meat?
M C. Nhng ch cn mt cn thi.
Yes. But we have only one kilo left.
L Khng sao. Ti ly c.
It doesn't matter. I'll take it all.
M Ch cn g na khng ?
What else do you want?
L Ch c tht g non khng?
Do you have young chickens?
M C .
Yes, we have.
L Cho ti mt con.
Give me one, please.
4. HNG RAU QU (AT THE green stall)
N Ch mun mua rau g ?
What vegetables do you want?
O Cho ti ti hai m rau mung.
Two bundles of spinach (water convovulus), please.
N C bp ci rt ti. Ch c mua khng?
O
N
O
We have very fresh cabbage. Do you want some?

Vng. Cho ti khong hai CN.
Yes. About two kilos, please.
G na ?
What else?
Mt t c chua, khoai ty v c rt.
Some tomatoes, potatoes and carrots.
ri.
Enough.
Tt c bao nhiu ?
How much are they?
Mi hai nghn.
12.000 dong.

1. Telling the prices (Cch ni gi)
Quyn sch ny gi bao nhiu?
How much is this book?
Con g ny gi bao nhiu?
How much is this chicken?
136
Ci qun b ny gi bao nhiu?

How much are these jeans?
Bao nhiu tin mt cn tht ln (tht heo)?
How much is one kilo of pork?
Bao nhiu tin mt ni chui?
How much is a hand of bananas?
N gi hai mi nghn ng.
It costs 20,000 dongs.
Gi ca n l mi nghn.
Its price is 10,000 dongs.
2. "t" (oneself) - an adverb going before a verb to express that the action is performed by the subject
without the help of other people ("t" - ph t, i trc ng t biu th rng hnh ng c thc
hin bi chnh ch th, khng c s gip ca ngi khc).
Ti c th t tm c.
I can find it myself.
Chng ti s t n .
We will go there ourselves.
Anh c th t hc ting Vit.
You can study Vietnamese yourself.
Note (Ch ): Sometimes "t" may combine with "ly"
(i khi "t" c th kt hp vi "ly").
Ch phi t lm ly bi tp ny.
You must do this exercise yourself.
3. The words "xong", "ri" (finished, already)
a) The word "xong" is placed after verbs or at the end of a sentence to indicate the completion of the
action (T "xong" t sau ng t hoc cui cu biu th ngha hon thnh ca hnh ng).
Ti lm xong tt c cc bi tp.
I have done all my exercises.
Chng ti s n sau khi n cm tra xong.
We'll go there after having finished lunch.
b) "xong" can be combined with "ri" into "xong ri" or "xong... ri" to emphasise the completion of the
action ("xong" c th kt hp vi "ri" thnh "xong ri" hoc "xong... ri" nhn mnh vo s hon
thnh ca hnh ng).
Ti c xong quyn sch ny ri.
I have finished reading this book.
Ti c xong ri.
I have finished reading it.
c) Questions (Cu hi)
You can use "xong.. cha?" or "xong cha?" to ask whether an action has been completed or not (Bn
c th dng "xong... cha?" hoc "xong cha?" hi xem hnh ng hon thnh hay cha).
137
Anh c xong quyn sch ny cha?

Have you finished reading this book yet?
Cu lm bi tp xong cha?
Have you finished your exercises yet?
You can use "cha xong" (haven't yet finished, not yet) to express the incompletion of the action (Bn c
th dng "cha xong" biu th ngha cha hon thnh ca hnh ng).
Ti c cha xong quyn sch ny.
Ti cha c xong quyn sch ny.
Ti c quyn sch ny cha xong.
I haven't finished reading this book yet.
Ti cha lm xong bi tp.
Ti lm cha xong bi tp.
Ti lm bi tp cha xong.
I haven't finished my exercises yet.
4. "ch" - A particle used in question tags to express the speakers' wish to have the listeners' approvals
("ch?" - Tiu t c dng cui cu hi biu th ngha ngi ni mun ngi nghe ng tnh vi
mnh).
Ch s li y vi ti ch?
You'll stay here with me, won't you?
Anh vn khe ch?
You are well, aren't you?
Anh i xem phim vi em ch?
Go to the cinema with me, won't you?
5. Sentences with predicates indicating the length, height, weight, area (Nhng cu c v ng ch di,
cao, trng lng, din tch)
Model of these sentences is:
(M hnh cc cu ny l)
Subject + Adjective + Number + Words to express the length etc. (Ch ng + Tnh t + S + T ch
di,...). V d:
Nh ti cao 3 mt.
My house is 3 metres high.
Ph ny di 2 ki-l-mt (km).
This street is 2 kilometres long.
Phng ti rng 60 mt vung.
My room is 60 square metres wide.
Con trai ti nng 70 cn.
My son weighs 70 kilos.
Questions (Cu hi): Adjective + bao nhiu?
N di bao nhiu?
How long is it?
Nh anh rng bao nhiu?
How wide is your house?
138
Anh cao bao nhiu?

How tall are you?
1. Xin cho ti xem mt chic o.
Please show me a shirt.
* Replace "mt chic o" by the following (Thay "mt chic o" bng nhng t sau)
mt i dp
mt i giy
mt i tt
a pair of sandals
a pair of shoes
a pair of socks
mt t bt bi
na t bt ch
mt cc ty
a dozen ballpoint pens

half a dozen pencils
a rubber eraser
Bao nhiu tin mt con g?

How much is a chicken?
Con g ny gi bao nhiu?
How much does this chicken cost?
* Use the following to ask (Dng nhng cm t sau hi)

mt cn (k) tht ln
mt cn c
mt qu u
mt b hoa
mt ni chui
mt bung chui
nm qu cam
mt qu da hu
mt qu su ring
a kilo of pork
a kilo of fish
a papaya
a bunch of flowers
a hand of bananas
a bunch of bananas
5 oranges
a water-melon
a durian
Ti mun mua mt chic ti-vi.
I want to buy a T.V. set.
3.
* Replace "chic ti-vi" by the following words
(Thay "chic ti-vi b ng nhng t sau)
chic my vi tnh
chic my nh
chic i
chic t lnh
chic o len
thi son
a computer
a camera
a radio
a fridge
a sweater
a lipstick

139
A ng.......................................................?
B Xin cho ti.............................................?
A C nhiu mu lm ng .
ng cn......................................................?
B Cho ti chic mu xanh.
A.................................................................
B C cho ti c nh.
A y .
B
Phng....................................................?
A GC KIA .
*
*
A C va...................................................?
B C ny...................................................
C cho ti c to hn.
A y .
B..................................................................
A Bn mi nghn.
B Tin.........................................................
A Cm n ng.
5. Answer the questions according to model below
Anh lm xong bi tp cha?
Have you finished your exercises?
Ri. Ti lm xong ri.
Yes. I have.
Cha. Ti lm cha xong.
140
Cha. Ti lm cha lm xong.

No. I haven't.
Anh c xong bi bo ny cha?
Have you tinished reading this article?
Ch vit xong lun vn cha?
Have you completed your thesis?
Em hc xong bi 15 cha?
Have you finished lesson 15?
Mt vi ch c bit Nht Bn
Some special markets in Japan
1. Ch cho c gia nh
Ch Maji v ch Yoyogi hp vo ngy ch nht u tin ca mi thng. Tn ch cng l tn hai sn
vn ng Tokyo v ch hp ngay trong sn ny.
C th ni y l ngy hi thng ca cc gia nh v sinh hot ch ba. Ngay t sng sm, cc xe -t
ch c gia nh cng vi hng ha (phn ln l c) n ch. Mi gia nh by hng ha trn mt
khong t vi chc mt vung. Mi ngi trong nh by hng ha mt ch ring trn cc t bo hoc
tm ba cng.
Ch hp c ngy. Ngoi vic mua bn, cc gia nh cn cm tri. Ngay ti y, nhng ba cm chung
cho c nh c t chc. Ngi ta cn nhy ma, ht ca theo cc iu nhc c truyn.
2. Ch gii tr ca ngi gi
l ch Nakano trung tm th Tokyo. Ch chuyn mua bn tiu dng, c c ln mi.
Nhng ngi bn hng y ch yu l nhng ng b ngh hu hoc c thn. Trn tay h c th l
mt chic ng h, mt bn l, mt my nh hoc mt b qun o...
Ch hp vo th by hng tun. Cc c i ch ch yu gii tr. Hng mang i bn c th l ca bn
thn cc c, c th l ca con chu hoc ca hng xm gi. Ch thc s nh mt cu lc b, khng kh
ht sc thn mt, c m. Ch ny cn l ni gip cc c tm gp li bn b c.
3. Ch trong bnh vin
Mi bnh vin Nht Bn u c mt ch C BIT: CH HOA. y, cnh mua bn rt tp np.
Thn nhn n thm bnh nhn khng mang theo n, thc ung hay hoa qu nh Vit Nam. H
u mua hoa tng bnh nhn. Gi hoa y rt cao. C nhng gi hoa gi ti 200 -la M.
(Theo bo Thng Mi)
141
Some Special Markets in Japan

1. A market for the whole family
Maji and Yoyogi markets open on the first Sunday of every month. The names of the two markets are
also the names of two stadiums in Tokyo because the markets are located right inside the stadiums.
It can be said that this is a monthly family festival of shopping. From dawn, cars carry whole families,
together with goods (mainly second-hand) to the market. Every family puts their goods in an area
around several square metres. Each member of the family displays their goods in their own place on
newspapers or cardboard.
The market operates all day. Apart from selling and buying goods, the families also have their own
camps. Family meals are arranged right here. In addition, people also dance and sing to traditional
melodies.
2. A recreational market for the elderly
It is the Makano market in the centre of Tokyo. This market specialises in the selling and buying of
consumer goods, both new and old. The salespeople here are mainly retired or single elderly people.
They hold maybe a watch, an iron, a camera or a suit in their hands.
This market meets every Saturday. Elderly people go here mainly for recreational needs. The goods sold
here may be their goods or those of their children, grandchildren or neighbours.. This market is like a
club with a very warm and open atmosphere. This market is also a place to help them find their own
friends.
3. A market in the hospital
Every hospital in Japan has a very special market: a flower market. Here the buying and selling of
products is always brisk. Friends and relatives, when visiting patients, do not bring along food or fruit as
in Vietnam. They all buy flowers as their gifts. The prices for flowers here are very high, sometimes up to
US $200 for a flower basket.
hp ch
mi thng
ngy hi
sinh hot
hng ha
by
c
chc
tm ba
t chc
ht ca
c truyn
gii tr
tiu dng
ngh hu
mang
T ng
hold a market,
open up a market
every month
holiday, festival
everyday activity
goods
show, display
second-hand goods
group of ten, ten
cover, cartoon
arrange
sing
traditional
recreation,
amusement
consume ('s) goods
retire
carry
Vocabulary
142
sn vn ng
ch ba
ch
vi
khong t
ring
t bo
cm tri
nhy ma
iu
nhc
stadium
market
carry
some
place
private
newspaper
camp
dance
tune, melody
music
chuyn
specially
c... ln...
ch yu l
bn
both... and...
almost
sell
hng xm
bn thn
khng kh
thn mt
ci m
tng
gi hoa
neighbours
own, plrsonal
air, atmosphere
friendly, cordial
open-hearted,
open-minded
give, present
flower basket
a) Find the incorrect sentences and correct them
(Tm v cha cu sai)
1. Nh ti 40 mt vung rng.
2. Chng ti s i vnh H Long t.
3. Ti cha xong lm bi tp s 4.
4. Bao nhiu tin vt mt con?
5. Ti c xong ri quyn sch ny.
6. Ch c xong t bo ny ri ch?
7. My mt cao nh anh?
8. Ai xong ri lm bi tp ny?
9. Ci qun b ny gi bao nhiu h ch?
10. Ti mun mua giy mt i.
1. Ch cn c no ?
2. Anh thch mu g?
3. Bao nhiu tin mt cn tht b?
4. Qu u ny gi bao nhiu?
5. Ch y lm xong bi tp cha?
6. Ci bn ny di 2 mt.
7. Chng ti s t gii quyt ly vn ny.
8. Anh n cm cha?
143
cu lc b
thc s
bn b
bnh nhn
club
real(ly)
friends
patient
gi
cost
in order to
9. Em ng vi anh ch?
10. N nng 50 cn.
1. I want size number four.
2. I prefer black to red.
3. Vietnam's coastline is 3,260 kilometres long.
4. This radio costs $200.
5. I translated this lesson myself.
6. Has she finished reading this article?
7. I haven't had lunch yet.
8. How much is this bunch of flowers?
9. Please show me that lamp!
10. Can I try it on?
Lesson 16: Telephoning

Bi 16: Gi in thoi
1. Tm bt in thoi quc t
(Looking for IDD telephone box)
A H i! Cu i u y?
Ha! Where are you going?
B T n bu in trung ng.
I am going to the Central Postoffice
A lm g?
What for?
B T mun gi in cho anh t.
I want to phone my elder brother.
A , sao cu khng gi bt in thoi cng cng?
Oh, why don't you phone at the public telephone box?
A Anh t ang sng nc ngoi.
My elder brother lives abroad.
Khng th gi cho anh y bt in thoi cng cng.
I cannot phone him at the public telephone box.
A c ch. Nhng cu phi i tm bt in thoi t ng quc t.
You can. But you have to look for an IDD telephone box.
144
B Tht th ?
Really?
A . Trc khi n y t cng va mi gi in cho ch t Osaka.
Yes. Before coming here, I have just phoned my elder sister in Osaka.
B Bt in thoi t ng quc t u?
Where is an IDD telephone box?
A Ngay u ph L Thng Kit.
Right at the end of Ly Thuong Kiet street.
B Cm n cu. Cho cu nh.
Thank you. Good-bye.
A Hn gp li.
See you again.
2. Gi in thoi i Hawaii (Telephoning to Hawaii)
C B cn g ?
Can I help you?
D Ti mun gi in thoi quc t.
I 'd like to make an international phone-call.
C i u, tha b?
Where to, madam?
D i Hawaii 808-956-2699.
To Hawaii 808-956-2699.
C Trong bao lu ?
For how long, madam?
D Khong mi lm pht.
About 15 minutes.
C c ri. Mi b ni.
You are through. Speak, please.
3. ng nhm s (You have the wrong number)
E Al!
Hello!
F Al!
Hello!
E Ha Hp phi khng?
Is Hoa Hop there?
F ng nhm s.
You have the wrong number.
y l 8255567.
This is 8255567.
E , ti xin li.
Oh, I am sorry
Cho ch!
Good-bye!
F Cho ng!
Good-bye, sir!
*
* *
G Al! y l nh Hi ng phi khng ?
Hello! Is that Hai Dang's residence, please?
H Xin li. y l nh c Dn.
145
Sorry. This is Duc Dan's residence.

G . Xin li lm phin ng.
Oh. I am very sorry to disturb you.
Ti b nhm s.
I got the wrong number.
H Khng sao .
That's all right.
4. My l 356 ang bn (The extension 356 is engaged)
I
K
I
K
Al! Ch trc my phi khng ?

Hello! Operator?
Vng. Ti ang ni y.
Yes. Speaking.
Xin ch cho my l 356 c khng ?
Could you connect to the extension 356?
Xin li. My l 356 ang bn.
Sorry. The extension 356 is engaged.
Lt na ng gi li c khng ?
Could you phone again later?
Vng. Khong 5 pht na ti s gi li.
Yes. I'll phone again in about 5 minutes.
Cm n ch.
Thank you.
Cho ng.
Good-bye.
*
* *
L Al! B Gio dc phi khng ?

Hello! Is that Ministry of Education?
M Vng. B cn g ?
Yes. Can I help you?
L Xin ch cho ti ni chuyn vi V Quan h quc t.
Ti khng nh s my l.
Could I speak to the Department of Foreign Relations.
I don't remember the extension number.
M Vng.
Yes.
c ri. Mi b ni.
You are through. Speak, please.
5. Xin gi my (Hold on please)
N Al! 8268959 phi khng ?
Hello! Is it 8268959?
O Vng, ng. Ai ni y ?
Yes, that's right. Who is calling?
N Quc Vit ni y.
Quoc Viet, speaking.
Xin cho ti ni chuyn vi ng Vit Anh .
May I speak to Mr. Viet Anh?
O Xin ng gi my mt cht .
Would you hold on a moment, please?
146
N Vng. Cm n.
Sure, thank you.
*
*
P
Q
P
Q
Al! Trung tm hp tc nghin cu Vit Nam phi khng ?

Hello! Is this Centre for Cooperation in Vietnamese Studies?
Vng. ng mun ni chuyn vi ai ?
Yes. Whom would you like to speak to, sir?
Ti mun ni chuyn vi Gio s Mai Ngc.
I would like to speak to Prof. Mai Ngoc.
Xin li. Gio s Mai Ngc khng c trong phng.
Sorry. Prof. Mai Ngc is not in.
ng c th gi li sau 4 gi chiu.
You can phone again after 4 p.m.
Vng. Ti s gi li trong khong t 4 gi n 5 gi.
Yes. I'll phone again about from 4 to 5 p.m.
Cm n ch.
Thank you.
*
*
R
S
R
R
S
R
S
R
S
R
S
Al! Tng cc Du lch phi khng ?

Hello! Is that National Administration of Tourism?
Vng. Ai ang ni y ?
Yes. Who is speaking?
Ti l Quc Tr Y BAN NHN DN THNH PH H Ni.
I am Quoc Tri, from Hanoi city People's Committe.
Xin cho ti ni chuyn vi anh Quang.
I'd like to speak to Mr. Do Quang.
Xin anh gi my. Ti tm xem anh y c c quan khng.
Hold on, please. I'll see if he is in his office.
....................................................................
Al! Al! Anh y c y khng ?
Hello! Hello! Is he in?
Xin li. Anh y ln Vn phng Chnh ph ri .
Sorry. He has gone to the Office of the Government.
My gi anh y v ?
What time will he be back?
Hm nay anh y khng v y na.
He won't be back today.
Anh gi cho anh y vo ngy mai th tt hn.
You'd better call him tomorrow.
S in thoi ca anh y th no ?
What is his telephone number?
Xin quay s 8252246.
Please dial number 8252246.
Xin cm n.
Thank you.
Khng dm.
You are welcome.
147

1. Way of reading numbers (Cch c s)
a) Way of reading telephone numbers
(Cch c s in thoi)
8268959
84.4. 8252246
84.8. 8449201
Note (Ch ):
tm hai su tm chn nm chn

tm bn bn tm hai nm hai hai bn su
tm bn tm tm bn bn chn hai khng mt
84 is Vietnam code (84 l m s Vit Nam).

4 is Hanoi code (4 l m s th H Ni).
8 is Ho Chi Minh city code.
(8 l m s thnh ph H Ch Minh).
b) Way of reading frations

(Cch c phn s)
Cardinal number + "phn" + Cardinal number
4/5 bn phn nm
3/7 ba phn by
9/10 chn phn mi
2/3 hai phn ba

1/2 mt phn hai
5/6 nm phn su
c) Way of reading decimal numbers

(Cch c s thp phn)
Cardinal number + "phy" + Cardinal number
3,6 ba phy su
15,75 mi lm phy by lm
20,5 hai mi phy nm

9,2 chn phy hai
b) Way of reading number with %

(Cch c s phn trm)
Cardinal number + phn trm
4%
9,5%
98,75%
bn phn trm
chn phy nm phn trm
chn tm phy by lm phn trm
56%
nm mi su phn trm
2. The word "li" means "again"

(T "li" c ngha l "again")
a) "li" goes right before a verb to indicate repetition of the action. ("Li" i ngay trc ng t biu
th s lp li ca hnh ng).
Ngy mai ti li n y.
148
I'll come here again tomorrow.

N li gi in i M.
He phones to America again.
b) When "li" goes after a verb, both the action and the object are repeated (Khi "li" i sau ng t, c
hnh ng ln i tng u c lp li).
Hn gp li ng.
See you again.
Ti s c li bi bo ny.
I'll read this article again.
c) You can pleace "li" both before and after a verb to stress repetition meaning (Bn c th t "li" vo
c trc ln sau ng t nhn mnh vo ngha lp li).
Ti li c li quyn sch ny.
I read again and again this book.
Ch y li ht li bi ht "Qu hng".
She sings again and again the song "Native Country".
3. The words "trc", "trc khi" (before) have the same meaning in English but in Vietnamese their
usage is different (Cc t "trc", "trc khi" u c ngha l "before" trong ting Anh nhng trong ting
Vit, cch dng ca chng c khc nhau).
a) The word "trc" goes before a noun or a number.
(T "trc" i trc danh t hoc s t). V d:
Ti s gi in cho anh trc 5 gi chiu.
I'll phone you before 5 p.m.
Ti s tr li y trc thng by.
I'll come back here before July.
Don't say (Khng ni):
Ti s gi in cho anh trc khi 5 gi chiu.(-)
Ti s tr li y trc khi thng by.(-)
b) The word "trc khi" goes before a verb or a clause.
(T "trc khi" i trc mt ng t hoc mt mnh ).
Ti phi lm xong vic trc khi v nh.
I must finish my work before I go home.
Trc khi ti i nc ngoi, v ti rt bun.
Before I went abroad, my wife was very sad.
Ti phi lm xong vic trc v nh.(-)
Trc ti i nc ngoi, v ti rt bun.(-)
4. The words "sau", "sau khi" (after) have the same meaning in English but in Vietnamese their usage is
different (Cc t "sau", "sau khi" u c ngha l "after" trong ting Anh nhng trong ting Vit cch
dng ca chng c khc nhau).
149
a) The word "sau" goes before a noun or a number.

(T "sau" i trc danh t hoc s t)
Ch c th gi li sau 10 gi c khng ?
Can you call again after 10 o'clock?
Ma h n lin sau ma xun.
Summer comes after Spring.
b) The word "sau khi" goes before a verb or a clause.
(T "sau khi" i trc mt ng t hoc mt mnh )
Sau khi gi in cho ch, ti s i Nng.
After telephoning you, I'll go to Danang.
Sau khi ti nhn c tin, ch y n ngay.
She came immediately after I had received the information.
Sau gi in cho ch, ti s i Nng. (--)
Sau ti nhn c tin, ch y n ngay. (--)
5. "t...... n" means "from..... to". It is used to indicate distance between two places or period of time
("t..... n" c dng ch khong cch gia hai a im hoc khong cch v thi gian).
Hm nay ti phi i b t nh n trng.
Today I must go on foot from my house to my university.
T H Ni n Hi Phng, ti i -t mt 2 ting.
It took me two hours by car from Hanoi to Hai phong.
Chng ta s hc ting Vit t 8 gi n 11 gi.
We 'll learn Vietnamese from 8 to 11 o'clock.
Ti s Tokyo t thng ging n thng mi mt.
I 'll stay in Tokyo from January to November.
1. How do you say? (Bn ni th no?)
a) You want to make an international phone-call, how do you ask the post-staff? (Bn mun gi in
thoi quc t, bn hi nhn vin bu in th no?)
b) You want to telephone to the extension 365, how do you speak to the operator? (Bn mun gi
in n my l 365, bn ni vi ngi trc my th no?)
c) You want to speak to Mr. Mai Ngoc Hai, how do you speak to the operator? (Bn mun ni chuyn
vi ng Mai Ngc Hi, bn ni vi ngi trc my th no?)
d) You want to know where the IDD telephone box is, how do you ask your friend? (Bn mun bit bt
in thoi t ng quc t u, bn hi th no?)
e) You want to know Mrs. Do Hong Xoan 's telephone number, how do you ask operator? (Bn mun
bit s in thoi ca b Hng Xoan, bn hi ngi trc my th no?)
g) You want to know telephone number of the National Administration of Tourism, you dial number
116 or 108 to ask, how do you say? (Bn mun bit s in thoi ca Tng cc Du lch, bn quay s 116
hoc 108 hi, bn ni th no?)
150
A
B
A
B
Al! B ................................................
Vng. ng ..........................................?
Xin cho ti ...........................................
Xin .......................................................
Ti i tm ..............................................
*
* *
C Al! 8252246 ........................................?

D Vng. Ai ...............................................?
C Ti l.......................................................
Xin ch cho ti .......................................
D Xin li, my l 261 ................................
Nm pht na .......................................?
C Vng. Cm n ch.
*
* *
E Al! 8261153 ......................................?
F ng .......................................................
y l ....................................................
E ...............................................................
F Khng sao .
3. Complete the following sentences
(Hon thnh cc cu sau)
a) Ti s gi li .......................................................................................
b) Hn gp ...............................................................................................
c) Ch y li gi in ...............................................................................
d) ng v nh sau ...................................................................................
e) Ti s gi in cho ch sau khi .............................................................
f) Hy gi in cho ti trc khi .............................................................
g) Ti phi gp ng y trc ....................................................................
h) Ngy mai ch c th gi in cho ti trong khong t .........................
i) Anh phi lm li ...................................................................................
k) Xin cho ti ...........................................................................................
Mng li in thoi Vit Nam
The telephone network in Vietnam
Trc y, rt t gia nh c in thoi. in thoi ch yu c dng trong cc c quan nh nc.
Thm ch ngay c cc khoa ca cc trng i hc, cc ca hng, ca hiu,... cng khng c in
thoi. Lc , in thoi c coi nh mt th hng c bit v "cao cp".
T khi Chnh ph Vit Nam thc hin chnh sch i mi v m ca, nhu cu thng tin lin lc quc
gia v quc t thc s tr nn cn thit v cp bch. in thoi tr thnh mt nhu cu ti cn thit cho
cc hot ng x hi, c bit l cc hot ng kinh t, thng mi, hp tc, u t,... Ngy nay, cc
thnh ph ln nh th H Ni v thnh ph H Ch Minh, hu ht cc gia nh u c in thoi.
in thoi, thm ch, cn v n tn cc bn, x xa xi.
151
Trc nm 1993, H Ni cha c cc bt in thoi cng cng trn ng ph. Mun gi in thoi,
khch hng phi vo tn cc trm bu in thnh ph. Ngy nay, vi chic "cc" (card) trong tay, bn
c th ni chuyn vi ngi thn bt c ni no trn tri t. Cc bt in thoi cng cng, k c bt
in thoi t ng quc t, c xy dng rt nhiu ni ti cc thnh ph ln.
Nhng nm trc y, in thoi ch c t c nh trong nh. By gi in thoi c th "i theo"
bn trn ng. l in thoi cm tay. Phng tin thng tin mi ny cng bt u chim lnh th
trng H Ni v thnh ph H Ch Minh bi tnh cht tin li v rt hin i ca n.
Reading Comprehension
The Telephone Network in Vietnam
Before very few families had a telephone in their own home. Telephones were mainly used in stateowned enterprises and offices. Even university faculties, restaurants and stores still did not have any
access to telephones. Then telephones were considered to be a special and luxurious means of
communication.
But even since the Vietnamese government carried out its "open-door" policy, the need for domestic and
international communications had truly become an urgent and essential requirement. Telephones
became an indispensable toll for social activities, especially economic, trade, corporation and investment
activities. These days in big cities such as Hanoi and Ho Chi Minh City, almost every household has
telephone access in the home. Telephones are now even present in remote communes ad precincts.
Before 1993, Hanoi did not have any public telephone booths. In order to make a phone call, customers
had to go to the city?s post office centres. Now, with a phonecard on hand, you can talk to friends and
relatives in any part of the world. Public telephone booths are growing in numbers in big cities.
Not too long ago, telephones could only be put in a fixed place inside a building or house. Nowadays,
telephones can travel with you on the street ? the mobile phone. This new communication tool has
steadily taken up a market portion in Hanoi and Ho Chi Minh City because of its convenience and modern
nature.
T ng
Vocabulary
mng li
nh nc, quc gia
thm ch
khoa
coi nh
c bit
t khi
network
ch yu
state,government, national
even
c quan
faculty
lc
consider
mt th hng
special
cao cp
since
thc hin
mainly
nhu cu
requirements
thc s
really
thng tin lin lc
information and contact
tr nn
ti cn thit
x hi
become
very necessary
social, society
tr thnh
hot ng
kinh t
become
activity
economics
thng mi
u t
x
khch hng
trade
investment
village
customer
hp tc
ngy nay
bn
ngi thn
cooperation
nowadays
mountain village
relative
152
office
at that time
a kind of goods
superior, high-class
carry out
tri t
k c
earth
including
bt c ni no
xy dng
everywhere
construct
ni
c nh
chim lnh
tnh cht
place
fixed
occupy, take up
character
t
phng tin
th trng
tin li
to place, put
means
market
convenient
hin i
modem
thng tin
information
in thoi cm tay
hand-phone
a) Fill in the blanks with one suitable word given in the brackets (in vo ch trng vi mt t thch
hp cho trong ngoc)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Ti s gi in cho ng y............ 5 gi chiu. (trc khi, trc)

ng gi in cho ti................. 11 gi tra. (sau khi, sau)
Ti mun gp anh.................... ngy th hai. (trc, trc khi)
.................... n Tokyo, ti s gi in cho ch. (trc, trc khi)
..................... thng ba, chng ti s i Hu. (sau khi, sau)
..................... anh v, ch y khc rt lu. (sau, sau khi)
Ch y gi in cho ti.................... anh n y. (trc, trc khi)
..................... gp ch, anh y rt vui. (sau, sau khi).

1. Xin gi my .
2. Xin cho ti ni chuyn vi ng Mai Ngc Sn.
3. Ti b nhm s.
4. S in thoi ca ng ?
5. Lt na ti s gi li.
6. Xin quay s 8268959.
7. Hng ngy ti lm vic t 8 gi sng n 4 ri chiu.
8. Anh phi lm li bi tp ny.
9. Ai ang ni y ?
10. My l 3061 ang bn.
1. My telephone number is 7575675.
2. Could you phone again in 5 minutes?
3. I'll go there before 7 p.m.
4. Before coming here, you phone me.
5. I'll meet him after Monday.
6. Do you have hand-phone?
7. Would you like to make an international phone-call?
8. Where is IDD telephone box?
9. Don't phone me after 11 p.m.
10. Speaking.
153
Lesson 17: Buying Books - Borrowing Books

Bi 17: Mua sch - Mn sch
1. HIU SCH TRNG TIN (AT the Trang Tien book - shop)
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
Cho ch!
Good morning!
Cho anh! Anh cn g ?
Good morning! Can I help you?
Xin cho ti xem cun gio trnh "Ting Vit cho ngi nc ngoi"
Can I have a look at the textbook of "Vietnamese for foreigners", please?
Chng ti c hai quyn: quyn ba xanh v quyn ba vng. Anh cn quyn no?
We have two books: one with a green cover and another with a yellow cover. Which one do you
want?
Xin ch cho ti xem c hai cun.
Please show me both of them.
y .
Here you are.
, P qu.
Oh, very nice.
Trc y sch rt xu. By gi sch cng ngy cng p.
Last time the books looked very bad. Now they are better and better.
V cht lng cng tt hn.
And quality is also better.
Ti mua c hai cun ny ch .
I want to buy both of them.
Bao nhiu ?
How much?
Su mi ngn.
60.000 dong.
Cun g gc kia h ch?
What book is in that corner?
, cun "Ting Vit cho ngi du lch".
Oh, it's "Vietnamese for Tourists".
Xin cho ti c cun ln cun "T in Vit - Anh".
I' ll take both that one and the "Vietnamese - English dictionary".
Ch. Anh l ngi nc ngoi m ni ting Vit gii qu.
Oh. You are a foreigner but speak Vietnamese very well.
Anh tr thnh ngi Vit Nam ri.
You have already become a Vietnamese.
Rt cm n v li khen ca ch nhng vn t ca ti cn ngho lm.
Thank you very much for your compliment but my vocabulary is still very poor.
By gi anh hc u?
Where do you study now?
Ti ang hc ting Vit Trng i hc Quc gia Vit Nam v nghin cu v vn hc Vit Nam
hin i.
I am studying Vietnamese at the Vietnam National University and doing a reseach on the
contemporary literature of Vietnam.
154
B
A
, TH v qu!
Oh, very interesting!
Anh thch nh vn no?
Wich writer do you like?
Ti thch c Lu Quang V, Nguyn Mnh Tun ln Nguyn Huy Thip.
I like Luu Quang Vu, Nguyen Manh Tuan and Nguyen Huy Thiep.
Nhiu tc phm ca h c dch sang ting Anh nhng ti vn thch cc bn ting Vit hn.
Many of their works were translated into English but I prefer the originals in Vietnamese.
, chng ti c mt cun tiu thuyt mi, anh mua khng?
Oh, we have some new novels. Do you want one?
Vng .
Yes, please.
2. QUY BO (AT THE newsagent)

C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
c bo mi cha h ch?
Have you got new newspapers?
Bo g tha ng?
Which newspaper, sir?
Nhn Dn v H Ni mi.
Nhan Dan and Hanoi moi.
C ri .
We have got them.
ng mua my t ?
How many do you want?
C hai .
Both of them, please.
C ha bo Vit Nam thng ny cha ch?
Have you got monthly magazine of Vietnam this month?
Cha .
Not yet.
Xin cho ti mt quyn lch v hai bc tranh Vnh H Long.
A calendar and two pictures of Halong Bay, please.
y . Ba mi nghn ng.
Here you are. 30,000 dong.
3.
th vin (At the library)
Cho ch!
Good afternoon!
Cho anh. Anh cn g ?
Good afternoon! Can I help you?
Ti mun mn sch y. Ti phi lm g ?
I want to borrow books from here. What do I have to do?
Xin anh in vo tm th c ny.
Please fill in this reader 's card.
, ANH c giy gii thiu c quan khng?
Oh, have you got an introductory letter from your office?
C. y .
Yes, I have. Here you are.
Xin anh np cho hai nh.
F
E
F
E
F
155
F
E
F
E
F
E
F
E
F
Please submit two photographs.

Xin ch mt lt. Ti s lm th cho anh.
Just a minute, please. I 'll make out an admission card for you.
*
* *
y l th c ca anh.
This is your reader 's card.
Cm n ch.
Thank you.
Phng tra cu bn phi cn phng c bn tri.
The reference section is on the right and the reading room is on the left.
Phng bo v tp ch u ?
Where are the newspaper and magazine rooms?
tng hai (lu mt), cnh phng micro phim.
On the first floor, next to the microfilm room.
Cm n v s ch dn ca ch.
Thank you for your instruction.
Hng nm, anh phi n y gia hn th c.
Every year you have to come here to renew your reader 's card.
Vng . Cho ch.
Yes. Good-bye.
Cho anh.
Good-bye.

1.
Some classifiers in Vietnamese

(Mt s loi t trong ting Vit)
a) "quyn" , "cun" - Classifiers used for books, copy-books, journals,... ("quyn", "cun" - Loi t c
dng cho sch, v, tp ch,...).
Hm qua ti mua 2 quyn t in.
I bought two dictionaries yesterday.
Trn bn c 3 cun tiu thuyt mi.
There are three new novels on the table.
Quyn tp ch ny rt hay.
This magazine is very interesting.
b) "t" - Used for newspapers, papers, covers, calendars and some other thin objects like pictures,...
("t" - c dng cho bo, giy, ba, lch v mt vi vt mng nh tranh,...).
Xin cho ti 3 t bo
Please give me three newspapers.
T lch ny gi bao nhiu ?
How much does this calendar cost?
Note (Ch ): If a calendar consists of only one sheet, you call "t lch". If a calendar consist of many
sheets, you call "quyn lch". (Nu lch ch c mt t, bn gi "t lch". Nu lch gm nhiu t, bn gi
"quyn lch").
c) "bc" - Classifier used before nouns like pictures, photographs, letters, walls. ("bc" - c dng trc
cc danh t nh "tranh", "nh", "th", "tng").
156
Ti mun gi 2 bc th i M.
I want to post two letters to America.
Chng ti rt thch bc tranh ny.
We like this picture very much.
d) "tm" - used for maps, post-cards, photos.
("tm" - dng cho "bn ", "bu thip", "nh").
Ti cn mt tm bn H Ni.
I need a map of Hanoi.
Tm nh ny p qu.
This photo is very nice.
2.
"c hai" means "both" in English.

C hai u l bc s.
They are both doctors.
C hai chng ti u hc ting Vit.
Both of us study Vietnamese.
N vit bng c hai tay.
He writes with both hands.
Ti thch c hai bc tranh.
I like both paintings.
Note (Ch ): When "c hai" is subject, you can place the word "u" right before verb-predicate or
adjective-predicate (Khi "c hai" l ch ng, bn c th t t "u" ngay trc v ng - ng t hoc v
ng - tnh t).
3.
C hai con trai ti u thng minh.

Both of my sons are clever.
C hai b m ti u lm vic cng mt c quan.
Both of my parents work at the same office.
"c...... ln...." means "both....... and.....". When "c..... ln....." is subject, you can place the word
"u" right before the predicate. ("c.... ln....." c ngha l "both.... and....". Khi "c.... ln....." l
ch ng, bn c th t t "u" ngay trc v ng).
Ti mua c "T in Vit - Anh" ln "T in Anh - Vit".
I bought both a "Vietnamese - English dictionary" and a "English - Vietnamese dictionary".
Hm nay chng ti hc ting Vit c sng ln chiu.
Today we study Vietnamese both in the morning and in the afternoon.
C ch y ln ti u mn sch th vin ny.
She and I both borrow books from this library.
C ch y ln em gi ch y u xinh.
She and her younger sister are both pretty.
4.
Both "tr thnh" and "tr nn" mean "become" in English but in Vietnamese their usage is different
(C "tr thnh" ln "tr nn" u c ngha l "become" trong ting Anh nhng trong ting Vit,
cch dng ca chng c khc nhau).
a) "Tr thnh" often goes before a noun.
157
("Tr thnh" thng i trc danh t)

Con ti sp tr thnh ha s.
My child is going to become a painter.
Thnh ph H Ch Minh tr thnh mt trung tm bun bn sm ut.
Ho Chi Minh City is becoming a busy trade centre.
b) "Tr nn" often goes before an adjective
("Tr nn" thng i trc tnh t)
H Ni s tr nn sch v p hn.
Hanoi will become cleaner and nicer.
Sau khi b ch y mt, ch y tr nn giu c nht th gii.
After the death of her father, she became the richest in the world.
5). "cng ngy cng", "ngy cng" mean "more and more", "...er and... er". They are used to indicate a
process of increasing accoding to the time. ("cng ngy cng", "ngy cng" c dng biu th qu
trnh tng tin theo thi gian).
Cc cu hi cng ngy cng kh.
The questions get more and more difficult.
Kinh t nc ti pht trin ngy cng nhanh.
The economy of my country develops faster and faster.
Cu chuyn cng ngy cng hp dn.
The story gets more and more exciting.
Tht b ti ngy cng t.
Fresh beef gets more and more expensive.
6. Some prepositions in Vietnamese
(Mt s gii t trong ting Vit)
a) "" means "at", "in"
Xin ch ti bn xe but.
Please wait for me at the bus stop.
ng ng ca!
Don't stand at the door!
Ti mua quyn sch ny H Ni.
I bought this book in Hanoi.
b) "trn", " trn" mean "on", "over", "above"
C hai t bo trn bn.
There are two newspapers on the table.
Chng ti bay trn nhng m my.
We flew above the clouds.
Con chim bay trn mt h.
The bird flew over the lake.
c) "di", " di" mean "under", "below", "in"

Ci hp di gm bn.
The box is under the table.
C ba ci thuyn di sng.
158
There are three boats in the river.

N c di 40 im.
He got marks below 40.
d) "trc", " trc" mean "in front of", "before"

Trc nh ti c mt vn hoa.
In front of my house there is a flower garden.
Con ng mi s c hon thnh trc cui nm.
The new road will be completed before the end of the year.
e) "sau" and " sau" mean "behind" and "after"
Sau trng hc c mt con sng.
C mt con sng sau trng hc.
Behind the school there is a river.
Chng ti s ri sau 8 gi sng.
We will leave after 8 a.m.
Note: Don't use " trc", " sau" before words which indicate time (khng dng " trc", " sau"
trc cc t ch thi gian).
You can say (Bn c th ni):
trc nm 1945
trc 8 gi
sau ngy mai
sau 7 gi chiu
before 1945
before 8 o'clock
after tomorrow
after 7 p.m.
And cannot say (V khng th ni):

trc nm 1945
trc 8 gi
sau ngy mai
sau 7 gi chiu
(----)
(----)
(----)
(----)
g) "trong", " trong" mean "in", "inside".

Cc bc th c ct trong ngn ko.
The letters are kept in the drawer.
Trong r c mt con c.
There is a fish in the basket.
h) "ngoi", " ngoi" mean "outside".
Nhiu ngi ang i ngoi hi trng.
Many people are waiting outside the hall.
Chng ti sng ngoi phm vi thnh ph.
We live outside the city.
159
1. Fill in the blanks with the suitable classifiers

(in loi t thch hp vo ch trng)
a) Trn bn c ba....................... t in.
There are three dictionaries on the table.
b) Trong hp c hai....................... th.
There are two letters in the box.
c) Ch y mua hai....................... bn du lch.
She bought two tourist maps.
d) Anh mun mua my....................... bo?
How many newspapers do you want?
e) Ti c my....................... tranh rt p.
I have some beautiful pictures.
f)....................... lch ny p qu.
This calendar is very nice.
g)....................... tiu thuyt ny rt hay.
This novel is very interesting.
h) Xin cho ti mn bn....................... sch.
Please lend me four books.
2. Use "tr thnh" or "tr nn" to fill in the blanks
(Dng "tr thnh" hoc "tr nn" in vo ch trng)
a) ng y s........................ ni ting.
He will become famous.
b) B y ........................ mt ngi giu c.
She became a rich person.
c) Vit Nam s........................ mt t nc ha bnh.
Vietnam will become a peaceful country.
d) N........................ li bing.
He is becoming lazy.
e) ng y........................ gy v yu.
He is becoming thin and weak.
f) Vnh H Long........................ im du lch ni ting.
Halong Bay is becoming a famous tourist point.
A
B
A
B
A
B
Ch mun mua...........................................................?
Ti mun mua mt quyn.........................................?
Chng ti c hai quyn: mt quyn mng v............. Ch cn.............
Xin cho ti mua quyn dy.
..................................................................................
Cm n ch. Quyn t in Vit - Anh y ti mua ri.
*
* *
C
D
C
D
C
D
Ch bn cho ti mt....................................................
Bn .......................................................................?
Bn H Ni.
...................................................................................
Bao nhiu tin tm......................................................?
Tm nghn ng.
160
C
D
C
D
C
D
Xin ch cho ti xem mt.............................................?

Lch cc c gi hay......................................................?
Lch hoa ch .
y .
.....................................................................................
Hai mi nghn.
4. Add "cng ngy cng" to the following sentences
(Thm "cng ngy cng" vo nhng cu sau)

Model (Mu):
B y gi.
She is old.
B y cng ngy cng gi.
She is becoming older and older.
a) Ch y tr
b) N hc gii.
c) N chy nhanh.
d) Sch Vit Nam p.
e) Anh y bo.
f) Cht lng sch tt.
She is young.
He studies well.
He runs fast.
Vietnamese books are nice.
He is fat.
The quality of books is good
5. Change the following sentences according to the model below (Chuyn i cc cu theo mu sau)
Ch y v ti mn sch th vin.
She and I borrow books from the library.
C ch y ln ti u mn sch th vin.
She and I both borrow books from the library.
a) H Ni v Hu rt p.
Hanoi and Hue are very nice.
b) Sch v tp ch y r.
Books and magazines here are cheap.
c) Bn du lch v bn ng ph mi.
The tourist map and road-map are new.
d) C y v ti li lm.
She and I are very lazy.
e) M v Nht giu c.
The United States of America and Japan are rich.
f) Anh y v ch y c thn.
He and she are single.
Ph sch Trng Tin H Ni
Trang tien book-street in Hanoi
Ni n H Ni, ngi ta khng th khng nhc n h Hon Kim v ph Trng Tin - trung tm ca
trung tm th . n Trng Tin, du khch c th mua c nhiu th bi c nhiu ca hng,
ca hiu v c c ca hng bch ha tng hp ln nht H Ni. Nhng ngy nay, "mt hng" ni ting
161
nht ph Trng Tin khng phi l cc vt dng hng ngy m chnh l sch bo. Trng Tin tr
thnh ph sch ln nht v sm ut nht th .
Trc y, Trng Tin ch c hai hiu sch: hiu sch quc vn v hiu sch ngoi vn. Nhng nm
gn y, ngoi hai c s c ra, tng cng ty pht hnh sch trung ng v cng ty pht hnh sch
H Ni cn m thm nhiu ca hng sch bo na chy di sut ph.
n Trng Tin, bn nh lc vo mt rng sch bo y mu sc. l th gii ca cc loi sch
bo, c sch bo ting nc ngoi ln sch bo ting Vit. Y C SCH CA CC NGNH khoa
hc khc nhau: vn hc, lch s, vn ha, sc khe, y hc, vt l, ha hc, v.v. Sch hc ngoi ng v
sch dnh cho tr em cng kh nhiu. Th trng sch cng ngy cng tr nn si ng, nht l t
sau khi chnh ph Vit Nam thc hin chnh sch m ca, lm bn vi tt c cc nc. Nu nh trc
y, ngun sch nc ngoi gn nh 100% l sch ting Nga th ngy nay, ti cc quy sch Trng
Tin, bn c th tm c khng t nhng cun sch v tp ch c vit bng ting Anh, ting Php,
ting Trung Quc, ting Nht,...
Cc hiu sch ph Trng Tin m ca tt c cc ngy trong tun, k c ch nht. i vi kh ng
ngi H Ni, s c mt hiu sch Trng Tin hng tun tr thnh mt s thch v mt nhu cu
khng th thiu c.
Trang Tien Book Street in Hanoi
When speaking of Hanoi, it is impossible not to mention Hoan Kiem lake and Trang Tien street- the
centre of the city centre. Visiting Trang Tien, tourists can buy a lot of things because Trang Tien street
has plenty of restaurants, shops and the biggest department store of Hanoi. But these days, the most
famous goods sold in Trang Tien street are no longer everyday goods but books and newspapers. Trang
Tien had became the biggest and the busiest book-street in Hanoi.
Some time ago Trang Tien Street only had 2 bookstores: a national language bookstore and a foreign
language bookstore. However, in the recent years, apart from those two stores, the Central Book
Distributing Company and the Hanoi Publishing Company have opened many more bookstores along the
street.
When coming to Trang Tien, you will be lost in a colourful "forest" of books and newspapers. It is a
world of every type of book and newspaper, both foreign language and Vietnamese language. The street
sells numerous books on different subjects: literature, history, culture, health, medicine, physics and
chemistry. Foreign language and children books are also plentiful. The book market has became
increasingly active, especially after the Vietnamese government carried out its open door policy to
befriend every country in the world. Before, foreign language books were mainly Russian but now, in
bookstores along Trang Tien street, you can find a lot of books and magazines in English, French,
Chinese and Japanese.
Every bookstore in Trang Tien street opens every day of the week, including Sunday. To many Hanoians,
a weekly presence in Trang Tien bookstores has became a hobby and an essential need.
T ng
ngi ta
people
trung tm
centre
th
things, goods
ca hiu
small shop
ca hng bch ha tng hp
vt dng
materials
sm ut
busy, animated
pht hnh
issue
Vocabulary
nhc n
du khch
bi
mt hng
department store
m
quc vn
ngoi vn
162
speak about
visitor, tourist
because
goods
but
national language
foreign language
trung ng
mu sc
ngnh khoa hc
vn ha
vt l
th trng
k c
s thch
central
colour
science
culture
physics
market
including
hobby
na
tng cng ty
vn hc
sc khe
ngoi ng
ngun
s c mt
nhu cu
a) Find the incorrect sentences and correct them.
(Tm v cha cu sai)
1. Ti s n y sau 9 gi sng.
2. Vit Nam s tr nn mt nc giu c.
3. Chng ti s i Tokyo trc ngy 15 thng ny.
4. C hai ti v ch y u mun i th vin.
5. Cho ti mua hai bc bo ny.
6. Ti mun mua ba sch ting Vit.
7. T lch ny c my t?
8. Ti thch c hai quyn lch ny.
9. Trong ng c nhiu -t ang chy.
10. Quyn ha bo ny p qu.
1. C hai con ti u thng minh.
2. Ch y ni c c ting Nga ln ting Anh.
3. B y cng ngy cng mt.
4. Anh y chy cng ngy cng nhanh.
5. C gia nh ch y ln gia nh ti u sng qun Hon Kim.
6. Sau nh ti c mt ci h.
7. Trc nh ch y c mt hiu sch.
8. Ti s cho anh mn hai quyn tiu thuyt mi.
9. Ai mn sch ca th vin?
10. Ch mun mua hai quyn sch ny phi khng?
c) Translate the following sentences into Vietnamese.
1. Yesterday I bought two new books.
2. My friend has two nice pictures.
3 I want to buy two maps of Vietnam.
4. Both Japanese and Chinese are difficult.
5. I'll telephone you after 6 p.m.
6. Please lend me a dictionary.
7. Who'll become famous?
8. Both of your novels are very interesting.
9. I want to study both French and Italian.
10. There is a flower garden in front of the library
Lesson 18: At the Post Office

Bi 18: BU IN
163
more
general company
literature
health
foreign language
source
presence
need, requirements
1. Bu in gn nht u?
(Where is the nearest Post Office?)
A
B
A
B
B
A
B
Cho ng !
Good morning, sir!
Cho anh!
Good morning!
Xin li hi ng bu in gn nht u ?
May I ask you where the nearest Post Office is?
i theo ti. Ti cng n bu in by gi.
Follow me. I am also going to the Post Office now.
Anh l ngi nc ngoi ? Sao ni ting Vit gii th?
Are you a foreigner? Why can you speak Vietnamese so well?
Vng. Chu l ngi Nht.
Yes, I am a Japannese.
Chu n y hc ting Vit.
I come here to study Vietnamese.
Anh n bu in gi th v Nht ?
You go to the Post Office to post your letter to Japan, don't you?
Vng. Chu gi th cho b m.
Yes, to my parents.
Ting Vit ca anh tt lm.
Your Vietnamese is very good.
Tuy anh ni cn hi chm nhng pht m ca anh rt chun.
Although you speak a bit slowly, your pronunciation is standard.
Vng. Chu ni cn chm lm.
Yes. I speak still very slowly.
ng cng i gi th phi khng ?
Are you going to post a letter, too ?
Khng. Ti n nhn bu phm.
No. I am going there to receive a postal matter.
Anh Vit Nam lu cha?
Have you been in Vietnam long?
Mi mt tun thi .
Just one week only.
Chu mi n y v vy chu cha bit nhiu v H Ni.
I have just come here so I don't know much about Hanoi.
Khng sao.
No problem.
Mt thng sau anh s quen ht cc ph phng H Ni.
In one month, you 'll get used to all the streets in Hanoi.
Anh bit khng, cch y 5 nm, khi n Tokyo, ti cng phi i tm bu in nh anh hm
nay.
Do you know that 5 years ago, when I was in Tokyo,
I also had to look for a Post-Office like you today.
Ngi m ti gp u tin l mt ph n.
The person who I met first was a woman.
164
A
B
B y t t lm.
She was very kind.
B y a ti n bu in, hng dn ti cch quay s in thoi v Vit Nam v tng ti
hai chic tem.
She took me to the Post Office, told me how to dial the telephone number for Vietnam and
gave me two stamps.
ng Tokyo bao lu ?
How long were you in Tokyo, sir?
Mt nm.
For one year.
, bu in y ri.
Oh, here is the Post Office.
Chng ta vo i!
Let's go in!
2. Gi th (Sending a letter)
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
Anh cn g ?
Can I help you?
Ti mun mua my chic tem v phong b.
I want some stamps and envelopes.
Cho th trong nc hay th i nc ngoi ?
For domestic letters or foreign letters (letters abroad)?
Cho th trong nc ch .
For domestic ones.
My chic h anh?
How many, sir?
Nm tem v mi phong b.
Five stamps and ten envelopes.
Tin y . Su nghn ng.
Here's the money. 6,000 dongs.
Tem v phong b ca anh y.
Here are your stamps and envelopes.
Cm n ch. Cho ch.
Thank you. Good-bye.
Cho anh.
Good-bye.
*
*
E
F
E
F
E
Cho ng! ng cn g ?
Good morning, sir? Can I help you?
Ti mun gi hai l th i Nht.
I want to post two letters to Japan.
Cc ph cho mt l th i Nht l bao nhiu ?
What is the postage for a letter to Japan?
Ti thiu l by nghn ng.
At least 7,000 dong.
Hai l th ny bao nhiu ?
How much are these two letters?
ti cn . Ti cn bit chng nng bao nhiu.
165
Let me weigh them first. I need to know how much they weigh.
, mi su nghn.
Oh, 16,000 dong.
*
*
G
H
G
H
G
ng cn g ?
Can I help you?
Ti mun mua ba chic tem 8.000 ng.
I want three eight-thousand-dong stamps.
y .
Here you are.
Ti c th th ny y c khng ?
Can I leave this letter here?
Xin ng. ng i ra bn tri, ng s thy my hm th. Hy b th ca ng vo hm c
"i nc ngoi".
Please don't. Go out to your left, you'll find some letter boxes. Drop your letter into the box
marked "Overseas".
Xin cm n.
Thanks.
*
*
I
K
I
Ti mun gi th bo m.
I ' d like to post a registered letter.
i u tha b? Trong nc hay ra nc ngoi ?
Where to, madam? Home or abroad?
i Kuala Lumpur.
To Kuala Lumpur.
Bao nhiu tin mt bc th bo m i Kuala Lumpur ?
How much is a registered letter to Kuala Lumpur?
Hai mi nghn ng.
20,000 dong.
*
*
L
M
L
M
L
M
L
B cn g ?
May I help you, madam?
Vng. Ti mun gi bc th ny cho con trai ti thnh ph
H Ch Minh.
Yes, I' d like to post this letter to my son in Ho Chi Minh City.
B c mun gi qua ng my bay khng?
Would you like to send it by airmail?
Ti ang nh th.
Yes, I would.
C g c gi tr trong khng b?
Anything valuable inside, madam?
Khng c g (Khng c chi ).
No, nothing.
c. Chng ti s chuyn ngay.
166
Okay. We 'll post it immediately.

3. Gi in tn (Sending a telegram)
N
N
O
N
O
N
O
Ti mun gi mt in tn.
I ' d like to send a telegram.
Xin cho ti mt ci mu.
Please give me a form.
y .
Here you are.
Xin b in vo mu ny.
Please fill in the form, madam.
Xin ghi r h tn v a ch ca ngi nhn.
Please write the name and address of the receiver, clearly.
y . Xin c kim tra li gip ti.
Here you are. Please check it for me.
Xin b k tn y.
Please sign here.
c ri.
Okay
Ht bao nhiu h c?
How much?
Mi lm nghn.
15,000 dong.
Tin y . Cm n c.
Here 's the money. Thank you.
D, khng c g .
You are welcome.

1. "Tuy.......... nhng....", "Mc d............. nhng ........." mean "Althrough...", "Though....". When
writing you can replace the word "nhng" with a comma (Khi vit, bn c th thay t "nhng" bng du
phy).
Tuy mun nhng chng ti vn quyt nh i.
Though it was late, we decided to go.
Mc d c y c chng ri nhng ti vn yu c y.
Although she is married, I still love her.
Tuy H Ni khng ln lm nhng H Ni rt p.
Though Hanoi is not very big, it is very nice.
Mc d tri ma to, ti vn phi i hc.
Though it is raining heavily, I must go to school.
Note (Ch ): You can say (Bn c th ni):
H Ni rt p tuy H Ni khng ln lm.
Hanoi is very nice though it is not very big.
Ti vn yu c y mc d c y c chng ri.
I still love her although she is married.
2. The word "khi" means "when".
167
Khi hon thnh, ng st mi s chy di 150 dm.

When completed, the new railway will run for 150 miles.
Khi cn nh, ti rt chm.
When I was a child, I was very hard-working.
Khi anh i bu in, xin gi h ti bc th ny.
When you go to the Post Office, please post this letter for me.
Khi ti n, ch y ang vit th.
When I came, she was writing a letter.
3. The preposition "v" means "about"
(Gii t "v" c ngha l "about")
H ang ni chuyn v nhng ngy ngh ca h.
They are talking about their holidays.
y l cun sch v cc con vt.
This is a book about animals.
Cc sinh vin ang tho lun v thi.
Students are discussing their exam questions.
Anh y bit nhiu v Vit Nam.
He knows a lot about Vietnam.
Chng ta s vit v ci g?
What will we write about?
4. Some meanings of the word "m"
(Mt s ngha ca t "m")
a) "m" means "but".
Ti khng mun gi th bo m m mun gi th nhanh.
I don't want my letter registered, but I want in to be sent by express.
Nh ti khng phi l bit th m l cn h.
My house is not a villa but a flat.
Ti khng ung c ph m ung tr (ch).
I don't drink coffee but tea.
b) It means "that", "which", "who".
y l quyn t in m ti mua tun trc.
This is the dictionary which I bought last week.
Ngi m anh gp hm qua l chng em.
The person who you met yesterday is my husband.
Ti hiu tt c nhng iu m ch y vit trong th.
I understood everything that she wrote in the letter.
Bu in Trung ng l ta nh m chng ti xy dng cch y 20 nm.
The Central Post Office is the building which we constructed 20 years ago.
5. Double-complement sentences (Cu c hai b ng).
In Vietnamese there are some verbs which are usually followed by two complements: one indicating
the person(s) and the other indicating the thing(s). (Trong ting Vit c mt s ng t thng i hi
hai b ng: mt b ng ch ngi, mt b ng ch s vt).
Xin cho ti hai v.
Please give me two tickets.
Ti tng ngi yu mt tm bu thip rt p.
168
I gave my girlfriend a very nice postcard.

Ti gi cho Vit Anh mt thip chc mng sinh nht.
I sent Viet Anh a birthday card.
anh mua nc ung cho em.
Let me buy a drink for you.
ng y bn cho ti hai bc tranh.
He sold me two pictures.
Ti mn quyn t in ny ca bn ti.
I borrowed this dictionary from my friend.
Note (Ch ): If the complement which indicates the person(s) is placed after the complement which
indicates the thing(s), the prepositions such as "cho" (to, for), "ca" (from),... must be used (Nu b ng
ch ngi i sau b ng ch s vt th cc gii t nh "cho", "ca",... phi c s dng). Examples (V
d):
Tun sau ti s gi bc th ny cho ngi bn Osaka.
Next week I'll send this letter to my friend in Osaka.
Anh y mua chic -t c ny ca ng Dng.
He bought this second-hand car from Mr.Dung.
6. The word "cch" means "way", "how to", "method".
Ch y bit cch nu nng.
She knows how to cook.
N bit cch tro ni.
He knows how to climb mountains.
Anh y hng dn ti cch quay s in thoi.
He told me how to dial the telephone number.
Thy gio dy ti cch bi.
The teacher taught me how to swim.
Note (Ch ): You can use only "bit" to replace "bit cch" [to know how] (Bn c th ch dng "bit"
thay cho "bit cch").
Ti bit bi = Ti bit cch bi.
I know how to swim.
N bit nu nng = N bit cch nu nng.
He knows how to cook.
III.THC HNH (PRACTICE)
1.
Ti i bu in gi th cho ngi yu.

I am going to the Post Office to send a letter to my girlfriend.
Replace "gi th cho ngi yu" with the following.

(Thay "gi th cho ngi yu" bng nhng cm t sau)
*
*
*
*
gi bu thip cho bn Tokyo

to send a postcard to my friend in Tokyo
gi mt bc in tn i M
to send a telegram to the U.S.A.
gi th cho ch gi
to send a letter to my elder sister
gi bu kin cho em trai Paris
to send a Parcel to my younger brother in Paris
169
*
*
*
gi tin cho con trai

to send money to my son
nhn bu phm t C
to receive a Parcel from Australia
gi in cho b m
to phone my parents
2. Make questions for each sentence below according to the following model (t cu hi cho tng cu
di y theo mu sau).
----->
Ch y gi th cho ngi yu.

She sent a letter to her boyfriend.
a) Ai gi th cho ngi yu?
Who sent a letter to her boyfriend?
b) Ch y gi g cho ngi yu?
What did she send to her boyfriend?
c) Ch y gi th cho ai?
Whom did she send a letters to?
Anh y gi bu thip cho ti.
He sent a postcard to me.
Anh y tng hoa cho ngi yu.
He gave flowers to his girlfriend.
Ti gi tin cho con trai.
I sent money to my son.
Ch y mua sch cho bn.
She bought some books for her friend.
B y gi bu phm cho con gi.
She sent a Parcel to her daughter?
Anh y tr li tin cho ti.
He paid some money back to me.
ng Hi ng gi in tn cho ti.
Mr. Hai Dang sent a telegram to me.
ng y bn sch cho chng ti.
He sold us books.

A
B
A
B
A
Ti mun mua ....................................................................................

Cho th .............................................................................................?
Cho th trong nc.
..........................................................................................................?
Hai chic .
*
* *
Ti mun gi th i nc ngoi.
Cc ph cho ......................................................................................?
i u ?
i .......................................................................................................
ti cn . Ti cn bit ..................................................................?
D
C
D
170
E
F
E
F
E
.............................................................................................................?
Ti mun gi mt in tn.
.............................................................................................................?
i M.
Xin ng in vo...................................................................................?
*
* *
G
H
.............................................................................................................?
Khng. Ti khng gi th.
Ti mun nhn bu phm.
Tn.......................................................................................................?
Tn ti l Hng.
Bu phm t ........................................................................................?
T Php.
Ai.........................................................................................................?
Con trai ti gi cho ti.
Tn anh y ...........................................................................................?
Tn n l Phan Hng Dng.
G
H
G
H
G
H
G
H
a) You want to buy some stamps, what do you say in the post office? (Bn mun mua mt vi chic
tem, bn ni vi nhn vin bu in th no?)
b) You want to know the postage for a letter to Malaysia, how do you ask? (Bn mun bit cc ph
cho mt l th i Malaysia, bn hi th no?)
c) You want to send a registered letter, what do you say? (Bn mun gi mt l th bo m, bn ni
th no?)
d) You want to send a telegram to France, what do you say? (Bn mun gi mt in tn i Php, bn
ni th no?)
e) You want to send a letter by airmail, what do you say? (Bn mun gi th theo ng my bay,
bn ni th no?)
IV. C HIU (READING COMPREHENSION)

Th cho ngi yu
A letter to a girlfriend
Thnh ph H Ch Minh ngy 14 thng 2 nm 1996
Kim Oanh yu du!
Chiu nay nhn c th em, anh mng xit bao. Th l chng mnh xa nhau trn su thng ri
y nh. Su thng qua, vi anh, sao m di n th. Anh ch mong sm n ngy c tr ra H Ni
li c gn em.
Trong th em k, H Ni nm nay rt hn mi nm, lm anh thy nh nhng chiu ng ngoi y gh
GM. TRONG ny, tri vn nng nng nh ma h, khng c ci rt hiu hiu, khng c c ma xun
nh thnh ph qu mnh... Anh nh Thp Ra, nh h Ty - ni h hn u tin ca chng mnh hai
171
nm v trc...
Kim Oanh thn yu! Cng vic ca anh trong ny vn tin trin tt p. Anh bn i xung cc x
nghip sut ngy. i vi mt sinh vin mi tt nghip nh anh cn c rt nhiu iu mi m, b ng
trong cng vic. Rt may l anh c kh nhiu bn b, ng nghip tn tnh gip .
Em yu du! Chc em do ny cng bn lm? Lo thi c li lm lun vn tt nghip na, hn l vt v
nhiu. Em nh gi gn sc khe, ng thc khuya qu, em nh.
Anh hy vng em s hi lng vi mn qu nh anh tm mua ch Bn Thnh hm qua. Anh bit em rt
thch nhng iu bt ng v th anh khng cho em bit mt du hiu nh no em r n l ci g.
Em yu! Chc em thnh cng trong k thi ti. Hy m v nhng iu tt p ca chng mnh, em nh.
Nh em nhiu.
Thn yu.
Mnh Thng
A letter to a girlfriend
Ho Chi Minh City February 14, 1996
Dear Kim Oanh,
I was thrilled to receive your letter this afternoon. We have been away from each other for exactly six
months, haven?t we. The past six months have been so long to me. I?m just longing to the day when I
can come back to Hanoi to be near you again.
You wrote in your letter that this year Hanoi is colder than the previous years. It makes me remember
the cold winter afternoon of Hanoi so very much. Here, it is still as warm as in summer. They don?t have
the gentle wind and cold, not even the spring rain like in our home city. I miss Turtle Tower, I miss West
Lake- where we spent our first date two year ago...
Dearest Kim Oanh, my work here is progressing quite well. I am busy going to enterprises all day. With a
graduate fresh from college like me, there are so many new and unfamiliar things in my work. Luckily I
have many good friends and colleagues who helped me a lot.
My beloved, you are busy these days as well, aren?t you. You must be very stressful, having to study for
your coming exams as well as working on your thesis at the same time. Take care of yourself and don?t
stay up too late, for my sake, can you?
I hope you will like my little present I bought from Ben Thanh market yesterday. I know you love
surprises, therefore I will not give you the smallest of clue of what my present is.
My love, I hope you will be successful in the upcoming exam. Dream well of all the wonderful things of
ours, won?t you?
Miss you much.
Love always
Do Manh Thang
172
Th gi b
A letter to father
H Ni ngy 25 thng 6 nm 1996
B knh yu!
T ngy m v chng con ri th Kuala Lumpur n nay c ba tun ri. M v chng con nh
b lm. B vn khe mnh v cng tc bnh thng ch ? M v chng con vn khe, b .
B knh yu! Tr v H Ni nhng hnh nh Kuala Lumpur cn in m mi trong tr nh ca chng con.
Chng con khng bao gi qun nhng ngy c sng vi b th ca nc bn. i vi chng con,
nhng bui c b a i tham quan Vn th Quc gia, qung trng T do, cng vin Taman Tasik,
siu th Kotaraya,... tht l b ch v l th.
Ln u tin c ra nc ngoi, c tip xc vi th gii hin i, c thc hnh ting Anh vi cc
bn hc sinh Malaysia, chng con cm thy mnh thc s ln ln nhiu.
B knh mn! Chng con thi ht hc k II, kt qu rt tt, b . C hai anh em chng con u t
im cao tuyt i tt c cc mn. B gi phn thng v cho chng con, b nh.
Thi con dng bt ti y. Con chc b mnh khe v may mn. B cho con gi li chc sc khe ti
cc c ch sinh vin Malaysia ca b.
Con trai ca b
Mai Hi ng
chng mnh
xa nhau
sao m di n th
mong
lm
ngoi y
trong ny
rt hiu hiu
ma xun
v trc
tin trin
vi, i vi
iu
b ng
tn tnh
gip
do ny
thi c
vt v
sc khe
hi lng
bt ng
r
m
T ng
we
away from each other
what a long time
long to
in order to
make
there
here
gentle wind and cold
spring rain
ago
progress
with, to, for
thing
new and inexperienced
with all one's heart
help
this time
exam
hard
health
satisfied
suprising
know
dream
mng xit bao
Vocabulary
extremely
tr ra
k
nh
gh gm
ma h
go back
tell
miss, remember
very much
summer
h hn
cng vic
x nghip
tt nghip
ng nghip
have a date
work, affair
enterprise
graduate
colleague
chc, hn l
lo
lun vn
gi gn
thc khuya
mn qu
du hiu
thnh cng
ri
173
maybe, perhaps
worry
thesis
take care of
stay up late
present, gift
sign
successful
leave
n nay
cng tc
in m
phn thng
a
l th
cm thy
tuyt i
until now
work
rich imprint
reward, prize
take along
interesting
feel
maximum
mnh khe
hnh nh
mi
tr nh
b ch
tip xc
ln ln
dng bt
V. Bi tp (exercises)
a) Join two sentences into one sentence using the word "m".
(Dng t "m" ni hai cu thnh mt cu)
Model (Mu): Ti mua sch hm qua.
I bought a book yesterday.
l quyn sch ting Anh.
It is an English book.
Quyn sch m ti mua hm qua l sch ting Anh.
The book which I bought yesterday is an English book.
1. Ch y ang c sch.
She is reading a book.
l quyn tiu thuyt rt hay.
That is a very interesting novel.
2. Anh y mua bn .
He bought a map.
l tm bn H Ni.
That is a map of Hanoi.
3. Ch y mua t in.
She bought a dictionary.
l cun t in Vit - Anh.
That is a Vietnamese - English dictionary.
4. Anh y mn sch sng nay.
He borrowed a book this morning.
l quyn gio trnh "Ting Vit".
That is a textbook of "Vietnamese language".
5. C y ang tm ngi n ng.
She is looking for a man.
l chng c y.
That is her husband.
1. When my friend came, I was reading a newspaper.
2. We'll discuss this problem tomorrow.
3.Though he is married, she still loves him.
174
fine, O kay
image
a long time
memory
useful
contact, connect
grow up
stop writing
4. The woman who you met yesterday is my wife.

5. I don't know how to dance.
6. I want to send this letter to my mother.
7. How much is a registered letter to Kyoto?
8. Who did he give flowers to?
9. She phoned me last week.
10. Please send this letter by airmail.
c) Read the text (Reading comprehension) again, then answer the questions (c li bi c hiu v tr
li cc cu hi).
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
THNH PH H CH MINH C M&SHY;A xun khng?

Cng vic ca Mnh Thng tin trin th no?
Kim Oanh lm ngh g?
Kim Oanh l sinh vin nm th my? V sao anh (ch) bit?
B ca Hi ng ang lm vic u?
Hi ng ni c ting Anh khng?
Kt qu thi ca anh em Hi ng th no?
Hi ng mun b gi g cho mnh?
Lesson 19: Study - Examination

Bi 19: Hc hnh - Thi c
1. HI THOI (CONVERSATIONS)
1. Hc ting Vit (Studying Vietnamese)
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
Ch ni c ting Vit khng?

Can you speak Vietnamese?
c. Ti ni c t thi.
Yes. I can speak a little.
Ch ang hc ting Vit phi khng?
You are studying Vietnamese, aren't you?
Vng. Ti ang theo mt lp ting Vit.
Yes. I am following a Vietnamese course.
Hng ngy ch u i hc ch?
Do you go to university every day?
Khng. Ti ch hc vo th ba v th su.
No. I only have classes on Tuesdays and Fridays.
Ch hc bui sng hay bui chiu?
Do you study in the morning or in the afternoon?
Khi th bui sng khi th bui chiu.
Sometimes in the morning sometimes in the afternoon.
Thng ny thi kha biu lun lun thay i.
The timetable is always changing this month.
Ch hc ht chng trnh c s cha?
Have you finished the basic course?
Cha.
Not yet.
Ti mi hc c bn thng thi.
I have only been learning Vietnamese for four months.
175
A
B
A
B
Gio vin ca ch th no?

What is your lecturer like?
Rt tuyt. ng y khng nhng c nhiu kinh nghim m cn rt tn ty
Very good. He not only has a lot of experience but also is very devoted.
Lp ch c bao nhiu hc vin?
How many learners are there in your class?
Lp ti c 4 hc vin.
There are 4 learners in my class.
*
*
C
D
C
D
C
C
D
C
Cho ch Bch o! Ch c khe khng?

Hello, Bich Dao! How are you?
Cho anh Peter! Cm n, ti khe.
Hello, Peter! I am fine, thanks.
, anh Peter ni ting Vit chun lm.
Oh, you speak Vietnamese correctly, Mr. Peter.
Anh hc ting Vit bao lu ri?
How long have you been learning Vietnamese?
Ti hc c gn su thng ri.
I have been learning Vietnamese for nearly 6 months.
Anh thy ting Vit th no?
How do you find Vietnamese?
Ting Vit c su thanh iu.
There are six tones in the Vietnamese language.
m iu rt hay.
The melody is very nice.
Nhng kh vit chnh t lm.
But it is very difficult to write dictations.
i khi, khi nghe mt t mi, ti khng bit vit "du sc" hay "du ng".
Sometimes, hearing a new word, I don't know what to write down: the "sc" tone or the "ng"
tone.
ng vy.
Yes, right.
Lc u, th no anh cng mc li chnh t v thanh iu.
At the beginning, you will certainly make spelling mistakes of tones.
Nhng ti ngh rng sau khong mt nm s khng c vn g v thanh iu na.
But I think that after about one year, there isn't a problem about tones any more.
Ti cng hy vng nh th.
I hope so, too.
Chc anh sm ni thnh tho ting Vit.
I hope you become fluent in Vietnamese.
Cm n ch. Ti s c gng.
Thank you. I'll try my best.
2. Trng i hc v cc mn hc.
(University and curriculum subjects)
E
F
E
Nu cu thi u, cu tip tc hc ch?

If you pass this exam, will you continue your study?
Tt nhin l t s hc.
Of course, I will.
Cu mun vo Trng i hc no?
176
G
H
G
H
G
H
G
H
Which university do you want to enroll at?

i hc Quc gia Vit Nam.
The Vietnam National University.
Cn cu.
And you?
T mun hc i hc Kinh t Quc dn.
I want to study at the National University of Economics.
T rt thch kinh t hc.
I like economics very much.
Cu thch hc khoa no?
Which faculty do you want to study at?
Khoa lut.
At the faculty of Law.
T mun lm lut s.
I want to be a lawyer.
C hc khoa lut th sau ny mi tr thnh lut s c.
Only if I study at the faculty of Law will I be able to become a lawyer in the future.
, ng ri.
Yes, right.
Chng mnh s c gng thi u.
We'll try to pass the examination.
Ch l sinh vin khoa s phi khng ?
Are you a student of the faculty of History?
Vng . Anh mun bit g ?
Yes, I am. Can I help you?
Trong bao lu th s hon thnh kha hc h ch?
How long does it take to complete a full degree?
Trong bn nm anh .
Four years.
Ch c th cho bit Trng i hc Quc gia, hc khoa no kh nht khng?
Could you tell me which faculty is the most difficult to study at the National University?
Ti e rng khng th tr li c.
I am afraid I can't.
V sao ?
Why?
iu ph thuc vo thch v nng khiu ca mi ngi.
It depends on one's own interests and abilities.
Nu anh thch mt mn no , anh s hc n khng kh khn g c.
If you are interested in a subject, you will study it without any difficulty.
, TI hiu ri, ti hiu ri.
Oh, I see, I see.
*
* *
I
K
Bi thi ting Php c qu kh i vi cu khng?

Was the French test too difficult for you?
Khng. Rt d i vi mnh.
No. Very easy for me.
Cn cu th sao?
How about you?
Ti lm. T ngh rng kh qua lm.
Too bad. I think it was very difficult to pass.
177

1. "khi th... khi th..." - A pair of conjunctions means "sometimes..... sometimes...".
Anh y khi th hc bui sng khi th hc bui chiu.
Sometimes he studies in the morning, sometimes in the afternoon.
B y khi th sng H Ni, khi th sng Hu.
Sometimes she lives in Hanoi, sometimes in Hue.
Con ti khi th thch n cm khi th thch n bnh m.
Sometimes my child likes to eat rice, sometimes bread.
Note (Ch ): You can replace "khi th... khi th... "with" lc th... lc th... " however "lc th... lc th..."
is more concrete (Bn c th thay "khi th... khi th..." bng "lc th... lc th..." nhng "lc th... lc th..."
c th hn).
N lc th khc lc th ci.
Sometimes he cries, sometimes he laughs.
2. "khng nhng... m cn..." means "not only... but also...". This pair of conjunctions can be replaced
by "khng ch...m cn..." ("Khng nhng... m cn..." c ngha l "not only... but also...". Cp lin t
ny c th thay bng "khng ch... m cn...").
Anh y khng nhng hc ting Vit m cn hc ting Anh.
He studies not only Vietnamese but also English.
Con trai anh khng nhng thng minh m cn chm ch.
Your son is not only clever but also hard-working.
N khng ch dt m cn li.
He is not only stupid but also lazy.
Thc n H Ni khng ch ngon m cn r.
Food in Hanoi is not only nice but also cheap.
3. "c... mi...", "c... th... mi..." are used to link two parts of a predicate in a single sentence or two
clauses of a complex sentence with a condition - effect relation ("c... mi...", "c... th... mi..." c
dng ni hai b phn ca v ng trong mt cu n hoc hai v ca mt cu phc c quan h iu
kin - kt qu).
Anh c hiu bi th mi lm c bi tp.
Only when you understand the lesson, can you then do the exercises.
C y c ng th anh mi ci c c y.
Only when she agrees can you marry her.
Ch y c n, chng ti mi i xem phim.
Only when she comes can we go to the cinema.
Cc anh c hc ting Vit th mi bit c tc gi cun sch ny.
Only when you study Vietnamese, will you know the author of this book.
4. "th no... cng..." or "th no cng" is used before the predicative - verb to express that the action
will certainly happen ("Th no cng" i trc v ng - ng t biu th rng hnh ng chc chn s
xy ra).
Th no ch y cng n y.
Ch y th no cng n y.
She will come here at any rate.
Th no ti cng mua nh mi.
Ti th no cng mua nh mi.
I'll buy new house at any cost.
178
Th no ti cng ci c y.
Ti th no cng ci c y.
I'll marry her at any rate.
Th no con ti cng i Nht.
Con ti th no cng i Nht.
My child'll go to Japan at any rate.
Note (Ch ): You can say "th no cng" or "th no cng". (Bn c th ni "th no cng" hoc "th
no cng")
5. The word "ht" meaning "finish", "already done", "end" is often placed after a verb to indicate
completion (T "ht" thng c t sau ng t biu th ngha hon thnh, kt thc).
Ti lm ht cc bi tp.
I have finished all the exercises.
I have done all the exercises.
Chng ti hc ht bi 18.
We have finished lesson 18.
Ch y c ht quyn tiu thuyt ny.
She has finished reading this novel.
Chng ti lm ht mi vic ri.
We have done everything already.
6. The word "theo" has the following meanings
(T "theo" c mt s ngha nh sau)
a) "theo" is a verb with meaning "to follow"
("theo" l ng t c ngha "to follow)
Xin theo ti! Please follow me!
Anh theo li ny. You come this way.
Ti ang theo lp ting Anh.
I am following an English course.
b) "theo" is placed after verbs such as "i" (go), "chy" (run), "lm" (do), "hc" (study), "c" (read),....
It means "after" { "theo" ng sau cc ng t nh "i", "chy", "lm", "hc", "c",... N c ngha
"after"}.
N ang chy theo ti.
He is running after me.
c theo ti nh!
Read after me, please.
c) "theo" is used like a preposition with the meaning "according to". ("theo" c dng nh mt gii t,
c ngha "according to")
Theo ng Phan Huy, anh y l mt gio vin thc s tt.
According to Mr.Phan Huy, he is a really good teacher.
Hy tr li cc cu hi theo mu di y.
Answer the questions according to the model below.
d) "theo" means "in" ("Theo" c ngha l "in")
179
Theo kin ti, anh y ng.

In my opinion, he is right.
Theo anh, ai s thng?
In your opinion, who'll win?
Theo chng ti, vn ny phi c tho lun li.
In our opinion, this problem has to be discussed again.
1.
Anh hc u?
Where do you study?
I study at the Vietnam National University.
* Replace Trng i hc Quc gia Vit Nam with the following (Thay "Trng i hc Quc gia Vit
Nam" bng nhng cm t sau)
Trng i hc Bch khoa H Ni
The Hanoi Polytechnic University
Trng i hc Kinh t Quc dn
The Naitonal University of Economics
Trng i hc Xy dng
The University of Construction
Trng i hc Kin trc
The University of Architecture
Trng i hc Thng mi
The Unversity of Trade
Trng i hc ngoi giao
The University of Foreign Affairs
Trng i hc Nng Lm
The University of Agriculture and Forestry
Trng i hc Thy li
The Water Resources University
2. Anh hc khoa no?
What faculty do you study at?
Ti hc khoa Ngn ng hc.
I study at the Faculty of Linguistics.
* U se the following to answer the question above.
(Dng nhng cm t sau tr li cu hi trn).
Khoa Kinh t
Khoa Lut
Khoa S
Khoa Ton
Khoa L
Khoa Ha
Khoa Sinh
Khoa a
Khoa Vn
Faculty of Economics
Faculty
Faculty
Faculty
Faculty
Faculty
Faculty
Faculty
Faculty
of
of
of
of
of
of
of
of
Law
History
Mathematics
Physics
Chemistry
Biology
Geography
Literature

180
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
Anh ni.......................................................?
Vng, ti ni c.......................................?
Anh hc ting Vit.......................................?
Cch y mt nm.
.....................................................................?
Khng kh lm nhng cng khng d.
Anh s...........................................................?
Ti s hc ting Vit y 4 nm.
Theo anh, ......................................................?
Theo ti, thanh iu kh nht.
.......................................................................?
Lp ti c 5 sinh vin.
Gio vin ca anh th no?
........................................................................?
4. Complete the following sentences

a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
k)
l)
m)
C n Vit Nam ti mi..............................................

Only when I came to Vietnam, I........................................
Gio s Ngc Hng c dy th chng ti mi...............
Only when Prof. Ngoc Hong teaches, we.........................
C y c yu ti th ti mi............................................
Only when she loves me, I..................................................
Anh y c hc ting Vit th ti mi...............................
Only when he studies Vietnamese, I....................................
Ch y khng nhng thng minh.....................................
She is not only clever.........................................................
Bn ti khng nhng hc ting Vit...............................
My friend studies not only Vietnamese...................................
Nh ti khng ch sch.................................................
My house is not only clean...............................................
Hoa qu H Ni khng ch r....................................
Fruit in Hanoi is not only cheap....................................
C y lc th vui lc th..................................................
Sometimes she is happy, sometimes..................................
Anh y khi th nh khi th..........................................
Sometimes he stays at home, sometimes............................
Chng ti khi th hc vo th hai khi th.......................
Sometimes we study on Monday, sometimes....................
Ch y lc th nhy lc th...........................................
Sometimes she dances, sometimes....................................
IV. c hiu (Reading comprehension)

Ting Vit cho ngi nc ngoi
Vietnamese for foreigners
Vit Nam c 54 dn tc vi 75 triu dn, trong ngi Vit (cn gi l ngi Kinh) chim khong
88% dn s. Ting Vit, v vy, tr thnh ngn ng quc gia, ngn ng ph thng Vit Nam.
Theo dng ngi Vit Nam ra sng nc ngoi, ting Vit cn c s dng nhiu nc trn th
gii: Php, M, Canada, c, Nga, Ba Lan, Czech, Australia, v.v.
181
Nhng nm gn y, do nhu cu hp tc, u t, bun bn,... vi Vit Nam tr nn cp thit, s

ngi nc ngoi hc ting Vit cng ngy cng tng. Trc y ting Vit ch c dy ch yu Nga,
Trung Quc v Triu Tin. Ngy nay khp cc chu trn th gii u c ngi nc ngoi hc ting
Vit. Cc trng i hc ln nh i hc Cornel (M), i hc Paris VII (Php), i hc Tng hp
Moscow (Nga), i hc Bc Kinh (Trung Quc), i hc Ngoi ng Tokyo, i hc Ngoi ng Osaka
(Nht), i hc Malaya (Malaysia), v.v. v hng lot cc trng i hc khc Canada, Hn quc,
Thailand, H Lan, Australia, Nht Bn, Malaysia, v.v. u m lp ting Vit. C lp, s hc vin ln ti
20-30 ngi. Ngy nay, thm ch, mt vi nc, nu bit ting Vit, ngi ta s d dng kim c
mt vic lm xng ng.
Ngi nc ngoi khng ch hc ting Vit nc s ti ca h m cn n Vit Nam cng ngy cng
ng. H Ni v thnh ph H Ch Minh l hai trung tm thu ht nhiu ngi nc ngoi n hc nht.
CC TR&SHY;NG I HC LN nh i hc Quc gia Vit Nam (H Ni), i hc Tng hp, i hc
S phm (thnh ph H Ch Minh), cc sinh vin nc ngoi khng ch hc ting Vit m cn lm lun
n, thc s, tin s hoc tham gia cc chng trnh nghin cu ln v Vit Nam.
Vietnamese for Foreigners
Vietnam has 54 ethnic groups with a total of 75 million people, which the Viet (or Kinh) people make up
around 88%. Vietnamese, therefore, became the national language, the most common language used in
Vietnam.
With the advent of Vietnamese people living abroad, the Vietnamese language is also used in many
countries around the world, such as France, America, Canada, German, Russia, Poland, the Czech
Republic and Australia...
In recent years, because need for co-operation, investment and trading became increasingly pressing,
the number of foreigners studying Vietnamese has increased substantially. Before, Vietnamese was
mainly taught in Russia, China and the People's Democratic Republic of Korea. Nowadays, there are
foreigners learning the language in every continent of the world. Big universities such as Cornel
(America), Paris VII University (France), Moscow University (Russia), the University of Beijing (China),
Tokyo Foreign Language University, Osaka Foreign Language University (Japan), Malaya University
(Malaysia) and many other universities in Canada, the Republic of Korea, Thailand, Holland, Australia,
Japan and Malaysia all have their own Vietnamese class. In certain classes, the number of students is 20
or even 30. Now, in some countries, if you have a good knowledge of the Vietnamese language, you can
easily find a suitable job.
Foreigners not only study Vietnamese in their home countries, but they also come to Vietnam more and
more everyday. Hanoi and Ho Chi Minh City are two language centres that attract the most foreign
students. In big universities such as the Vietnam National University (Hanoi), the University of Ho Chi
Minh City, the Teacher Training College (Ho Chi Minh City), foreign students not only study the language
but also prepare for their Master's or even Doctorate theses as well as taking part in research projects
about Vietnam.
T ng
dn tc
chim
ngn ng
s dng
tng
khp
m
Vocabulary
ethnic group, peoples

occupy
language
use
increase
all
open
dn s
ph thng
th gii
cp thit
chu
thm ch
182
population
popular, common
world
urgent, imperative
continent
even
d dng
s ti
thu ht
lun n
tin s
chng trnh
easy
local
draw, attract
thesis
Ph.D
programme
kim
ng
thun tu
thc s
tham gia
nghin cu
look for
populous, many
pure, mere
master
take part in, join
research
a) Change the following sentences according to the model below
(Chuyn i cc cu theo mu sau)
Nht nh anh y s n y.
Certainly he'll come here.
Th no anh y cng n y.
He'll come here at any cost.
1. Nht nh ti s hc ting Vit.
Certainly I'll stydy Vietnamese.
2. Nht nh ti s mua t (xe hi).
Certainly I'll buy a car.
3. Nht nh anh y s thng.
Certainly he'll win.
4. Tun sau nht nh ti c ht quyn sch ny.
Certainly I'll finish reading this book next week.
5. Ngy mai nht nh ti s gp ng y.
Certainly I'll meet him tomorrow.
b) Change two sentences into one sentence according to the model below (Chuyn hai cu thnh mt
cu theo mu sau).
Ch y hc ting Anh.
Ch y hc ting Vit.
She studies Vietnamese.
Ch y khng nhng hc ting Anh m cn hc ting Vit.
She studies not only English but also Vietnamese.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Anh y p trai.
Anh y thng minh.
B y gi.
B y yu.
V ti i M
V ti i Php.
B ti mua nh.
B ti mua -t
V ti p
V ti tr.
He is handsome.
He is clever
She is old.
She is weak.
My wife went to the U.S.A.
My wife went to France.
My father bought a house.
My father bought a car.
My wife is beautiful.
My wife is young.

183
1. In your opinion, who is right?

2. I'll love her at any cost.
3. Don't run after me!
4. Only when she calls me, can I go with her.
5. Sometimes I drink coffee, sometimes tea.
6. I like not only beef but also chicken.
7. Have you done all the exercises?
8. What university do you study at?
9. These flowers are not only nice but also sweet.
10. Are you following a Vietnamese course?
Lesson 20: At the Hospital
Bi 20: bnh vin
1. NG B LM SAO? (WHAT'S the matter with you?)
Bnh nhn [BN] (Patient) v bc s [BS] (Doctor)
BN
BS
BN
BS
BN
BS
BN
BS
BN
BS
Cho bc s!
Good afternoon, doctor!
Cho ng! ng b lm sao ?
Good afternoon, sir! What's matter with you?
Ti b ho v au u kinh khng.
I have been coughing and have a terrible headache.
C l ti b vim hng.
Maybe I have a sore throat.
Xin ng h ming ra.
Please open your mouth.
c ri. Hng ng hi .
It's O.k., now. Your throat is rather red.
Xin ng th su.
Please take a deep breath.
i khi ti th thy au.
Sometimes it hurts me to breath.
Vng. ng b vim ph qun.
That's right. You have bronchitis.
Ni chung, c thi tit thay i l ng b ho v kh th.
In general, whenever the weather changes, you have a cough and dyspnoea.
Vng. S thay i thi tit lun lun lm ti kh th.
Yes. The weather change always makes me dyspnoeic.
V ma ng, d mc nhiu o, ti vn b ho.
In winter, though I wear a lot of jackets, I still have a cough.
Xin ng cp nhit .
Please clap thermometer in your armpit.
Hnh nh toi vn cn st.
It seems I am having high temperature.
ng th. Ba tm hai.
That's right. 380C.
184
BN
ng phi tim v ung thuc.

You must have an injection and some medicine.
y l n thuc ca ng.
Here is your prescription.
ng ung thuc theo s ch dn c vit trong y b.
Take the medicine according to the instructions.
Cm n bc s.
Thank you, doctor.
*
*
BS
BN
BS
BN
BS
BN
BS
BN
BS
BN
BS
BN
BS
ng ng lo. ng s c chp X-quang.

Don't worry, sir. You will have an X-ray taken.
N rt cn thit cho bnh ny.
It is necessary for this illness.
c bc s .
O.k., doctor.
Ti c cn truyn mu khng bc s?
Do I need a blood transfusion, doctor?
Tha ng, khng cn .
No, sir.
ng hy ung thuc ny mi ngy ba ln trc ba n.
Take this medicine three times a day before meals.
ng nn ngh my ngy.
You should have some days off.
Ch ung ru.
Don't drink alcohol
Ti tin l ng s khe thi.
I am sure you will be fine.
Cm n bc s.
Thanks, doctor.
B b lm sao ?
What's the matter with you, madam?
Ti b au bng.
I have an upset-stomach.
B c b i ngoi khng?
Do you have a loose bowel?
Sng nay 4 ln ri.
This morning, four times already.
B c n g l khng?
Did you eat anything unusual, madam?
Ti n cua bin.
I ate a sea crab.
Gi ti ng n th c l khng b i ngoi.
If I had not eaten it, maybe I would not have had a loose bowel.
Hy ung thuc vin ny mi ngy 3 ln.
Take these pills 3 times a day.
Ti n c tht khng ?
Can I eat meat?
B nn n tht nc.
185
You should only have lean meat.

2. Ch y phi m (She must have an operation)
Chng bnh nhn (C) [Patient's husband] v bc s [BS]
BS
C
BS
C
BS
C
BS
Anh ng lo lng qu.

Don't worry so much.
Nh ti c sao khng bc s?
How is my wife, doctor?
Ch y vn au bng d di.
She still has a terrible pain in the stomach.
Ch y b vim rut tha.
She has appendicitis.
Tri i! Nguy him qu!
Oh, my God! That's serious!
Gi anh a ch y n y sm th tt hn.
It would have been better if you had taken her here earlier.
Chng ti s m cho ch y ngay by gi.
We are going to operate on her immediately.
Nh ti c qua khi khng bc s?
Will my wife survive, doctor?
Anh c yn tm.
Calm down, please.
Ti ngh l mi vic s tt p.
I think that everything will be fine.
ng lm c y lo lng.
Don't make her worried.
Cm n bc s.
Thank you, doctor.

1. "gi... th..." (If) - A pair of words in complex sentences used to denote the condition - effect relation
("gi... th..." - Cp t c dng trong cu phc biu th mi quan h iu kin - kt qu).
Note: "gi... th..." often used in closed condition, in unreal supposition, it means things have
happened and happened to the contrary. (Ch : gi... th..." thng c dng trong iu kin ng,
iu kin gi nh, ngha l s vic xy ra ri v xy ra tri ngc hn).
Gi ti l ngi Nht.......................
If I were Japanese...........................
It means (Ngha l):
Ti khng phi l ngi Nht.
I am not Japanese.
Gi ti l anh th ti s ci c y.
I f I were you, I would marry her.
Gi chng ti y th anh y bit phi lm g.
If my husband were here, he would know what to do.
186
Gi ti ng n cua bin th ti khng b i ngoi.

If I had not eaten a sea crab, I would not have had a loose bowel.
Gi c y ly ti th chng ti rt hnh phc.
If she had married me, we'd be very happy.
* You can replace "gi... th..." with "m... th... ".
(Bn c th thay "gi... th..." bng "m... th... ").
Ti m l anh th ti s ci c y.
I f I were you, I would marry her.
C y m ly ti th chng ti rt hnh phc.
If she married me, we'd be very happy.
2. "d... cng..."; "d... vn..."; "d... cng vn..." mean" through...,..."; "Although...,..."; "despite".
When this pattern is used, it emphasises that in whatever situation, the action also takes place. (Khi cu
trc "d... cng..." c s dng, n nhn mnh rng trong hon cnh no hnh ng cng vn xy ra).
D cng vic vt v, ti vn thch th.
Although it is hard work, I enjoy it.
D c y khng yu ti, ti vn yu c y.
Although she doesn't love me, I love her.
D anh y khng n, chng ti cng i.
Although he won't come, we'll go out.
D khng mun, anh vn phi i gp bc s.
Although you don't want to, you must see a doctor.
3. In Vietnamese, the sentences which have predicate formed by the verbs "lm", "khin", "lm cho",
"khin cho" (make) often have complement in the form of a subject - predicative structure. (Trong ting
Vit, nhng cu c v ng l cc ng t "lm", "khin", "lm cho", "khin cho" thng c b ng l mt
kt cu ch - v).
C n lm n b au bng.
Stale fish made him have an upset-stomach.
The complement "N b au bng" is a subject - predicative structure (B ng "N b au bng" l mt
kt cu ch - v).
Ai s lm cho ch y hnh phc?
Who will make her happy?
B phim "Mi tnh u" khin mi ngi xc ng.
The film "The first love" moved everyone.
Bnh tt lun lun lm con ngi au kh.
Illness and infirmity always make humans suffer.
4. "ni chung" means "in genera", "generally speaking"; "ni ring" means "in particular".
Ni chung, ti ngh rng anh ng.
Generally speaking, I think you are right.
Ni chung, chiu th by, ti nh.
In general, I stay at home on Saturday afternoon.
Ni chung, ti n c quan rt sm.
In general, I go to my office very early.
Anh y khng ni ring vi ai c.
He spoke to no one in particular.
187
Cc thnh ph ni chung v H Ni ni ring cha sch lm.

The cities in general and Hanoi city in particular are not very clean.
III. THC HNH (pactice)
1.
Ch nn i bnh vin
You should go to the hospital.
* Make sentences with the following words.

(Hy to cu vi cc t sau)
bnh x
trm x
nh h sinh
vin iu dng
clinic
medical station
maternity house
sanitorium
2. Ti mun gp bc s.
I want to see a doctor.
* Replace the word "bc s" by the following
(Thay "bc s" bng cc t sau)
y t
y s
nha s
dc s
h l
ch nhim khoa
nurse
assistant doctor
dentist
pharmacist
nurse's aid
head of the ward
3. Bc s ang phng khm.

The doctor is in the exammination room.
phng m
phng cp cu
phng X quang
phng hi sc
phng y v
operating theatre
first aid room
X-ray room
recovering room
technical bureau
4. B b lm sao?
What's the matter with you, madam?
Ti b au lng.
I have a backache.
* Speak to doctor about the following diseases:
(Hy ni vi bc s v cc bnh sau)
au u
au rng
au bng
headache
toothache
upset-stomach
188
au hng
au d dy
au mt
au tim
au gan
au chn
au tay
au xng
cm
st
i ngoi
sore throat
stomach trouble
eye-ache
heart trouble
liver trouble
pain in the leg
pain in the arm
pain in the bone
a cold
fever
loose bowel
5. B y b mt phi khng?
I s she tired?
* Replace the word "mt" by the following words.
(Thay "mt" bng cch t sau)
ic
m
ung th
deaf
blind
cancer
cm
sida
thp khp
6. Ti c cn phi tim khng bc s?

Should I have an injection, doctor?
* Use the following to make new questions
(Dng cc t sau to ra nhng cu hi mi)
m
tip mu
ung thuc ng
th mu
o huyt p
cp nhit
have an operation
blood transfusion
take a soporific
have a blood test
take the blood pressure
put the thermometor in my armpit
7. Anh phi ung thuc khng sinh.

You have to take an antibiotic.
* Replace "thuc khng sinh" by the following words.
( Thay "thuc khng sinh" b ng cc t sau)
thuc b
thuc bc
thuc nam
thuc ty
thuc ng
vitamin B1
sinh t C
tonic
Chinese medical herbs
traditional medicine
Western medicine
sleeping pill
vitamin B1
vitamin C
8. ng cm thy th no?
How do you feel?
189
dumb
AIDS
arthritis
Ti cm thy chng mt.

I feel faint.
*
Use the following to answer the question above.

(Dng cc t sau tr li cu hi trn)
mt
hi mt
rt mt
khng khe
nn nao
khng
9.
tired
rather tired
very tired
not well
sick
better
not better
Complete the following sentences

Gi ti l chim th......
If I were a bird....
Gi ti l bc s th ....
If I were a doctor....
Gi ng ti cn sng th......
If my grandfather were still alive...
Gi ng y c a n bnh vin sm th...
If he had been taken to the hospital earlier
Gi bnh vin gn nh ch y th....
If the hospital were near her house...
Gi ti c -t th....
If I had a car...
10.
Complete the following conversation

A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
..............
Cho ch. Ch........ ?
Ti b ho d di.
Ch..... ?
Ti c b st.
Xin ch h...
Ti b vim hng phi khng bc s?
Vng. Ch b vim hng kh nng.
Ti c phi....?
Khng phi tim.
y l n thuc ca ch.
........
IV.
C HIU (READING COMPREHENSION)

Chn nm sng bng tri tim ngi khc
Living with another person's heart for 9 years
190
Bnh nhn l mt b gi 8 thng tui, tn l Sara Remington. Khi a ti bnh vin, chu b ang
trong tnh trng nguy kch. Sara c a ngay ln bn m phu thut thay tim.
Sau khi hi chn, cc bc s vin tim mch bang Texas quyt nh thay cho Sara tri tim ca mt chu
gi hai tui b cht trong mt v tai nn -t. Ngi cm dao chnh trong ca phu thut phc tp ny l
Denton Kuli, bc s ni ting vi ca m thay tim nm 1968. Sau 48 gi lm vic cng thng, ca phu
thut thnh cng m mn: Sara m mt v nhon ming ci. chnh l mt phn thng qu
gi dnh cho nhng ngi thy thuc dng cm v ti ba.
Hn 9 nm tri qua, Sara vn pht trin bnh thng, ln nhanh v thng minh. Theo Denton Kuli, y
l trng hp u tin, m u cho mt phng php phu thut thay tim mi trong lch s y hc. Thc
ra, lc u, cc bc s rt lo Sara s b ci, chm pht trin nhng thc t cho h nim hy vng ln.
Theo cc bc s, Sara c th sng c ti 70 hoc 80 tui.
Living by another person?s heart for 9 years
The patient is an 8-months old baby girl with the name Sara Remington. When taken to the hospital, she
was in a critical condition. Sara was put right to the operating bed to have a heart replacement
operation.
After much consultation, doctors of the cardiovascular institute of Texas decided to replace Sara?s heart
with a heart of a two years old girl died in a car accident. The main surgeon in this complex operation is
Denton Kuli, a doctor famous with the heart transplant operation in 1968. After 48 hours of intense work,
the operation was totally successful: Sara opened her eyes and smiled. This was a valuable prize for the
brave and talented surgeon team.
More than 9 years have elapsed and Sara is developing in a normal way: she is growing up quickly and
smart. According to Denton Kuli, this is a first case which opens the pathway for a new heart transplant
method in the history of medicine. In fact, at the beginning doctors were worried that Sara would grow
sickly and be mentally slow but the reality had given them a big hope. According to doctors, Sara may
live to 70 or even 80 years.
T ng
b gi, chu gi
chu b
tnh trng
phu thut, m
tim
hi chn
mch
quyt nh
tainn
dao
ca
cng thng
m mn
nhon ming ci
m
qu gi
thy thuc
ti ba
small girl, baby girl

baby
situation
operate
heart
consultation
blood-vessel
decide
accident
knife
case, shift
tensely, hard
satisfactory, completely
break into a smile
open
valuable
doctor
talent
Vocabulary
a
nguy kch
thay
vin
bang
cht
cm
chnh
phc tp
thnh cng
take
critical, serious
operate
replace, change
hospital, institute
state
die
hold
main
complex
successful
phn thng
dnh cho
dng cm
tri qua
reward
give for
brave, valiant
pass, elapse
191
pht trin
trng hp
phng php
ci
sng
develop
case
method, way
grow sickly
live
ln
m u
y hc
nim hy vng
thc t
V.
BI TP (EXERCISES)
a)
How do you speak to the doctor when

(Bn ni vi bc s th no khi)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
You have a headache.

You have a cold.
You have a fever.
You have a loose bowel.
You have a toothache.
Your grandmother is deaf.
You feel sick.
You are rather tired.
You are getting better.
You want to see the head of the ward.
b)
Translate the following sentences into Vietnamese

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
My friend has to be given a blood transfusion.

Do I have to take sleeping pills, doctor?
I am not getting better.
What's the matter with your husband?
She makes me happy.
Though she loves me very much, I cannot marry her.
If I were a fish I would live in the Halong Bay.
In general, nobody wants to have an injection taken. bhn
You should take a tonic.
Take this medicine two times a day.
c)
Translate the following sentences into English

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Ti th thy au?
Ti nut thy au?
Ti nhai thy au?
Ti n thy au.
Ti gi tay ln thy au.
Hy ung thuc ny ba ln mt ngy trc ba n.
Ti khng ng c.
B y b ung th gan.
ng ht thuc.
B nn ung sinh t B1.
Lesson 21: Climate - Weather - Natural Calamity

Bi 21: Kh hu - Thi tit - Thin tai
192
grow up
begin, start
medicine
hope
actual, actually
1.By gi l ma g (What season is it now?)
M
Ch Tania i! NGA MT NM c my ma?

How many seasons are there in Russia, Miss Tania?
C bn ma nh Vit Nam.
There are four seasons like in Vietnam.
Cambodia c my ma?
How many seasons are there in Cambodia?
nc em mt nm c hai ma: ma ma v ma kh.

There are two seasons in my country: the rainy season and the dry season.
Nga ma ng c lnh khng ch?
Is it cold in Winter in Russia?
Rt lnh.
Very cold.
C tuyt khng?
Is there snow?
Tuyt ri nhiu lm.

It snows a lot.
By gi l ma g h ch?
By gi ang l ma ng.
It is Winter now.
Nga vng no lnh nht?

What area is the coldest in Russia?
Cng ln pha bc tri cng lnh.

The farther north the colder it is.
Ch thch ma no?
What season do you prefer?
Mnh thch ma thu.

I prefer Autumn.
Ma thu vng Nga p lm.
The yellow season in Russia is very nice.
ng ri.
Yes, right.
Em xem i xem li nhng bc tranh ma thu vng ca Levitan.
193
I have looked Levitan's paintings of the yellow Autumn again and again.
Cng xem cng thy p.
The more we admire the better it looks.
Cambodia khng lnh phi khng Mithona?
Isn't it cold in Cambodia, Mithona?
M
Khng lnh. Thi tit Cambodia ging nh TP H Ch Minh.

It isn't. The weather in Cambodia is like in Ho Chi Minh City.
Ch bit khng, khi mi n H Ni, em khng chu ni.
Do you know that when I came to Hanoi. I could not stand it.
Ma ng tri lnh li cn hanh.
It is not only cold but also dry in Winter.
Hng ngy em khng dm i ra ngoi.
Every day I didn't dare to go out.
By gi em quen vi kh hu y cha?
Have you got used to the climate here now?
Em quen ri.
I have.
Cn ch?
And you?
Mnh rt a thch ma ng y: lnh m li khng c tuyt.

I prefer Winter here: Its cold but there isn't snow.
Khi tr li Nga, c l mnh khng bao gi qun c ci rt H Ni.
Going back to Russia, perhaps I will never forget the cold in Hanoi.
Nga c bo khng h ch Tania?

Are there storms in Russia, Miss Tania?
C bo tuyt.
There are snow storms.
C nguy him khng?

Are they dangerous?
i khi cng nguy him.

Sometimes they are dangerous.
ng l kh hu chu ?U RT KHC KH HU CHU .

It is certain that the climate in Europe is very different from the one in Asia.
Khi no c iu kin nht nh em s n thm t nc ca ch c ngm ma thu
vng v thy tuyt ri.
When I have a chance, I ' ll certainly go to visit your country to admire the yellow Autumn
and the snow.
194
2. Tri hm nay th no? (What is the weather like today?)

L
Thm i! Hm nay tri c ma khng?

Tham! Is it going to rain today?
Khng ma u.
No, it isn' t.
Bui sng tri rm.
It will be cloudy in the morning.
T gia tra, tri s nng.
It will be sunny from midday.
Tt lm. Mnh nh i Hi Phng by gi.

Very good. I am going to Haiphong now.
Cu s Hi Phng bao lu?

How long will you stay in Haiphong?
Ba ngy.
For three days.
, CU nn mang theo o ma.

Oh, you should carry a raincoat.
Ngy mai thi tit s thay i.
The weather will change tomorrow.
S c gi ma ng bc.
There will be the north-easterly monsoon.
Cm n cu thng bo tin ny.

Thank you for your information.
*
*
Ch, m qua lnh qu.

Oh, last night it was very cold.
, T p hai chn m vn thy lnh.

Yes, I was covered with two blankets but I still felt cold.
Hm nay thi tit th no?
What is the weather like today?
Hm nay tri vn lnh.

Today it is still cold.
Cu on th ?
Did you guess so?
T nghe i.
I listened to the radio.
3. ng t u? (Where is the earthquake?)
195
Tr
Cu c bo hm nay cha?
Have you read today 's newspaper?
Dng
Cha, t cha c.
No, I haven' t
C tin g c bit khng?
Is there anything special?
Tr
Ni la hot ng tr li Philippines.
A volcano re-erupted in the Philippines.
Hng nghn ngi phi s tn.
Thousands of people had to evacuate.
Dng
Th ?
Really?
Tr
Cn c mt trn ng t.
And an earthquake.
Dng
ng t u? C nhiu thit hi khng?

Where is the earthquake? Is there damage?
Tr
Trung Quc nhng thit hi khng ng k.

In China, but the damage was of little account.

1. The structure "verb + "i" + verb + "li" is used to indicate that the action is repeate many
times. It means "again and again" in English (Cu trc "ng t + "i" + ng t + "li" c s
dng biu th rng hnh ng c lp li nhiu ln. N c ngha nh "again and again" trong
ting Anh).
Ch y c i c li quyn tiu thuyt ny.
She has read this novel again and again.
Ti ni i ni li vi h l ng chi .
I have told them again and again not to play there.
Thy gio ging i ging li bi 20.
The teacher has explained lesson 20 again and again.
2. The word "hng" goes before the nouns indicating time such as "ngy" (day), "tun" (week),
"thng" (month), "nm" (year), "qu" (three months)... In these cases, it means "every" (T
"hng" i trc cc danh t ch thi gian nh "ngy", "tun", "thng", "nm", "ma"... Trong
trng hp ny, n c ngha l "every").
Hng ngy ti dy lc 6 gi.
Every day I get up at six o'clock.
Th by hng tun chng ti i xem phim rp Rex.
Every Saturday we go to the Rex cinema.
Hng thng ch y i cha vo ngy mng mt.
Every month she goes to the pagoda on the First.
Hng nm chng ti ngh h vo thng tm.
Every year we have summer holidays in August.
The word "hng" goes before the numerals such as "trm" (hundred), "nghn" (thousand), "triu"
(million), "t" (billion), "chc" (ten), ("hng" i trc cc s t "trm", "nghn", "triu", "t",
196
"chc").
Hng nghn ngi phi s tn khi thnh ph.
Thousands of people had to evacuate the city.
Hng trm ngi cht v ng t.
Hundreds of people died because of the earthquake.
Hng triu ngi b mc sida.
Millions of people are affected by AIDS.
Hng nghn ngi nh b sp v bom.
Thousands of houses collapsed because of bombs.
3. The structure "... li..." or "... li cn..." means "not only... but also".
Tri lnh li cn hanh.
It is not only cold but also dry.
N dt li li.
V sao ch mua ru li cn mua bia?
Why did you buy not only alcohol but also beer?
Note: You can place the word "na" into the end of the sentences with the structure "... li..."
(Bn c th t t "na" vo cui nhng cu c cu trc "... li...").
Tri lnh li cn hanh na.
It is not only cold but also dry.
V sao ch mua ru li cn mua bia na?
Why did you buy not only alcohol but also beer?
4. In the lesson 17, you have studied the expression "cng ngy cng" with meaning "more and
more". In this lesson, you'll stuydy the structure "cng... cng..." with meaning "the more... the
more...". (Trong bi 17, cc bn hc t hp t "cng ngy cng". Trong bi ny, cc bn s hc
cu trc "cng... cng...").
Cng ln c b cng tr nn xinh p.
The more she grows the more beautiful she becomes.
Cng ln n cng thng minh.
The more he grows the cleverer he is.
Cng hc n cng dt.
The more he studies the more stupid he becomes.
Notes: "cng... cng..." indicates the increase in character or state of the two processes having the
cause - effect relation; "cng ngy cng" (more and more) indicates the increase in character
or state of the only process in accordance with the time.
(Ch : "cng... cng..." biu th s tng tin v tnh cht, trng thi ca hai qu trnh c mi
quan h nhn - qu; "cng ngy cng" biu th s tng tin v tnh cht, trng thi ch ca mt
qu trnh ring r theo thi gian).
Ch y cng ngy cng xinh p.
She is more and more beautiful.
5. The word "nhau" means "each other", "one another". It can go after some prepositions such as
"cho", "vi", "cng", etc. (T "nhau" c ngha l "each other", "one another". N c th i sau
mt s gii t nh "cho", "vi", "cng", v.v.).
197
Chng ti rt yu nhau.
We love each other very much.
H ly nhau cch y mi nm.
They got married to each other 10 years ago.
H lun lun gip nhau.
H lun lun gip ln nhau.
They always help one another.
H lun sng v nhau.
They always live for each other.
Cc bn ti v ti lun vit th cho nhau.
My friends and I always write letters to each other.
Chng ti sng vi nhau trong cng mt nh.
We live together in the same house.
Chng ti s i xem phim cng nhau.
We'll go to the cinema together.
An
John
An
John
An
John
An
John
An
John
An
John
Anh John i! Anh...........................................?

ANH c bn ma.
Bygi ang l.....................................................?
By gi l ma ng.
Ma ng Anh..................................................?
Rt lnh.
..............................................................................?
C tuyt.
..............................................................................?
C bo tuyt.
Anh c..................................................................?
C. Mnh rt thch ma thu.
Ma thu Anh.......................................................?
*
*
Thanh
Huyn
Thanh
Huyn
Ch Huyn i! Hm nay tri....................................?

Bui sng tri rm. Tra v chiu.............................
Ngy mai..................................................................?
Khng. Ngy mai tri cng khng ma.
*
*
L
Takaoka
L
Takaoka
Anh Takaoka i! Nht..........................................?

C. Nhiu bo lm. Bo xy ra hng nm.
C.............................................................................?
C rt nhiu trn ng t.
Cch y my nm, c mt trn ng t Osaka.
Hng trm ngi......................................................
Ch, nguy him qu.
198
2.
Hm nay tri c ma khng?

Will it rain today?
Khng. Hm nay tri s khng ma.
No. It won't rain today.
Hm nay tri nng.
It will be sunny today.
* Use the words in the column A to ask and to answer in the negative, the words in the column B
to answer in the affirmative.
(Dng cc t ct A hi v tr li ph nh, cc t ct B tr li khng
nh).
A
nng (sunny)
nng (hot)
lnh (cold)
sng (bright)
mt (cool)
nng (sunny)
sng (bright)
d chu (pleasant)
p (nice)
ma (rain, rainy)
lnh (cold)
m (warm)
ti (dark)
nng (hot)
ma ro (heavy shower)
y my (cloudy)
kh chu (terrible)
xu (bad)
3. Use the words in the column A and in the column B above to answer the question "Hm nay thi
tit th no?" (What is the weather like today?) {Dng cc t ct A v ct B trn tr li cu hi
"Hm nay thi tit th no?"}.
4. nc anh c bo khng
Are there storms in your country?
* Replace the word "bo" with the following words to make new questions, then answer them in
the negative and in the affirmative. (Thay t "bo" bng cc t sau to ra nhng cu hi mi,
sau tr li nhng cu hi di dng ph nh v khng nh).
ng t
tuyt
hn hn
ni la
sng m
earthquake
snow
drought
volcano
mist, fog
bo tuyt
ma
lt li
sng
sng mui
snowstorm
hail
flood
dew
frost
5. Use "cng... cng..." to change two sentences into one sentence according to the model
below. (Dng "cng... cng..." chuyn hai cu thnh mt cu theo mu di y).
Ch y p
Anh y yu ch y
She is beautiful.
He loves her.
Ch y cng p anh y cng yu ch y.

The more beautiful she is, the more he loves her.
a)
Tri lnh
It is cold.
199
b)
c)
d)
e)
B y ho d di
t nc pht trin
Nhn dn giu c.
ng y gi.
ng y yu.
Anh y ung nhiu ru
He drinks much alcohol.
Anh y say.
N ng
N mt.
She has a bad cough.

The country develops.
People are rich.
He is old
He is weak
He is drunk.
He sleeps.
He is tired.
IV.C HIU (Reading comprehension)

Thin tai trn th gii
Natural calamities
T xa xa, con ngi v thin nhin gn b mt thit vi nhau. Thin nhin nui dng, ch
che con ngi. V con ngi cng gp phn khng nh trong vic lm p thm b mt ca thin
nhin. Thin nhin v con ngi thc s tr thnh i bn tri k.
Song bn cnh nhng g thin nhin u i, ban n cho con ngi, hng nm n cng mang
n cho nhn loi khng t nhng tai ha, thm ch rt thm khc. Nhng trn ma ln ko di
nhiu ngy, gy ra lt li, lm cho hng nghn ngi nh b nc cun tri, hng trm ngi
cht. Ri nhng ngy nng nng dai dng, nn hn hn honh hnh lm cho khng ch cy ci
m c con ngi cng lm vo tnh TRNG THIU N&SHY;C. nhiu ni nh Philippinnes, Trung
Quc, Vit Nam, Nht Bn,... nhng trn bo ln lin tip trn v hng nm ph hoi ma mng
cy ci, tn ph nh ca, rung vn v cp i sinh mng ca khng t ngi dn a phng.
Cng vi bo lt, nn ng t thng xy ra mt vi ni trn th gii cng mang n con ngi
nhng bi kch ng s. Ch trong vi pht, hng nghn ngi nh, hng trm cu cng... c th b
sp . V cng vi s v l ci cht ca bit bao ngi v ti. Vn cha ht. Cch y vi
nm, khn gi truyn hnh trn th gii cn c chng kin cnh hng chc nghn ngi
Philippinnes phi ri b qu hng mnh v s "thc dy" ca mt ngn ni la "yn gic" sau
hng trm nm.
Natural Disaster
From ancient times, humans and nature have been closely connected. Nature reared and protected
humans, and humans contribute significantly to beautifying the face of nature. Nature and humans
have truly became the best of friends.
However, apart from what nature has given to humans, every year it also brings to the human race
numerous disasters, some of which are merciless. Heavy rainfalls that last for days have created
floods, sweeping away thousands of houses and killing hundreds of people. Then during the dry
season, drought causes serious water shortages. In many areas such as the Philippines, China and
Vietnam, there are severe floods every year, destroying trees and crops, demolishing houses and
farms, and taking the lives of many local people. Together with floods, there is the danger of
earthquakes. The frequent occurrence of earthquake in certain parts of the world also causes
terrifying tragedies. In only a matter of minutes, thousands of houses and bridges can collapse.
And with them come the deaths of many innocent people. And that is not all. A few years ago, TV
viewers around the world had the chance to witness the scene of thousands Filipino people leaving
their homeland because of the eruption of a volcano that had been dormant for hundreds of years.
t xa xa
T ng
since ancient times, for ages
Vocabulary
200
con ngi
gn b
nui dng
thm
b mt
nhng g
u i
ban n
nhn loi
tai ha
thm ch
ko di
lt li
dai dng
cy ci
tnh trng
lin tip
ph hoi
rung vn
ngi dn
bi kch
cu
sp
ci cht
v ti
chng kin
ri b
yn gic
human
connect
bring up, rear
more
face
things
favour, treat with special attention
bestow a favour
mankind, humankind, humanity
calamity, disaster
even
prolong
flood
continuously
trees
condition
continue
destroy
fields and farms
people
tragedy
bridge
collapse
death
innocent
witness
leave
asleep
thin nhin
mt thit
ch che
gp phn
tri k
bn cnh
nature
closely
defend, protect
contribute
close, bosom
side by side with
tn khc
cruel, merciless
gy ra
cause
cun tri
sweep away
honh hnh
rage
lm vo
caught in
thiu
short of, lack of
trn v
occur
ma mng
harvest
cp i sinh mng kill
xy ra
happen
ng s
terrible, terrified
cng
drainage
s v
collapse
bit bao
so many
khn gi
audience
cnh
scene
s thc dy
awakening
ni la
volcano
a) Change the following sentences according to the model below. (Chuyn i cc cu di y
theo mu sau).
N dt v li
N dt li li
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
He is stupid and lazy.

Anh y ung ru v bia.

He drinks alcohol and beer.
Nh anh y to v p.
His house is big and nice.
Ch y hc ting Anh v ting Php
She studies English and French.
Cy ny to v cao.
This tree is big and high.
Tri hm nay lnh v ma.
It is cold and rainy today.
b) Translate the following sentences into Vietnamese.

1. Will it be sunny today?
201
2. Is there snow in England?

3. Susan and Robert kissed each other.
4. They told each other about their families.
5. In Summer, it hotter in Vietnam than in Malaysia.
6. The floods often happen in the rainy season.
7. I have listened to the song "Lambada" again and again.
8. The older she becomes, the weaker she is.
9. They are walking together in the garden.
10. There are millions of people who are poor in the world.
c) Correct the mistakes in the following sentences.
(Hy sa li trong nhng cu sau)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Hai ngi yu vi nhau.

H ni chuyn nhau trong phng.
Chng ti thng vit th nhau.
H ci vi nhau cch y 3 nm.
Hng th 7 ti i xem phim.
Hng thng tm chng ti ngh h.
Lesson 22: Sport and games

Bi 22: Th thao v nhng trn u
1. i no s ot cp? (Which team will win the Cup?)
A
m qua cu c xem bng trn tivi khng?

Did you watch the football match on T.V. last night?
Khng. i Ba Lan chi vi i c phi khng?

No, I didn't. Did the Polish team play the German team?
. bng A, Ba Lan chi vi c.

Yes. In group A, the Polish team played with the German team.
BNG B, i Italy gp i Brazil.
In the group B, the Italian team played with the Brazilian team.
Kt qu th no?
What was the score?
Hip mt, i Ba Lan chi rt tuyt.

In the first half, the Polish team played very well.
H c c hi l h tn cng rt nhanh.
Whenever they had a chance, they attacked very fast.
Ht hip 1, i Ba Lan thng vi t s 2-0.
At the end of the first half, the Polish team were 2-0 up.
S d i c thua l v hng ro phng ng ca h rt yu.
The reason why the German team lost was that their defenders were no good.
Cn bng B th sao?
202
How about group B?

A
Khoan !
Wait a bit!
Sang hip 2, tnh th thay i hn.
At the second half, the situation changed completely.
i c ci tin th phng th.
The German team improved the defence.
Hun luyn vin quyt nh thay i hai cu th.
The coach decided to change two players.
V h t chc nhng cuc tn cng nhanh.
And they organised fast attacks.
Cui cng h thng i Ba Lan vi t s 3-2.
In the end, they won 3-2 over the Polish team.
Ch, th v nh.
Oh. very exciting.
Cu bit khng, bng B trn u cng kh quyt lit.

Do you know that, in the group B, the match was also rather violent.
i Italy b l nhiu c hi.
The Italian team missed a lot of chances.
Hip 1, ha 0-0.
The first half was scoreless.
Trung phong s 10 ca i Brazil chi rt tuyt.
The No.10 of the Brazilian team was excellent.
Anh y ghi bn thng u tin ca trn u.
He scored the first goal of the match.
Bn thng cui cng cng do anh y thi pht th 89 ca trn u.
He also scored the last goal in the 89 th minute of the match.
Trong trn ny, i Italy chu thua vi t s 1-3.
In this match, the Italian team lost 1-3.
Theo cu, i no mnh nht chu u hin nay?

In your opinion, which team is the strongest in Europe now?
T ngh l i c.
I think the German team is.
Cn chu M?
And in America?
C th l i Argentina.
Maybe the Argentinian team.
T cng ngh vy.

I think so, too
Theo cu, i no s ot cp nm nay?

In your opinion, which team will win the cup this year?
203
, T khng th on c.
Oh, I cannot guess.
2. Chi g? (What to play?)

C
Cu c bit chi bng bn khng?

Can you play table tennis?
c. Nhng t chi khng tt lm.

Yes, I can. But I don't play it very well.
Cu chi hng tun ch?

Do you play every week?
Th ba v th nm hng tun.
Every Tuesday and Thursday.
Cu chi u?
Where do you play?
CU lc b Thanh nin.
At the Youth Club.
T c th gia nhp c khng?

Can I join?
Sao khng c?
Why not?
*
*
Cu i u y?
T i chi bng chuyn.

I am going to play volleyball.
T i vi cu c khng?
Can I go along with you?
c. Xin mi gia nhp vi chng t.

Yes, you can. Please join us.
, T ch xem thi. T khng bit chi.

Oh, I only watch games. I can't play.
Cu chi bng chuyn bao lu ri?
How long have you been playing volleyball?
T chi t khi t 14 tui.

I have been playing it since I was 14 year old
Cn cu, cu thch mn th thao no?
And you? What sport do you like?
T thch chi c.
I like playing chess.
204
H c thi gian ri l t ton chi c.

Whenever I have free time, I play only chess.
F
C g?
What chess?
C tng.
Chinese chess.
T mun hc. Cu dy t c khng?

I want to learn it. Can you teach me?
c.
Yes, I can
3. V i hi th thao ton quc.

(About the National Olympic Games)
G
Trong i hi th thao ton quc, TP H Ch Minh ginh c my huy chng?

How many medals did Ho Chi Minh city win at the National Games?
Su Huy chng vng, nm Huy chng bc v by Huy chng ng.

Six gold medals, five silver medals and seven bronze medals.
Cu c bit ai v ch bng bn khng?

Do you know who was a table-tennis champion?
Mt vn ng vin ca H Ni.
An athlete from Hanoi.
Tun Anh phi khng?

Was it Tuan Anh?
ng ri.
Yes, right.
Gii nh thuc v mt vn ng vin ca Hi Phng.
The second prize went to an athlete from Haiphong.
Cn v mn bi th sao?
How about swimming?
, gii nht vn thuc v ng Th To.

Oh, the frist prize still went to Dang Thi Teo.

1. "h... l..." - The pair of conjunctions used to link two clauses with a supposition - effect relation in a
complex sentence. It means "Whenever..., ..." or "If...,...").
("h... l..." - Cp lin t c dng ni hai mnh c quan h gi thit - kt qu. N c ngha l
"whenever"; "If").
H c thi gian ri l anh y i chi bng bn.
Whenever he has free time, he plays table-tennis.
H anh y n l c y khc.
Whenever he comes, she cries.
205
H cu th Maradona xut hin l khn gi reo h.

Whenever the football player Maradona appears, the audience cheer up.
Note: Sometimes "h" can go with the word "th".
(Ch : i khi "h" c th i vi "th").
H c y yu ti th ti s ci c y.
If she loves me, I will marry her.
H bn ti n th ch gi ti nh.
Whenever my friend comes, please call me.
2. "s d... l v..." is used to link two clauses in a complex sentence: the first clause indicating the result
and the second one indicating cause or reason. It means "The reason why... is that..."; "The
reason why... is because...".
("s d... l v..." c dng ni hai mnh trong mt cu phc: mnh th nht ch kt qu,
mnh th hai ch nguyn nhn, l do").
S d i Trung Quc thua l v h qu ch quan.
The reason why the Chinese team lost was that they were very subjective.
S d c y bun l v anh y khng yu c y.
The reason why she is sad is that he doesn't love her.
S d tun trc ch y khng i hc l v ch y b m.
The reason why she didn't go to University last week was that she was ill.
S d c y khng yu anh y l v anh y hay say ru.
The reason why she doesn't love him is that he is often drunk.
3. "t khi", "t hi" mean "since".
Ti bit anh y t khi ti gia nhp i bng .
I have known him since I joined the football team.
Ti yu c y t hi c y tr nh ti.
I have loved her since she stayed at my house.
Ti hc ting Vit t khi ti n H Ni.
I have been learning Vietnamese since I came to Hanoi.
Chng ti bit nhau t hi hai a cn nh.
We have known each other since we (two people) were children.
4. The structure "ton... c... "means "only" or "nothing but". You can use only the word "ton". (Cu
trc "ton... c:..." c ngha l "only", "nothing but". Bn c th ch dng mt mnh t "ton").
Hm nay ti ton hc ting Vit.
Today I study only Vietnamese.
Today I study nothing but VIETNAMESE.
hiu sch ny, ton sch ting Hoa c.
There are only Chinese books in this bookshop.
Hm nay n ton ung c ph.
Today he drinks only coffee.
Today he drinks nothing but coffee.
5. The word "do" (by) is used to make the passive sentences.
(T "do" c dng cu to cu b ng)
Bn thng u tin do cu th s 10 ghi pht th 5.
The first goal of the match was scored by forward (10) in the fifth minute.
206
chi bi
chi c
chi bng r
chi qun vt
thi so
chi n bu
to play cards
to play chess
to play basket-ball
to play tennis
to play the flute
to play a one-stringed musical instrument
III. THC HNH (Practive)

A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
Hm qua i Php..................................?
, I Php chi vi i Ba Lan.
i no....................................................?
i Ba Lan tn cng nhanh hn.
.................................................................?
i Ba Lan thng i Php vi t s 3-1.
Ai ghi bn thng u tin?
..................................................................?
..................................................................?
Khng phi. i c mnh nht chu u hin nay.
..................................................................?
i Brazil.
*
*
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
Cu.............................................................?
T thch chi bng bn.
Cu chi bng bn......................................?
T chi bng bn t khi t...........................
Cn cu, cu................................................?
T khng thch chi bng bn.
T thch........................................................
Cu thng..................................................?
T thng chi Cu lc b Qun i.
*
* *
E
F
E
F
E
F
Trong i hi th thao ton quc, H Ni............?

Hai Huy chng vng, by Huy chng...............
Ai v ch mn chy 300 mt?
Mt vn ng vin.................................................
Cn v mn bn sng?
Gii nht.................................................................
2. Use "s d... l v..." (The reason why... is that...) to link two clauses into one sentence. (Dng "s d...
l v..." ni hai mnh thnh mt cu).
a)
i Italy thng.
The Italian team won.
Cc cu th tn cng nhanh.
207
The football players attacked fast.

b)
i c thua.
The German team lost.
Th mn ch quan.
The goal-keeper was subjective.
c)
Ti rt yu chng ti.
I love my husband very much.
Anh y rt thng minh v t t.
He is very intelligent and kind.
d) Ch y khng th n y.
She can not come here
Chng ch y ghen.
Her husband is jealous
3. User "h... l... (whenever...) to link two clauses into one sentence (Dng "h... l..." ni hai v thnh
mt cu).
a) Ti ri.
I am free
Ti chi n ghi-ta. I play guitar
b) Ngi yu c n thm.
Her former boy-friend comes to visit her.
C y khc. She cries
c) Tri lnh.
B y b ho.
It is cold
She has a cough
d) Ch y v mun.
Anh y phn nn.
She comes back late

He complains

Ai t chn ln cung trng trc?
Con tu v tr Apolo ca M a mt nhm nh du hnh v tr ln cung trng vo nm 1969. T
ngi ta ngh rng l nhng ngi u tin c mt cung trng. Nhng 20 nm sau, tc l vo
nm 1989, chnh cc nh du hnh v tr li tit l rng khi h va ti mt trng h pht hin thy
"du chn ngi vi nm u ngn chn i t " cn in r . Nh vt l v tr M Can Mln cho bit:
Cc nh du hnh v tr M nm 1969 khi bc ln cung trng rt ngc nhin v thy 23 du chn ngi
vi nm u ngn chn v chp li nhng du chn ny. Cc nh du hnh v tr cn cho bit cc
du chn u cn rt mi. Nh vy r rng l c ngi t chn ln trc cc nh du hnh v
tr M khong mt vi tun. Phi chng chnh l nhng ngi t mt hnh tinh khc?
(Theo bo Ph n Vit Nam)
Who First Landed on the Moon?
The American spaceship ?Apollo? brought a group of space explorers to the moon in 1969. Since then
it was believed that they were the first people to land on the moon. However, 20 years later, 1989, the
space explorers themselves acknowledged that as soon as they landed on the moon they discovered
208
some clearly printed ?human footprints with five toes bare-footed.? American space physicist Ken Melon
revealed: the 1969 American space explorers were shocked to see 23 human footprints and had taken
photos of these footprints. They further admitted that those footprints were all quite recent. Thus it is
clear that someone set their foot on the moon several weeks before the American space explorers. Could
they be from another planet?
Cung trng
tu v tr
nhm
nh du hnh v tr
sau
tit l
ti
du chn
i t
in
nh vt l
cho bit
chp
hnh tinh
r rng l
T ng
the moon
space - craft
group
spaceman
later
revealed
arrive
footprint
bare - footed
print
physicist
tell, say
take a photo
planet
it is clear that
mt trng
a
c mt
Vocabulary
the moon
bring, carry
appear, present
tc l
rng
pht hin thy
ngn chn
cn
r
v tr
bc
t chn ln
khc
phi chng
it means
that
discover
toe
still
clearly
space
step
foot on
other
Is it true that?
V. BI TP (Exercies)
a) Change the following sentences into the passive ones by using the word "do" (dng "do" chuyn cc
cu sau thnh cu b ng).
1. Cu th Maradona ghi bn thng u tin.
The football player Maradona scored the first goal.
2. Bn ti vit quyn sch ny.
My friend wrote this book.
3. Anh y v bc tranh ny.
He painted this picture.
4. Nh my chng ti sn xut nhng ci vt ny.
Our factory produced these rackets.
5. Cng nhn Vit Nam xy dng cu Chng Dng.
Vietnamese workers constructed the Chuong Duong bridge
b) Translate the following sentences into Vietnamese.
1. The Vietnamese team beat the Malaysian team with the score of 3-1.
2. The centre-forward number 10 of the Chinese team scored the last goal in the 85 th minute of the
match.
3. The Italian team is the strongest in Europe now.
4. Whenever she comes, we walk together in the park.
5. The reason why I didn't come here yesterday was that I missed the plane.
6. I have known her since we studied at the same school.
209
7. She has loved him since his wife divorced him

8. I want to borrow nothing but English books.
9. The reason why he is sad is that she refused his invitation.
10. He scored the third goal in the second half.
c) Choose one of the words given in the brackets to fill in the blanks (Chn mt trong nhng t cho
trong ngoc in vo ch trng).
1. i c...................... i Ba Lan vi t s 1 - 2.
(thng, thua, ha, do)
2. H bn ti n...................... chng ti s i xem phim.
( y, l, hm qua, v vy)
3. Hm nay ti...................... ung c ph.
(khng nhng, l, ton, do, c)
4. Ti chi bng bn...................... ti sng k tc x.
(t, vo, v sao, t hi, m)
5. i Italia v i Brazil...................... 2 - 2.
(thng, thua, c, ha, bn thng)
6. Ta nh ny...................... ai xy dng?
(b, s, , do, l)
Lesson 23: Services

Bi 23: Dch v
1. HIU MAY U PHC (AT THE tailor's)
H
Cho ng!
Good morning, sir!
, cho ng Hng!
Oh, good morning, Mr.Hung.
Lu lm khng gp ng.
I haven't seen you for long time.
No, ti c th gip g cho ng y?
Now, what can I help you?
Ti mun may mt b u phc.

I want to have a suit made.
210
ng c kiu thi trang mi nht no khng?

Have you got any latest fashion style?
T
C y. ng thy kiu ny th no?

Yes, I have. How do you like this pattern?
Kiu y c hp thi khng?

Is that pattern up-to-date?
y l kiu thi trang mi nht hin nay.

This is the latest fashion style now.
Ngay c nhng khch hng kh tnh nht cng rt thch kiu ny.
Even customers with the most difficult nature like this style very much.
Vng, c. Ti bao gi cng tin tng vo con mt thm m ca ng.

Yes, OK. I always believe your aesthetic eyes.
ng thch loi vi g ?
Which stuff would you like?
Ti thch loi k vung.

I ' d like checked stuff.
y .
Here you are.
Ti ngh l n rt hp vi ng.
I think it suits you very much.
Vi loi vi ny, ng nn tht ca-la-vt mu sm.
In accordance with this cloth, you should wear a dark necktie.
Vng, ng . Xin ng o ngi ti i.

Yes, that' s right. Measure me, please.
c ri .
That's all.
Bn ngy na mi ng gh li th.
Please call in for fitting in four days.
Ti phi t cc bao nhiu ?

How much do I have to make a deposit?
Xin ng cho 200 nghn ng.

Please give me 200,000 dongs.
Tin y .
Here's the money.
Cm n ng.
Thank you.
2. HIU CT TC NAM (AT THE barber's)
211
Xin mi vo .
Please come in.
Cho c. Ti mun ct tc.

Good afternoon, Miss. I need a haircut.
ng mun ct tc nh th no?
How do you want it cut?
Ch va va thi. ng ngn qu.

Just a medium cut. Not too short.
c . Cn ria th sao, h ng?

Very well. And your mustache?
Xin ta bt mt cht.
Please trim it a little.
Tc ng hnh nh kh.
Your hair seems dry.
ng gi u ch ?
Would you like a shampoo?
Vng.
Yes, OK
c ri . p qu.
All right. Very nice.
Ht bao nhiu h c?
How much do you charge?
Mi nghn .
Ten thousand dongs.
Tin y. Cm n c.
Here's the money. Thank you.
Cm n ng. Cho ng.

Thank you. Good-bye, sir.
3. HIU LM U (AT THE hairdresser's)

C
Ti mun lm u.
I want my hair set (done)
Vng. Mi ch ngi.
Yes. Please sit down.
Ch thch kiu u no ?
What style would you like?
Ti mun lm theo kiu mi.

I want to wear my hair in a new style.
Kiu ny th no ?
How about this style?
, TI khng mun ct ngn.

Oh, I don't want my hair cutshort.
212
Cn kiu ny?
And this style?
Vng. Ti mun lm theo kiu ny.

Yes. I want my hair done in this style.
Tc ch khng c en lm.
Your hair is not very black.
Ch nhum tc nh?
Would you like your hair dyed?
Vng. c.
O.K.
4. HIU CHA NG H (AT the watch repairer's)

E
ng lm n xem gim cho ci ng h.

Have a look at my watch, please.
N hng g y ?
What's the trouble?
Gn y mi ngy n chm khong 20 pht.

Lately it has begun to lose about 20 minutes a day.
Thnh thong li dng hn.
Also it sometimes stops completely.
Vng. ng c li y.
Well, you' ll have to leave it here.
Du sao th cng phi sa cha lt vt v lau du.
Anyway it needs some small repairs and a thorough cleaning.
Ngy mai ti ly c khng .

Can I collect it tomorrow.
Vng, chiu mai, sau 3 gi.

Yes, you can. Tomorrow afternoon after 3 o'clock.
Cm n ng.
Thank you.
Cho ng.
Good-bye.
5. HIU NH (AT THE photographer's)

G
Cho ng.
Good morning.
Cho ng. ng cn g ?
Good morning. Can I help you?
Ti mun chp nh.

I want to have my photo taken.
lm g tha ng?
213
What for, sir?

G
lm h chiu.
It's for my passport.
ng cn bao nhiu ci ?
How many copies?
Mi ci.
Ten copies.
Vng. Mi ng ngi.
Well. Sit down, please.
Xin ng ngng u ln mt cht.
Head a little higher, please.
ng ng y.
Don't move.
Mt, hai...... ba.
One, two...... three.
Tt ri.
That's fine.
Xong ri ?
Is that all?
Cha, cha. ng i mt cht.

No, not yet. Wait a minute, please.
Ti chp mt "p" na.
I'll make another exposure.
Mt, hai,..... ba.
One, two,...... three.
Xong ri.
Well, it's done.

1. The Vietnamese words have meaning "wear" in English. (Cc t mang ngha "wear")
There are several words in Vietnamese which have the meaning "wear" in English. (Trong ting Vit c
mt s t mang ngha nh "wear" ca ting Anh).
a) "mc" goes before nouns like "qun" (trousers), "o" (shirt), "qun o" (clothes). ("mc" i trc
nhng danh t nh "qun", "o", "qun o").
b) "i" goes before nouns like "giy" (shoes), "tt" (socks, stockings), "dp" (sandals), "guc" (wooden
clogs). ("i" ng trc cc danh t nh "giy", "tt", "dp", "guc").
c) "i" goes before nouns like "m" (hat), "nn" (conical palm hat), "khn" (cloth [on the head]).
("i" i trc cc danh t nh "m", "nn", "khn").
214
d) "tht" goes before nouns like "ca-la-vt", "c-vt" (necktie), "dy lng" (belt). ("tht" i trc cc
danh t nh "ca-la-vt", "c-vt", "dy lng").
e) "qung" goes before the noun "khn" ("qung" i trc t "khn").
f) "eo" goes before nouns like "ca-la-vt", "c-vt" (necktie), "nhn" (ring), "dy chuyn" (chain),
"vng" (necklace), "hoa tai" (ear-ring), "knh" (glasses), "ng h" (watch). ("eo" i trc cc danh t
nh "ca-la-vt", "c-vt", "nhn", "dy chuyn", "vng", "hoa tai", "knh", "ng h").
2. "du sao", "d sao", "d sao i na", "d sao chng na" mean "anyway", "anyhow".
Anh y bo ti ng mua xe my nhng du sao ti cng mua ri.
He told me not to buy a motobike, but I bought it anyhow.
D sao i na, anh cng nn tha th cho c y.
Anyway you should forgive her.
D sao chng na ti vn yu c y.
Whatever happens I still love her.
3. "hnh nh", means "seem", "It seems that", "It looks as if".
Hnh nh l tc ng kh.
It sems that your hair is dry.
Bn anh trng quen qu, hnh nh anh y lm vic sn bay Quc t Ni Bi
Your friend looks very familiar, it seems that he works at the Noibai International Airport..
Anh y va mi i, hnh nh anh y mun tm ch.
He has just gone out, it seems he wants to look for you.
4. "ngay c", "thm ch c", "ngay c... cng...", "thm ch c... cng..." mean "even" in English.
Ngay c ngi ln cng thch kem.
Even the adults like ice-cream.
Thm ch c ngi yu ca ti cng thch c y.
Even my boy-friend likes her.
N hc sut tun, thm ch c ch nht.
He studies all through the week, even on Sunday.
Ngay c lp trng cng li.
Even the monitor is lazy.
Note: In the pattern "ngay c... cng...", "thm ch c... cng...", the word "cng" always stands just
before predicate. (Ch : Trong cu trc "ngay c... cng...", "thm ch c... cng...", t "cng" lun
lun ng ngay trc v ng).
5. The word "na" means "more", "in".
Xin cho ti mt t rau na.
Please give me some more vegetables.
Ti khng c tin na.
I have no more money.
Ng na i.
Sleep some more.
Mi ngy na l sinh nht ti.
It is my birthday in ten days.
215
* When "na" goes after "g", the group "g na" means "anything else" in the question and it means
"anything more" in the negative answer. (Khi "na" i sau "g", t hp "g na" c ngha l "anything
else" trong cu hi v c ngha l "anything more" trong cu tr li ph nh).
Ch c mun hi g na khng?
Do you want to ask anything else?
Khng, ti khng mun hi g na.
No, I don't want to ask anything more.
Cc anh mun ung g na khng?
Do you want to drink anything else?
Khng, chng ti khng mun ung g na.
No, we don't want to drink anything more.
Ti c phi lm g na khng?
Do I have to do anything else?
Anh khng phi lm g na.
You don't have to do anything more.
1. Ti mun may mt b u phc
I want to have a suit made.
* Replace "may mt b u phc" with the following.
(Thay "may mt b u phc" bng nhng cm t sau).
may mt chic o s mi
may mt chic qun
to have a shirt made

to have a pair of trousers made
cha ng h
ct tc
sa giy
lm u
chp nh
phng to nh ny
ra mt cun phim
cha my nh
my watch repaired
my hair cut
my shoes repaired
my hair done (set)
to have my photo taken
to have this photo enlarged
a roll of film developed
my camera repaired

a) When you want your pair of glasses repaired
(Khi bn mun cha knh)
b) When you want your car washed
(Khi bn mun ra xe -t)
c) When you want your shoes polished
(Khi bn mun nh giy)
d) When you want your motorbike repaired
(Khi bn mun cha xe my)
e) When you want to have two prints developed
(Khi bn mun ra hai tm nh)
f) When you want to have a dress made
(Khi bn mun may mt chic vy)
216
g) When you want your watch repaired

(Khi bn mun cha ng h)
h) When you want your hair shampooed
(Khi bn mun gi u)
3. Complete the following conversations (Hon thnh cc on hi thoi sau)
A
B
A
ng cn g ?
Ti mun.....................................................................................
ng thch kiu....................................................................?
B
A
B
A
Ti thch kiu thi trang mi nht.

ng thy kiu ny....................................................................?
c .
......................................................................................................?
B
A
Ti thch loi vi................................................................................

Vng, y. Loi ny rt hp vi ng.
*
*
C
D
C
D
C
4.
Ti mun lm u.
Ch thch.........................................................................?
Kiu ny c khng?
Vng. Ti mun lm theo................................................?
.........................................................................................?
, khng. Ti khng mun nhum tc.
C ai mun hi g na khng?
Does anybody want to ask anything else?
Khng, khng ai mun hi g na.
No, nobody wants to ask anything more.
* According to the model above, use the following verbs to make questions, then give negative answers
to them. (Theo mu trn, hy dng cc ng t di y to cu hi v tr li ph nh nhng cu
hi ).
ni
vit
xem
ngh
n
5.
to speak
to write
to watch
to propose
to eat
c
mn
nghe
yu cu
ung
Ch y trng vui qu.

She looks very happy.
Ch y va mi ly chng.
She has just got married.
Ch y trng vui qu hnh nh ch y va mi ly chng.
She looks very happy, it seems she has just got married.
217
to read
to borrow
to listen (to)
to request
to drink
* Use "hnh nh" to link two sentences into one sentence.

(Dng "hnh nh" ni hai cu thnh mt cu)
a)
Anh y khng trong ny.

He is not in.
Anh y i n hiu ct tc.
He has gone to the barber's.
b)
Ch y trng tr ra.
She looks younger.
Ch y va mi lm u.
Her hair has just been done.
c)
N i hiu nh
He has gone to the photographer's.
N mun chp nh.
He want to have his photo taken.
d)
C y lun lun n y.
She always comes here.
C y yu cu.
She loves you.
e)
N lm xong bi tp ri.
He has finished his exercises.
Tt c cc bi tp u d.
All exercises are easy.

Xe duyn quc t - mt dch v ang pht t
Nhng nm gn y, xe duyn quc t tr thnh mt ngh kinh doanh cc k pht t.
Ti cc nc phng Ty, cc phng dch v xe duyn quc t cung cp cho "khch hng" rt
nhiu cc C GI T THAILAND, PHILIPPINES, n , Romania, Nga,... h ci lm v. Kh nhiu
n ng phng Ty nhm vo i tng l cc c gi chu . V CNG KHNG T CC C GI CHU ,
NGA, ?NG u,... v mun nhanh chng c cuc sng y th vn may bng cch cng khai
qung co tm chng trn bo.
Ti Los Angeles, ng Ronal Benson cho bit, cng ty ca ng tc thnh cho hng trm cp. Hin
nay vn cn "HNG VN C GI CHU , ng u v Nga ch i kim c mt ngi chng M".
ng cn cho bit, cng ty ca ng va t chc mt cuc gp g ti Nga, 350 c gi Nga tham d v
mi ngi ng k tm chng phi ng 48 -la l ph.
(Theo bo Tin phong)
International Match-Making: A Successful Service
In the recent years, international match-making has become an extremely successful business.
In Western countries, international match making service offices had provided "customers" with many
young ladies from Thailand, the Philippines, India, Rumania and Russia for them to marry. There are a
lot of Westerners who ask for Asian ladies as their potential wives-to-be. And there are a rising number
218
of Asian, Russian and East-European girls, who are anxiously looking for a better life, and try their luck
by publicly placing a "husband wanted" advertisement in the newspaper.
Mr Ronald Benson from Los Angles says that his company has successfully matched hundred of couples.
At the present, there are still thousands of Asian, East European and Russian ladies waiting for an
American husband. He also revealed that his company has just organised a meeting in Russia. Three
hundred and fifty Russian girls attended the meeting and everyone who registers has to pay a US $48
fee.
xe duyn
pht t
cc k
phng
khch hng
n ng
i tng
cuc sng
th
cng khai
tm
cng ty
tc thnh
kim c
cuc gp g
mi
ng
T ng
contract marrige, go-between, dating
successful
kinh doanh
exetremely
phng Ty
department, section
customer
cung cp
man
nhm vo
object
chu
life
y
try
vn may
public
qung co
look for
bo
company
cp
help to get married
find
t chc
tham d
meeting
each, one
ng k
pay
l ph
Vocabulary
a) Fill in the blanks with suitable words. Use the words given.
(in cc t thch hp vo ch trng. Xin dng cc t di).
Words: mc, i, i, eo, tht, qung (wear)
1.
Ti thch............................. o mu trng
I like wearing white shirts.
2. V ti thng..................... dp mu tm.
My wife often wears violet sandals.
3. ng...................... ca-la-vt mu .
Don't wear red neckties.
4. Hm nay chng ti s............. m mu xanh.
Today we'll wear blue hat.
5. Tri rt lnh, con nn.............. i tt ny.
It is very cold, you (child) should wear this pair of stockings.
6. Ch y rt thch.............. hoa tai.
She likes wearing ear-rings very much.
7. Ti khng thch ................ giy vi.
I don't like wearing cloth shoes.
8. Anh c thch.................... qun b khng?
Do you like wearing Jeans?
9. My bay sp h cnh, xin.............. dy lng cn thn.
The plane is going to land, please fasten your belt carefully.
10. Nng dn Vit Nam thng................ nn khi lm vic trn cnh ng.
219
business, trade
West, Western
supply, provide
direct, aim
Asia
full, enough
good luck
advertise
newspaper
couple
arrange, organize
join, take part in
register
fees
The Vietnamese farmers often wear conical palm hat when working in the field.
b) Add "ngay c........ cng..." to the following sentences.
(Thm "ngay c........ cng..." vo nhng cu sau)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B m ti khng hiu ti.

My parents don't understand me.
Chng ti thch anh y.
My husband like him.
HIU sch Trng Tin khng c quyn t in ny.
There isn't this dictionary at the Trang Tien book-shop.
Chng c y ght c y.
Her husband hates her.
Ngn hng ht tin mt.
The bank has run out of cash.

1. Iwant my radio repaired.
2. My friend wants to have a dress made.
3. Does anybody want to say anything else?
4. Eat some more, please.
5. I want my hair dyed.
6. Who likes to wear red hat now?
7. Do you want your camera repaired?
8. Is this the latest style?
9. I like wearing leather shoes.
10. Even my wife doesn't understand this problem.
Lesson 24: Sightseeing - Travelling - Amusements
Bi 24: Tham quan - Du lch - Gii tr
1. HNG DU LCH (AT THE Travel Agency)
A
B
A
B
Cho c
Good morning, miss!
Xin cho ng! ng cn g ?
Good morning, sir! Can I help you?
Ti mun i du lch mt vi ni.
I want to travel to some places.
Chng ti c rt nhiu chuyn i trn gi, t mt n 10 ngy.
We have a lot of package tours, from one to ten days.
y l danh sch cc chuyn i trn gi.
This is a list of the package tours.
V y l danh sch cc im du lch.
And this is a list of the tourist attractions.
Cm n c.
Thank you.
220
B
A
B
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
Hm n ti cng t i ph c Hi An.
The other day, I went to Hoi An ancient town by myself.
Khng ai i cng ti.
Nobody went with me.
V vy chuyn i hi vt v.
So the trip was a bit difficult.
Ln ny i theo du lch chc l tt hn.
This time I'll go in a tour, maybe it's better.
Tt nhin, tha ng.
Yes, certainly, sir.
Ti i theo chuyn "4A Vit Nam".
I'll follow the "4A Vietnam" tour.
By ngy su m.
Seven days six nights.
Gi trn gi l bao nhiu ?
How much is a package tour?
Xin ng xem bng gi trn tng .
Please look at the price list on the wall.
Cho c!
Good afternoon, miss!
Cho b!
Ti mun ng k i du lch nc ngoi.
I want to register for travelling abroad.
i u tha b?
Where to, madam?
i Malaysia v Singapore.
To Malaysia and Singapore.
Ti phi lm g ?
What do I have to do?
B phi c h chiu v visa.
You must have a passport and a visa.
Ti i theo chuyn du lch, cc c chun b mi giy t cho ti ch?
I'll go with a tour. Can you prepare everything for me?
Vng. Xin b np cho nm nh.
Yes, we can. Please give us five photos.
V in vo mu ny.
And fill in the form.
2. RP CHIU BNG (AT THE cinema)

E
F
E
Xin li, ti nay chiu phim g ?

Excuse me, what's on tonight?
"Tnh yu v nhng git nc mt".
"Love and Tears".
Ch, tn hp dn qu!
Oh, its name is very interesting!
Ni dung th no h ch?
How is its content?
y l phim tm l - x hi hay nht nm nay.
This is the most interesting socio - psychological film this year.
221
F
E
F
E
F
F
E
N va c gii Huy chng vng ti lin hoan phim quc t.

It has just won a Gold medal at an International Film Festival.
o din v cc din vin in nh u rt ni ting.
The film director, actors and actresses are very famous.
My gi bui chiu bt u h ch?
What time does the show begin?
Vo lc 8 gi 15.
At 8.15.
Xin ch cho hai v.
Two tickets, please.
Hng no h anh?
Which class?
Hng nht.
First class.
Hai mi nghn ng.
20,000 dong.
V ca anh y.
Here are your tickets.
Cm n ch.
Thank you.
rp xic (At the circus)
Ti nay on xic no biudin h ch?

Which circus will perform tonight, miss?
on xic Trung ng .
The Central Circus Group.
Chng trnh xic ti nay th no ch ch?
What is tonight's circus programme?
u tin l xic th.
At the beginning, animals perform.
Khn gi s khng thy ai c m ch c h, voi v kh.
The audience won't see any people at all, just tigers, elephants and monkeys.
Chng s t din.
They will perform by themselves.
Rt th v.
Very interesting.
Sau l tr tung hng v o thut.
Then jugglers and conjurers.
C c tr nho ln v i li trn dy.
There are also acrobats and rope-dancers.
Cui cng l s trnh din ca cc vai h.
Finally the clowns will perform.
, CC con ti s rt thch.
Oh, my children will like that very much.
Xin ch cho hai v ngi ln v hai v tr em.
Two tickets for adults and two tickets for children, please.
Hng nht hay hng hai h ng?
First class or second class, sir?
Hng nht ch .
First class.
H
G
H
H
G
222
G
H
My gi rp xic m ca ?
What time does the circus open?
By ri ti.
At 7.30 p.m.
Bui biu din s bt u vo lc 8 gi.
The show will begin at 8.00.
Cm n ch.
Thank you.
D khng c g.
Not at all.
II
NG PHP (Grammar)
1.
The meaning of the word "cng".

(Cc ngha ca t "cng").
"cng" or "cng vi" means "with" in English.
Khng ai i cng ti.
Nobody went with me.
ng y sng cng vi v Tokyo.
He lives with his wife in Tokyo.
"cng " means "together".
Anh y v ti cng hc Trng i hc Quc gia.
He and I study together at the National University.
Ti v v ti cng lm vic B Thng mi.
I and my wife work together at the Ministry of Trade.
"cng" or "cng mt" means "the same".
Chng ti hc cng trng i hc.
We study at the same university.
C y v ti sinh ra cng mt thnh ph.
She and I were born in the same city.
V anh y v v ti lm vic cng mt cng ty.
His wife and my wife work at the same company.
a)
b)
c)
2. "hm n" or "hm trc" means "the other day".

Hm n chng ti i xem xic cng vin L-nin.
The other day we went to the circus in Lenin Park.
Hm n ti i tham quan Vnh H Long.
The other day I visited Ha Long Bay.
Hm trc c y v ti xem phim "Mi tnh u".
The other day she and I watched the film "First Love".
Hm trc cc anh h biu din rt hay.
The other day the clowns performed very well.
3. The words "chc", "c l" are used to form sentences of possibilities. They mean "maybe", "perhaps".
(Cc t "chc", "c l" c dng cu to cu ch s c th. Chng c ngha l "maybe", "perhaps").
223
B phim "Tnh yu v nhng git nc mt" chc hay lm.

Maybe the film "Love and Tears" is very interesting.
C l tun sau chng ta s i xem phim.
Maybe next week we'll go to the cinema.
Chiu nay chc ch y nh.
Maybe she'll stay at home this afternoon.
Ti ngh rng c l anh y s n.
I think that perhaps he'll come.
4. "khng ai" means "nobody", "no one".
Ti g ca nhng khng ai ra m.
I knocked on the door but nobody answered.
Khng ai y ngoi ti.
There's no one here apart from me.
Anh c th gip ti c khng? Khng ai khc na m.
Can you help me? No one else can.
* You can replace "khng ai" by "khng ngi no".

(Bn c th thay "khng ai" bng "khng ngi no").
Khng ngi no thch b ph bnh.
No one likes being criticized.
Khng ngi no mun ngho.
Nobody wants to be poor.
5. The pattern "khng... ai c" is used in absolutely negative sentences. It means "not... anybody at all".
(Cu trc "khng... ai c" c dng trong cu ph nh tuyt i. N c ngha "not... anybody at all").
Ti khng yu ai c ngoi c y.
I don't love anybody at all apart from her.
Hm qua ti n nh anh nhng khng gp ai c.
I went to your house yesterday but I didn't see anybody at all.
Ch y c n y nhng ch y khng hi ai c.
She came here but she didn't ask anybody at all.
* You can replace "khng... ai c" with "khng... ngi no c". (Bn c th thay "khng... ai c" bng
"khng... ngi no c").
Anh y khng nh ngi no c.
He didn't beat anybody at all.
* In absolutely negative answers, you can use the pattern "c... ai u". (Trong cu tr li ph nh
tuyt i, bn c th dng cu trc "c... ai u").
Anh nh h phi khng?
Did you beat them?
Khng, ti c nh ai u.
No, I didn't do beat anybody at all.
Anh da chng ti phi khng?
Are you threatening us?
Ti c da ai u.
I don't mean to threaten anybody at all.
224

1 Chng ti mun tham quan thnh ph.
We want to see the sights of the city.
* Replace "thnh ph" with the following.
(Thay "thnh ph" bng cc t sau)
Vnh H Long
c Hu
thnh ph cao nguyn Lt
cha Thin M
bi bin Vng Tu
a o C Chi
n Hng
ch Bn Thnh
cng Nh Rng
H Ty
2.
Halong Bay
Hue Ancient Capital
Dalat Highland City
Thienmu Pagoda
Vungtau Beach
Cuchi Tunnel
Hung Temple
Benthanh Market
Nharong Port
The West Lake
Ch thch phim g?
What kind of films do you prefer?
Ti thch phim tm l - x hi.
I prefer socio-psychological film.
*. Use the following to answer the question:

Anh thch phim g?
What kind of films do you prefer?
phim
phim
phim
phim
phim
phim
truyn
hot hnh
ti liu
thi s
khoa hc vin tng
mu
feature films
animated cartoon films
documentaries
news-reels
scientific fiction films
colour films

A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
Hm nay chiu.................................................?
Phim "Tnh yu ca ti".
C.....................................................................?
Rt hay.
y l phim......................................................
My gi............................................................?
Lc...................................................................
Xin ch cho......................................................
Hng no h anh?
225
A
B
A
B
A
..........................................................................
Bao nhiu tin...................................................?
..........................................................................
Tin y .
V......................................................................
...........................................................................
*
* *
C
D
C
D
C
D
C
D
Ti mun i tham quan mt vi ni.

.........................................................................
i Hu, Nha Trang v thnh ph H Ch Minh.
Gi trn gi.......................................................?
, chng ti c rt nhiu chuyn i trn gi.
Chuyn di nht l............................................?
10 ngy.
y l danh sch...............................................
Ti mun theo chuyn "3B Vit Nam".
Vng. Xin ng xem bng gi............................
4. Use "chc" or "c l" to answer the following questions

(Dng "chc" hoc "c l" tr li nhng cu hi sau)
a) Ti nay em i xem phim vi anh c khng?
Can you go to the cinema with me this evening?
b) Ngy mai cu nh ch?
Will you stay at home tomorrow?
c) Cu c yu c y khng?
Do you love her?
d) Ch c ch anh y khng?
Do you wait for him?
e) C y c hiu cu khng?
Does she understand you?
f) Anh y c gin ch khng?
Is she angry with you?
g) Ai ng: c y hay cu?
Who is right: she or you?
h) Hm nay tri c ma khng?
Is it going to rain today?
i) Anh c th i vi chng ti lc 8 gi hay 9 gi?
Can you go with us at 8 or at 9?
k) Bao gi anh i Nht?
When will you go to Japan?
5. Use "khng ai" (nobody) to answer the following question.
(Dng "khng ai" tr li cc cu hi sau)
a) Ai yu cu?
Who loves you?
b) Ai s a em i Vnh H Long?
Who will take you to Ha Long Bay?
c) Sng nay ai hi ti?
Who asked me this morning?
d) Ai tr li c cu ny?
226
Who can answer this question?

e) Ai mun i xem xic ti nay?
Who wants to go to the circus to night?
IV. C HIU (reading comprehensIon)
Vnh H Long - Halong Bay
n Vit Nam m khng i thm Vnh H Long ngha l bn cha bit g v v p ca t nc ny.
l li nhn xt ca kh nhiu khch du lch t khp nm chu sau chuyn i thm H Long tr v.
Tc gi cun sch c tn "Les Merveilles du monde" (Hachette Publishers, Paris, 1950 Edition) coi H
Long nh mt k quan ca th gii.
Vnh H Long thuc thnh ph H Long, tnh Qung Ninh, cch th H Ni 180 km. Vnh H Long
bao ph mt vng rng chng 1.500 m2 vi hn 1.000 hn o c tn v khong vi nghn hn o
khng tn khc. Hng nghn hn o "mc" di bin xanh to nn v p c o cho H Long.
H Long khng ch p bi cc o ln nh m cn bi hng lot hang ng t nhin: u G (cn gi
l Du G), B Nu, Trinh N, v.v. Ngay t cui th k 19, nhiu khch du lch chu u t chn n
cc hang ng ny. Ng ngng trc v p ca thin nhin, h "tng" cho cc hang ng y
nhng ci tn va l lm va diu k: hang "Sng st", ng "Ngc nhin",...
H Long cn hp dn, thu ht du khch nm chu bi cc bi tm l tng ca n. Vo nhng thng
h, lc no trn bi bin cng c hng nghn du khch bi li, tm nng, ngh ngi.
Nh c vnh H Long, th x H Long nh b v bi bm trc y gi tr thnh mt thnh ph du
lch ni ting ca c nc. H Long s mi mi l "im hn" ca du khch bn phng.
Ha Long Bay
If you have been in Vietnam without visiting Ha Long Bay, it means you know nothing about the beauty
of this country yet. This is a remark made by many tourists from all across the world on returning from
their Ha Long trips. The author of the book: "Les Merveilles du Monde" (Hachetter Publishers, Paris, 1950
Edition) considers Ha Long Bay as a wonder of the world.
Ha Long Bay is situated near Ha Long city in Quang Ninh Province, 180 km from Hanoi. Ha Long Bay
covers an area of around 1,500 square kilometres with more than 1,000 named islands and several
thousands more unnamed islands. Thousands of islands "protruding" from the blue sea create the unique
beauty of Ha Long Bay.
Ha Long Bay is not only beautiful because of its big and small islands but also because of sets of natural
caves and grottos. From as early as the late 19th century, many Western tourists have set foot in these
caves. Astonished at the wonder of nature, they have ?given" these caves and grottos strange and
astounding names: Sung Sot (Startled) and Ngac Nhien (Amazing).
Ha Long Bay also attracts tourists from around the world because of its beautiful beaches. In the months
of summer, there are always thousands of tourists swimming, sun-bathing and relaxing on the beach.
Thanks to Ha Long Bay, the small and dusty town of Ha Long has become a famous resort city of
Vietnam. Ha Long will always be a meeting point for local and foreign tourists.
T ng
Vocabury
227
m
v p
if
beauty
ngha l
li nhn xt
it means
remark
khch du lch
chu
tc gi
coi
tourist
continent
author
consider
khp
tr v
k quan
nh
all
come back, go back
wonder
like, as
thuc
cch
vng
hn o
belong to
from
area
island
tnh
bao ph
chng, khong
vi
province
cover
about
some
mc
to nn
bi
hang, ng
th k
grow up
make up
because of
cave, grotto
century
xanh
c o
ng ngng
cui
hng lot
blue, green
original, special
astonished
end
mass, a lot
va... va...
diu k
ngc nhin
thu ht
lc no... cng
ngh ngi
nh c
bi bm
ni ting
both... and...
wonderful
marvel
draw, arrest
every time
rest
thanks to
dusty
famous
l lm
sng st
hp dn
l tng
bi li
tm nng
th x
gi
mi mi
strange
surprise
attractive
ideal
swimming
back in the sun
town
now
forever
phng
direction
im hn
point of convergence
a) Use "khng....... ai c" to answer the following questions.
(Dng "khng..... ai c" tr li nhng cu hi sau)
1. Ch y hi ai?
Who does she ask?
2. Anh mun gp ai?
Who do you want to meet?
3. Ch y yu ai?
Who does she love?
4. Anh c phi ch ai khng?
Do you have to wait for anybody?
5. Cu gin t phi khng?
Are you angry with me?
228
b) Use "c...... ai u" to answer the following questions.

(Dng "c..... ai u" tr li nhng cu hi sau)
1. C y yu cu phi khng?
Does she love you?
2. Cu ght c y phi khng?
Do you hate her?
3. Xin li, ng tm ti phi khng ?
Excuse me, are you looking for me?
4. Em ang ngh v ai phi khng?
Are you thinking of somebody?
5. Hm qua cu i chi vi c y phi khng?
Did you walk with her yesterday?
1. My children like cartoons very much.
2. We want to see the sights of Ho Chi Minh city.
3. Nobody wants to love me because I am very poor.
4. We work together at the bank.
5. I don't hate anybody at all.
6. Will he come here? - Perhaps not.
7. The other day, I went to her house but she didn't stay at home.
8. Dau Go grotto is one of the most beautiful grottoes in Ha Long Bay.
9. We like clowns very much.
10. Who will perform tonight?
Lesson 25: Literature - Art - History

Bi 25: Vn hc - Ngh thut - Lch s
1. QUY SCH VN hc
(At the Department of Literature books)
K
L
K
L
K
Cho ch! Good afternoon!

, cho anh Kikuchi!
Oh, good afternoon, Mr. Kikuchi!
Anh sp v Nht Bn phi khng?
Are you going back to Japan?
Vng, tun sau.
Yes, I am. Next week.
Trc khi v nc, anh c mun mua g khng?
Do you want to buy anything before going back to your country?
C. Ti mun mua mt s sch vn hc.
Yes, I do. I want to buy some books.
Theo ch, ti nn mua nhng sch g?
Im your opinion, what books should I buy?
Anh thch th, kch, tiu thuyt hay sch nghin cu?
229
K
L
K
L
K
L
K
K
L
K
L
K
L
K
Do you prefer poems, plays, novels or non fiction?

Ti thch th, tiu thuyt v sch nghin cu.
I prefer poems, novels and non fiction.
Theo ti, anh nn mua th Nguyn Bnh, th H Xun Hng v th Xun Diu.
I think you should buy books of poems by Nguyen Binh, Ho Xuan Huong and Xuan Dieu.
, mt kin rt hay.
Oh, good idea.
Ti rt thch ba nh th ny.
I like these three poets very much.
Anh cng nn mua b lch s vn hc Vit Nam.
You also should buy a series on Vietnam's literary history.
Ti cng ngh vy.
Yes, I think so too.
Cn v tiu thuyt?
How about novels?
, rt kh khuyn anh bi v...
Oh, it is very difficult to advise you, because...
Vng, ti hiu, ti hiu.
Yes, I see, I see.
Ring ti, ti thch mt s tiu thuyt ca Nguyn Mnh Tun
As for me, I prefer novels by Nguyen Manh Tuan.
Th ?
Really?
Nhng hm nay chng ti cha c tt c.
But today we haven't got any.
Th su anh c i u khng?
Will you go anywhere on Friday?
Sao ?
Why?
Bi v c th su hng tun l chng ti nhp sch mi t cc nh xut bn.
Because every Friday we receive new books from the publishing houses.
, TI hiu ri. Ti c th n y mua sch mi.
Oh, I see. I can come here to buy new books.
, ANH c quen ai Nh xut bn Vn hc khng?
By the way, do you know anybody at the Literature Publishing House?
D, c mt ngi. Anh y l bin tp vin.
Yes. I know one person. He is an editor.
Anh nn n . Anh y s tm c nhng cun sch hay v cn thit cho anh.
You should go there. He will find books which are interesting and necessary for you.
Rt cm n v li khuyn ca ch.
Thanks for your advice.
Ti s gi in cho anh y.
I'll phone him.
Nu anh y khng bn, ti s n ngay by gi.
If he is not busy, I 'll go there now.
2. PHNG TRANH (AT THE Art Gallery)

H
V
Vit i! Bc tranh ny rt p.
Viet! This painting is very nice.
NH, mu sc rt sinh ng.
230
H
V
H
V
H
V
H
V
H
V
3.
Yes, vivid colours.

y l bc tranh theo trng phi lng mn.
This is the romantic school painting.
Cu c thch tranh la khng?
Do you like silk paintings?
Mnh rt thch.
I like them very much.
Nhiu ngi nc ngoi rt thch tranh la Vit Nam.
A lot of foreigners like Vietnamese silk paintings.
H cng rt thch tranh sn mi.
They like lacquer paintings very much, too.
. Tranh la v tranh sn mi Vit Nam kh ni ting.
Yes. Vietnamese silk and lacquer paintings are rather famous.
Hi i! Li y.
Hai! Come here.
G y?
What is it?
Nhng bc tranh sn du tuyt vi.
The oil paintings are divine.
Ch, c hai bc u theo phong cch c truyn Vit Nam.
Oh, both of them are in the traditional Vietnamese style.
Mnh khng am hiu hi ha lm nhng mnh rt thch tranh la ca ha s Nguyn Phan Chnh.
I don't have a deep knowledge of painting but I like Nguyen Phan Chanh's silk paintings very
much.
T cng th.
So do I.
Bo tng Lch s (At the History Museum)
(Martin, Hart v Vn)
M
V
M
V
Ch Vn i! Ngi ta tm thy rt nhiu trng ng Vit Nam phi khng?

Miss Van! Did people find a lot of bronze drums in Vietnam?
Vng, ng y.
Yes, that's right.
V sao Vit Nam c nhiu trng ng th?
Why are there many bronze drums in Vietnam?
, cu hi dnh cho cc nh s hc.
Oh, spare that question for historians.
Cn ti th ti hiu mt cch n gin rng bi v nc ti c ti 4.000 nm lch s.
I understand that it is because my country has 4,000 years of history.
, MT cu tr li rt th v.
Oh, very interesting answer.
Ch bit khng, ln trc, mt c gi Vit Nam hi ti rng ti sao nc M khng c c. Ti
tr li rt d dng: bi v nc M mi c 200 nm lch s.
Do you know that last time a Vietnamese girl asked me why there weren't antiques in United
States of America, I answered that it was because U.S.A had just 200 years of history.
231
1. The questions with the pattern "c... g khng?" (anything?). (Nhng cu hi theo mu "c... g
khng?").
Ch c mua g khng?
Did you buy anything?
Ti khng mua g
I didn't buy anything.
Ti khng mua g c.
I didn't buy anything at all.
Anh c hiu g khng.
Do you understand anything?
Ti khng hiu g.
I don't understand anything.
Ti hiu mt cht.
I understand a bit.
2. The questions with the pattern "c... ai khng?"
(anybody?). (Nhng cu hi theo mu "c... ai khng?").
Anh c gp ai khng?
Did you meet anybody?
Ti khng gp ai.
I didn't meet anybody.
Ti khng gp ai c.
I didn't meet anybody at all.
Ch y c mun hi ai khng?
Does she want to ask anybody?
Ch y khng hi ai.
She doesn't ask anybody.
Ch y mun hi bc s Loan.
She wants to ask Dr. Loan.
3. The questions with the pattern "c... u khng?"

(anywhere?). (Nhng cu hi theo mu "c... u khng?")
Hm qua anh c i u khng?
Did you go anywhere yesterday?
Ti khng i u.
I didn't go anywhere.
Ti khng i u c.
I didn't go anywhere at all.
Ti i Bo tng Lch s.
I went to the History Museum.
4. The usage of the word "y". (Cc dng t "y").
232
a) "y" often goes after the interrogative pronouns such as "ai" (who, whom), "u" (where), "g"
(what), etc. to make questions ("y" thng i sau cc i t nghi vn nh "ai", "u", "g", v.v. to
cu hi).
Anh hi ai y?
Who do you ask?
Ch hi g y?
What did she ask?
Ch i u y?
* Note: If "ai" (who) is the subject, "y" has to stand at the end of a sentence. (Nu "ai" l ch ng,
"y" phi ng cui cu). V d:
Ai hi ti y?
Who asked me?
Don't say (Khng ni):
Ai y hi ti? (-)
b) "y" is used before interrogative words such as "",. "", "ch" to ask in an informal way. ("y"
c dng trc nhng t nghi vn nh "", "", "ch" hi mt cch thn mt).
C y n y ?
She has come, hasn't she?
Cu s i vi t y ch?
You will go with me, won't you?
Tht y ?
Really?
c) "y" can be used after a phrase to emphasise or to announce that an action has taken place or will
take place. ("y" c th i sau mt pht ngn nhn mnh hoc thng bo mt s vic hoc s
xy ra).
Liu hn y!
Do take care!
H n ri y.
They came already.
Ch y sp mua -t y.
She is going to buy a car.
5. The word "c" and the pattern "c... l..." are used to express the cyclical repetition of an action (T
"c) v cu trc "c... l..." c dng biu th s lp i lp li mang tnh cht chu k ca hnh
ng).
Hng tun c ch nht l ti i xem phim.
Every Sunday I go to the cinema.
Hng nm c ma h n l gia nh ti i ngh mt bi bin.
Every year when Summer comes, my family has holidays by the sea.
Hng ngy c 11 gi m l ti i ng.
Every day I go to the bed at 11 p.m
6. The word "ring" often goes before a noun ar a personal pronoun to emphasize the subject or object
which are expressed by a noun or personal pronoun. (T "ring" thng i trc danh t hoc i t
233
nhn xng nhn mnh vo ch th hoc i tng c biu th bng danh t hoc i t nhn xng
).
Ring ti, ti ng vi ch y.
As for me, I agree with her.
Ring ti, ti khng phn nn iu g.
Personally, I'm not complaining.
1.
Ch thch sch g?
What kind of books do you prefer?
Ti thch tiu thuyt.
I prefer novels.
* Replace "tiu thuyt" with the following:

(Thay "tiu thuyt" bng nhng t sau)
th
kch
vn hc hin i
vn hc c in
vn hc dn gian
vn hc lng mn
th tnh
k
vn hc thiu nhi
l lun vn hc
vn hc nc ngoi
vn hc s
poems
plays
contemporary literature
classic literature
folklore
romantic literature
love poems
memoirs
literature for children
literary theory
foreign literature
literary history
2. Anh c thch tranh la khng?

Do you like silk paintings?
* Use the following to ask (Dng cc t sau hi):
tranh sn mi
tranh sn du
tranh bt mu
tranh thuc nc
nc men ny
gm
lacquer paintings
oil paintings
gouaches
water colour
this enamel
pottery
3. Chng ti thch dn ca.

We like folk-songs.
tung
cho
ci lng
ha nhc
ma ri
ma ri nc
ca nhc
ma
classic play, tuong

popular play, cheo
renovated play, cai luong
concert
puppet show
water puppet show
music
dancing
234
kch cm
ba-l
pantomime
ballet
4. Complete the following conversations.

A
B
A
B
A
Ch thch th.....................................?
Ti thch th v tiu thuyt.
V sao ch khng................................?
, TI khng thch c kch m thch xem din kch nh ht.
Cn anh, anh thch vn hc c in hay....................................?
Ti thch vn hc hin i.
*
*
C
D
C
D
C
Cu c thch xem .................................................................................?

Khng, t khng thch tung lm.
T thch ci lng hn.
Cn .......................................................................................................?
, T rt thch ma ri nc.
...............................................................................................................?
C, t rt thch xem ca nhc.
5. Answer the following questions

(Tr li cc cu hi sau)
Ch y c hi g khng?
Did she say anything?
C y c ni g khng?
Did she say anything?
Anh c mun n g khng?
Do you want to eat anything?
Ch c mun mua g khng?
Do you want to buy anything?
Anh c mun gp ai khng
Do you want to meet anybody?
Ch c mun hi ai khng?
Do you want to ask anybody?
Tun trc anh c i u khng?
Did you go anywhere last week?
Nhng mu chuyn v cc nh vn
Writer's Tales
1. Lm th sng hay sng lm th?
Mt nh th Anh, sau ba cm, cau c ni vi v:
- ?n ung th ny lm sao ti c th sng lm th c?
235
Sau mt pht ngc nhin, b v tht th ni:

- Th m xa nay ti c tng ng lm th sng.
2. Kinh doanh ngi bt
Mt ln nh vn Php A. Dumas i du LCH RA N&SHY;C NGOI. trm hi quan, ngi ta hi ng:
- ng lm ngh g ?
- Ti vit. - Dumas p.
- Ti mun hi ng, ng dng phng tin g sng? Anh nhn vin hi quan kh chu hi.
- Ngi bt. - Dumas tr li.
V anh nhn vin hi quan im nhin ghi vo t khai hi quan ca nh vn: "A. Dumas, kinh doanh
ngi bt".
3. Tc phm u tay ca Victor Hugo
Ngi nh ca Victor Hugo thng c nhiu nh vn tr n chi. Mt hm, h bn nhau cng vit
chung mt cun sch, thng nht vi nhau trong mt nm s phi xong. Nghe thy th, Victor Hugo lc
15 tui, cha tng vit vn bao gi, ni:
- Rt nhiu ngi li ch vit mt cun sch, ti sao phi cn mt nm? Mt mnh em c th lm vic
trong vng mt thng.
Mi ngi khng tin, ci diu Hugo nhng cu b Hugo vn nghim tc p:
- Em ni tht y. ng mt thng na, mi cc anh ti nh hng sang nht Paris. Nu em khng
mang n cun sch ha, em s b tin chiu i cc anh.
Mt thng sau, cc nh vn tr n ni hn. H rt ngc nhin khi thy Victor Hugo mang n cun
sch mi vit, rt hay. Rt tic, khng ai mang tin theo nn tt c phi nhn i ra v.
(Theo bo Tin phong)
Writer's Tales
1. Live to write poems or write poems to live?
An English poet, after eating, sullenly said to his wife:
-How can I live to write poems eating these terrible stuff?
After one minute of surprise, his wife innocently replied:
-And I had always thought that you wrote poems to live!
2. Nib trading
Once the French writer Alexander Dumas decided to travel abroad. At the customs office, he was asked:
236
- What do you do for a living?

- I write - Dumas replied.
I want to ask you what tool do you use to live - demanded the angry customs officer.
Nib - Dumas answered.
And the customs officer calmly filled in the writer?s customs declaration : "A.Dumas, nib trading".
3. Victor Hugo's first publication

Victor Hugo's house was often visited by many young writers. One day, they were discussing writing a
book together, agreeing that the deadline would be one year from now. On hearing this, Victor Hugo,
then 15 and never having written a book, declared:
Why do you guys need one year to finish given that so many people are writing the book at the same
time? I myself can do it within one month.
Everyone laughed skeptically at the boy?s remark but Hugo solemnly went on:
I am serious. One month from now, I invite you all to the best restaurant in Paris. If I don?t bring along
the book, I will treat you all to dinner.
One month later, the young writers came to the restaurant as planned. They were shocked to see Victor
Hugo came along with his newly-written book, a very fine piece of writing. Unfortunately, no one brought
along the money and so they all went home with empty stomachs.
lm th
cau c
lm sao
xa nay
kinh doanh
phng tin
im nhin
t khai
u tay
thng nht
nghe thy th
tin
diu
sang
b tin
T ng
write verses
gloomy, sullen
how
before and now
business, trade
means
indifferent, keep calm
form
first
consent, agree
hearing that
believe
irony
famous
pay
sau ba cm
th ny
tht th
tng
ngi bt
kh chu
Vocabulary
after eating
like that
honest
think
nib, point
unbearable
tc phm
bn
mt mnh em
trong vng
ci
nghim tc
ha
chiu i
work
discuss
I by myself
within
laugh
serious
promise
entertain
a) Use "c... g khng?", "c... ai khng? and "c... u khng?" to make questions to the following
sentences (Dng "c... g khng?", "c... ai khng?" v "c... u khng?" t cu hi cho cc cu sau).
237
1. Sng nay ti khng i u.

I didn't go anywhere this morning
2. ng y khng hi ai.
He didn't ask anybody.
3. Ti mun ung mt cc nc cam.
I want to drink a glass of orange juice.
4. Ch y mun ni chuyn vi gio s Mai.
She wants to talk to Prof. Mai.
5. Anh y mun c quyn tiu thuyt ny.
He wants to read this novel.
b) Insert the word " y" in the following sentences
(Thm t "y" vo nhng cu sau)
1. Cu tm ai?
Who do you looking for?
2. Cu li y ch?
You will stay here, won't you?
3. Anh y hi g?
What did he ask?
4. Ch y i u?
Where is she going?
5. Cu ang lm bi tp ?
You are doing your exercises, aren't you?
6. T c xong quyn sch ny ri.
I have finished reading this book.
7. Anh y s n y ngy mai.
He'll come here tomorrow.
8. C y xinh ch?
She is pretty, isn't she?
9. Chiu nay cu gp c y ?
You'll meet her this afternoon, won't you?
10. Ai mun gp ti?
Who wants to meet me?
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Do you prefer memoirs or novels?

Who is the author of this lacquer painting?
As for me, I like water puppet shows very much.
Does he want to buy anything?
Do you like folk-songs?
d) Change the following sentences according to the model

(Chuyn cc cu theo mu):
Hng ngy ti dy vo lc 6 gi.
Every day I get up at 6 o'clock.
------> Hng ngy c 6 gi l ti dy.
1. Hng tun ti i xem phim vo th by
Every Saturday I go to the cinema.
2. Hng nm ti i ngh mt vo thng 6.
238
Every June I have holidays.

3. Hng ngy ti i ng vo lc 11 gi.
Every day I go to the bed at 11.
4. Hng tun ti hc nhc vo th 5.
Every Thursday I study music.
Lesson 26: Economics - Investment - Cooperation

Bi 26: Kinh t - u t - Hp tc
1. Hi v s pht trin ca kinh t Vit Nam
(Asking about Vietnam's economic development)
(Lee Cheng Xi - ngi Singapore ni chuyn vi mt bn Vit Nam)
L
T
L
T
L
T
L
T
L
T
Ch Tuyt i! Chnh ph Vit Nam thc hin chnh sch m ca t bao gi?
Mrs Tuyet! When did the Vietnamese government start the open-door policy?
T nm 1986.
In 1986.
Theo ch, kt qu c tt khng?
In your opinion, has it had good effects?
Rt tt.
Very good.
Sau nhiu nm chin tranh, chnh ph v nhn dn chng ti rt mun c mt nn ha bnh lu
di v mun lm bn vi tt c cc nc trn th gii.
After many years of wars, our government and people want to have a long peace and make
friends with all the countries of the world.
Chnh sch m ca l cha kha pht trin kinh t.
The open-door policy is a key to develop the economy.
V thc t l ai cng thy rng sau nm 1987, kinh t Vit Nam c s pht trin r rt.
In fact, everyone has observed that after 1987, Vietnam's economy has had remarkable
development.
Mc d gp nhiu thin tai nhng nng sut la hng nm lun lun tng.
Though there were a lot of natural calamities, rice productivity increases every year.
Nghe ni Vit Nam ng th ba v xut khu go phi khng?
It is said that Vietnam is the third largest rice exporting country. Is that right?
Vng, ng.
Yes, that's right.
Ti bit c-ph Vit Nam rt ni ting trn th gii.
I know Vietnamese coffee is very famous throughout the world.
My nm nay, nh chnh sch "khon", sn lng c-ph, ch cng c nng cao.
For some recent years, thanks to the "contract" policy, the output (productivity) of coffee and tea
has increased.
Chng ti xut khu nhiu c-ph sang cc nc chu u.
We have exported a lot of coffee to the European countries.
Ch nh gi nh th no v cng nghip nh?
What's your judgment about light industry?
Sn phm no ca chng ti cng phi cnh tranh vi hng ngoi. l mt kh khn ln.
All our products face competition from foreign goods. That is a big difficulty.
239
T
L
T
i khi vic sn xut b ngng tr v khng tm c "u ra".

Sometimes the production is at a standstill because we don't find the "output" to sell.
By gi tnh hnh kh hn.
Now the situation is getting better.
Chng ti xut khu c nhiu hng dt, qun o, giy dp v hng lm th sn.
We are able to export a lot of textiles, clothes, shoes and forestry and native products.
Chng ti bit rng Chnh ph Vit Nam p dng mt s bin php chng bun lu nhng nn
bun lu qua bin gii vn din ra hng ngy phi khng?
We know that the Vietnamese government has applied some anti-smuggling resolutions but
smuggling across the border still happens everyday, doesn't it?
Vng, ng. Bun lu v tham nhng l nhng vn nng bng hin nay.
Yes, that's right. Smuggling and corruption are the vital questions now.
Cn v mc sng ca nhn dn?
How about people's living standard?
, c ci thin r rt.
Oh, it has been improved markedly.
Hu ht cc x c in.
Almost all communes have electricity.
THNH PH, MT S GIA NH mua c t.
In cities, some families have bought cars.
Khng t ngi tr thnh triu ph.
No small number of people have become millionaires.
ng l nh chnh sch i mi, Vit Nam t c nhng thnh tu kinh t ng k.
It's true that thanks to the renovation policy, Vietnam has attained noticeable economic
achievements.
2. Phng vn mt nh u t nc ngoi
(Interviewing a foreign investor)
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
ng Vit Nam bao lu ri ?

How long have you stayed in Vietnam?
Bn nm ri.
For four years.
Cng vic ca ng y tin trin ra sao ?
How is your business progress here?
Lc u ti c gp mt s kh khn, nht l vic xin giy php u t.
At the beginning, I had some difficulties, especially in applying for the investment license.
Nhng by gi mi vic u tt p.
But now everything is good.
ng ngh g v th trng Vit Nam v vic u t Vit Nam.
What do you think about the Vietnamese market and investment in Vietnam?
Vit Nam l mt th trng mi, v vy n thu ht cc nh u t.
Vietnam is a new market, so it attracts investors.
Lut u t ca Vit Nam kh hp dn.
Vietnam's investment law is rather attractive.
Vit Nam c ngun lao ng di do.
Vietnam has a large labour force.
Ngi Vit Nam rt thng minh v chm ch.
Vietnamese people are very intelligent and hard-working.
l nhng im mnh, nhng thun li c bn.
Those are the strong points, fundamental advantages.
Cn v nhng kh khn ?
And about the difficulties?
C s h tng qu ti.
The infrustructure is bad.
240
Thi gian thm nh cc d n qu lu.

The time for examining and approving the projects is too long.
Xin cm n v s ni thng ni tht ca ng.
Thanks for your frankness.

1. Some adverbs expressing frequency of occurence of an action. (Mt s tr t biu th tn s xut
hin ca hnh ng)
khng bao gi, khng khi no
t khi
i khi
thnh thong
thng, thng xuyn, hay
lun, lun lun
never
seldom
occasionally
sometimes
often
always, frequently
Some examples (Mt s v d):

Ti khng bao gi ht thuc.
I never smoke
Anh y khng bao gi ung ru.
He never drinks alcohol.
T KHI CH Y I do vi ti.
She seldom walks with me.
Ti t khi i ng trc 11 gi m.
I seldom go to bed before 11 p.m. ch y i do vi ti.
I seldom go to bed before 11 p.m. ch y i do vi ti.
I seldom go to bed before 11 p.m.
i khi c y khng hiu ti.
Shi occasionally doesn't understand me.
Anh y i khi v nh rt mun.
He occasionally comes back home very late.
Thnh thong chng ti i xem xic.
Sometimes we go to the circus.
Ch y thnh thong n y.
She sometimes comes here.
Tun ny ti thng xuyn nh.
This week, I often stayed at home.
ng y thng i Vit Nam vo ma thu.
He often goes to Vietnam in the Autumn.
Mt tri lun lun mc hng ng.
The sun always rises in the East.
Mt tri lun ln hng ty.
The Sun always sets in the West.
241
2. The pattern "... no cng..."or"... no... cng... " means "all", "every".
Sinh vin no cng phi thi.
Every student has to take the examination.
Sn phm no ca chng ti cng phi cnh tranh vi hng ngoi.
All our products face competition from foreign goods.
LNG TI, NH NO CNG p.
In my village, all the houses are nice.
PHNG NY, C NO CNG xinh.
In this room, every girl is pretty.
3. "ai cng" or "ngi no cng" means "everyone", "everybody".
Trong lp ny, ai cng hc ting Vit.
In this class, everybody studies VIETNAMESE.
y ngi no cng thng minh.
Everyone here is intelligent.
Ai cng mun tr thnh triu ph.
Everyone wants to become a millionaire.
Ngi no cng cn tin.
Everyone needs money.
* You can replace "ai cng" or "ngi no cng" by "tt c mi ngi" or "mi ngi" (All people).
[Bn c th thay "ai cng", "ngi no cng" bng "tt c mi ngi" hoc "mi ngi"].
Tt c mi ngi u cn tin.
All people need money.
* Note: "ai cng", "ngi no cng" never can be the complements. "mi ngi", "tt c mi ngi"
can be the complements. (Ch : "ai cng", "ngi no cng" khng bao gi lm b ng, "mi ngi",
"tt c mi ngi" c th lm b ng).
Can say (C th ni):
Ti mun gp tt c mi ngi.
Ti mun gp mi ngi.
I want to meet all people.
Ti mun gp ai cng.
Ti mnn gp ngi no cng.
4. "Nghe ni" or "Nghe ngi ta ni" means "It is said", "They/ People say", "From hearsay".
Nghe ni chi y sp ly chng.
It is said she is going to get married.
Nghe ni ng c mt d n Nng phi khng ?
It is said you have a project in Danang, don't you?
Nghe ni my nm gn y kinh t Vit Nam pht trin kh nhanh.
People said that in recent years, Vietnam's economy has developed very fast.
Nghe ni c y yu anh lm.
I am told she loves you very much.
242

1. Meke sentences according to the model below:
(Hy to cu theo mu sau)
Vit Nam
Vietnam
go
rice
Malaysia
Malaysia
-----> Vit Nam xut khu go sang Malaysia.

Vietnam exports rice to Malaysia.
-----> Maylaysia nhp khu go t Vit Nam
Malaysia imports rice from Vietnam.
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
Cuba
Cuba
Malaysia
Malaysia
Nht Bn
Japan
Trung Quc
China
Thailand
Thailand
Vit Nam
Vietnam
ng
sugar
du c
palm oil
-t
car
cam
orange
nhn
longan
c- ph
coffee
Vit Nam
Vietnam
Vit Nam
Vietnam
nhiu nc
many countries
cc nc lng ging
neighbouring countries
Malaysia
Malaysia
chu u
Europe
2.Complete the following conversation.

A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
ng nh gi nh th no v lut u t ca Vit Nam?

.......................................................................................
Cn v con ngi?
.......................................................................................
.......................................................................................?
C s h tng qu ti.
Vy theo ng, th trng...
Th trng Vit Nam kh thu ht cc nh u t
3. Change the following sentences according to the model below. (Chuyn i cc cu theo mu di
y)
---------->
Trong phng ny mi ci bn u mi
In this room, all the tables are new.
Trong phng ny, ci bn no cng mi.
In this room, every table is new.
A) th vin ny, mi quyn tiu thuyt u hay.

In this library, all novels are interesting.
b) Mi th y u tt.
All things here are GOOD.
243
C) ph ny, mi nh u p.
In this street, all the houses ARE NICE.
D) qu ti, mi gia nh u c tivi.
In my village, all families have a T.V.
e) CA HNG NY, MI CI tivi u t.
In this shop, all the televisions are expensive.
f) By gi mi ph u sch
Now all the streets are clean.
g) Hm nay mi ca hng u m ca.
Today all the shops are open.
Vit Nam - Con h bt u thc gic
Vietnam - The tiger is waking up
Vi din tch 329.600 km2 v vi dn s hn 75 triu ngi, Vit Nam thuc vo loi nc khng nh.
Tuy nhin, do nhiu nm chin tranh lin min, khng c iu kin pht trin kinh t nn Vit Nam tr
thnh mt trong s nhng nc ngho. i sng ca nhn dn ni chung cn rt thp so vi nhiu nc
trn th gii.
Sau khi min nam hon ton gii phng, c bit l t sau nm 1986, chnh ph Vit Nam bt u
thc hin chnh sch m ca v i mi kinh t, "b mt" ca x hi Vit Nam c thay i nhanh
chng.
Lut u t nc ngoi v hng lot chnh sch mi v kinh t bt u pht huy hiu lc, thu ht
c s ch ca cc nh u t v cc thng gia nc ngoi. S vn u t nc ngoi nhanh
chng t ti con s hng t -la M, trong ng hng u l cc d n v du lch, khch sn, du
kh v xut nhp khu.
Vi chnh sch m ca, i mi kinh t theo hng th trng t do c s iu khin v kim sot ca
nh nc, ch trong mt thi gian ngn, kinh t Vit Nam c nhng bin i r rt. Trc y, nn
i xy ra hng nm, Vit Nam phi nhp khu go t cc nc khc. By gi, Vit Nam ng th ba
v xut khu go (sau M v Thailand). Cc nh my thy in ln nh sng (1.900 MW), Yaly
c hon thnh. ng dy ti in bc - nam 500 KW cng c xy dng xong. Sn lng du
th tng nhanh, c kh nng t ti con s 20 triu tn vo nm 2000, v.v.
Vi tim nng sn c v ti nguyn thin nhin v lc lng lao ng, vi truyn thng lch s anh
hng cng vi chnh sch i mi v kinh t, chnh sch m ca lm bn vi tt c cc nc, Vit
Nam nhanh chng "ng dy" v bc u hi nhp c vi cc nc trong khu vc. Thy r c
nhng im mnh ca Vit Nam v tng lai ca n, nhiu ngi nc ngoi, c bit l cc nh
kinh t hc, v Vit Nam nh mt "con h bt u thc gic". Nhn xt , c l c mt phn s tht.
Vietnam: The Tiger is Waking Up
With a total area of 329,600 square kilometres and a population of more than 75 million, it is safe to say
that Vietnam is not a small country. However, years of constant war and little opportunity to develop the
economy has placed Vietnam among the world?s poorest nations. The living standard of Vietnamese
people is relatively low compare to many other countries worldwide.
After South Vietnam?s liberation, especially since 1986 when the Vietnamese government started its
"open door" and economic reform policies, the "face " of Vietnam?s society had been drastically changed.
244
The Foreign Investment Law and a series of other new economic policies have gradually proved to be
effective, attracting the attention of many foreign investors and businessmen. Foreign investments had
quickly amounted to billions of US dollars, of which projects on tourism, hospitality, oil and export-import
sectors are heading the list.
With the "open door" policy and economic reforms conforming to the free market under reasonable
control and checking from the government, in just a short time, Vietnam?s economy had experienced
some radical changes. Some time ago, famines occurred every year, forcing Vietnam to import rice from
other countries. Now Vietnam is the third largest rice exporter (behind America and Thailand). Big hydroelectric factories such as Da River (1,900MW), Yaly have finished their constructions, ready for use. The
North-South power transmission line has also been completed. Crude oil quantity has rocketed and there
is a possibility of achieving 20 million tonnes in the year 2000.
With the potential of available natural resources and labour force; a proud, heroic history together with
economic reforms and an open door policy to befriend all countries in the world, Vietnam has quickly
stood up and started integrating into the South-East Asian region. Clearly aware of Vietnam?s strengths
and future, many foreigners, especially economists, have compared Vietnam to a "waking tiger". This
comment, perhaps, has some truth to it.
din tch
thuc vo
tuy nhin
chin tranh
iu kin
i sng
so vi
gii phng
b mt
thay i
pht huy
thu ht
nh u t
t ti
d n
th trng
iu khin
nn i
nh my
ng dy
du th
truyn thng
anh hng
bc u
kh nng
v
phn
T ng
area
dn s
among, belong to, be one of the
however
do
war
lin min
condition
mt trong s
life, living
nhn dn
compare with
hon ton
liberate
i mi
face
x hi
change
lut u t
develop, have
hiu lc
attract
s ch
investor
vn
attain, achieve
hng t
project
du kh
market
t do
lead, control
s kim sot
famine
xy ra
plant
thy in
line
ti in
crude oil
tim nng
tradition
ti nguyn
hero, heroic
cng vi
initial, begin
hi nhp
possibility
tng lai
compare
nh kinh t hc
part
s tht
a) Change the following sentences according to the model below.
(Chuyn i cc cu sau theo mu di y)
Y TT C MI ngi u tr.
All people here are YOUNG.
245
Vocabulary
population
due to, because of
continuous
one of the
people
completely
renovation
society
investment law
effect
attention
capital
billions
oil and gas
free
check, inspection
happen
hydro-electricity
power, electric
potentiality
natural resources
add
integrate
future
economist
truth, verity
Y AI CNG TR.
y ngi no cng tr.
Everyone here is young.
1. Trong lp ti, tt c mi ngi u thng minh v chm ch.
In my class, all the people are intelligent and hard-working.
2. Ngy mai tt c mi ngi u phi i kim tra sc khe.
Tomorrow, all people will have to check their health.
3. K TC X NY, TT C MI ngi u hc ting Vit.
In this hostel, all the people study Vietnamese.
4. Khi ng y ni, tt c mi ngi u bun ng.
When he speaks, all people are sleepy.
5. Tt c mi ngi u thch sng ph ny.
All people like living in this street.
b) Find the incorrect sentences and correct them.
(Tm v cha cu sai)
1. Tt c mi ngi lp ny u hc ting Vit.
2. Ai cng lp ny hc ting Vit.
3. Ti gp tt c mi ngi.
4. Ti gp ai cng.
5. Trong phng ny ci bn no u mi.
6. Hm nay mi ca hng cng ng ca.
7. Ngi no cng y thng minh.
8. Mi ngi y u thng minh.
9. Mt tri thnh thong mc hng ng.
10. C gi no lp ti cng p.
1. We want to export coffee to Malaysia.
2. We want to import palm oil from Malaysia.
3. I never get up after 7 a.m.
4. Sometimes we go to the cinema together.
5. Every student has to study hard.
6. Everybody wants to have lots of money.
7. It is said he is going to get married.
8. We have carried out the open-door policy since 1986.
9. People's living standard has improved markedly.
10. We have co-operated with some French investors to build a new hotel in Hanoi
246

Dam Thoai Tieng Anh Toan Tap PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Dam Thoai Tieng Anh Toan Tap PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Hi thoi ting

Lesson 01: Hello

Lesson 01: Hello!

d) Hng gp b Trung (Miss Huong meets Mrs. Trung)

3. Gp g c quan (Meeting people at the office)

c khe khng? How are you?

Some the answers (Mt s cu tr li)

3. Cc - The word which expresses the plural number

Anh y (he, that young man)

Cc anh y (they, those young men)

4. A- The word used at the end of a sentence to indicate respect.

What's your job?

6. Way of saying good-bye (Cch cho tm bit)

III. THC HNH (PRACTICE)

Good morning, sir!

What's your job?

* Replace the word B by the following words to make new questions.

IV. C HIU (READING comprehension)

c) Meeting a woman of about 50, how do you greet her?

4. Complete the conversation below (Hon thnh on hi thoi sau)

M Cho anh! Anh...................................?

Lesson 02: What is your nationality?

Good-bye. See you again.

II. NG PHP (GRAMMAR)

Ti hc ting Vit i hc Quc gia Vit Nam.

What ' s your name?

* Complate the following sentences (Hon thnh cc cu sau)

2. ng t u n? Where are you from?

4. Make questions and answers according to the model below

Anh l ngi Italy phi khng?

5. Chng ti hc ting Vit. We study Vietnamese.

IV. C HIU (READING comprehension)

Lesson 03: Inquiring after the family

Cc chu c gia nh c ri.

Ch! C c phc qu!

II. NG PHP (Grammar)

c) For women only (Ch cho n gii)

mt nghn (mt ngn)

hai nghn (hai ngn)

The special ways of reading (Cc cch c c bit)

mt nghn khng trm ba hai

Ch bao nhiu tui?

* Use the following numbers to answer the question

* Use the following numbers to answer the question

* Use the following numbers to answer the question

2. Anh bao nhiu tui?

You (old man)

You (old woman)

Model: V anh bao nhiu tui?

How old is your wife?

3. Anh c gia nh cha?

4. Complete the following conversations

c) Translate the following sentences into Vietnamese

My daughter is five years old.

d) Write the following numbers in Vietnamese

e) Complete the following conversation

Lesson 04: Who is this?

Ngi ngi cnh l B trng Thng mi.

Oh, near my house.

II. NG PHP (GRAMMAR)

Misaki studies Vietnamese language.

Where are you going now?

* Use the following words to answer the question Ai y?